The Penguin Russian Course 9992220015, 9789992220016

Citation preview

l

v

'

PENGUIN REFERENCE BOOKS

THE PENGUIN RUSSIAN COURSE

THE PENGUIN

RUSSIAN COURSE A

COMPLETE COURSE FOR BEGINNERS

Compiled by J. L.

I.

Fennell

PENGUIN BOOKS

Penguin Books Ltd, Harmondsworth, Middlesex, England Penguin Books Inc., 71 to Ambassador Road, Baltimore, Maryland 21207, U.S.A. Penguin Books Australia Ltd, Ringwood, Victoria, Australia

Adapted from Russian, by N. Potapova, U.S.S.R., 1958 Published in Penguin Books 1961 Reprinted 1962, 1963, 1965, 1968, 1970, 1972 Copyright

©

J.

L.

I.

Fennell, 1961

Made and printed in Great Britain by Richard Clay (The Chaucer Press) Ltd, Bungay, Suffolk Set in

This book that

it

is

Monotype Plantin

sold subject to the condition by way of trade or otherwise,

shall not,

be lent, re-sold, hired out, or otherwise circulated without the publisher's prior consent in any form of binding or cover other than that in which it is published and without a similar condition including this condition being imposed on the subsequent purchaser

CONTENTS t

INTRODUCTION THE RUSSIAN ALPHABET

HOW

TO WRITE RUSSIAN

PRONUNCIATION LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

THE LESSONS

vii

X xii

XV xxiii I

GRAMMATICAL TABLES

256

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

285

RUSSIAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

3OI

ENGLISH-RUSSIAN VOCABULARY

333

CONTENTS OF THE LESSONS

345

INTRODUCTION The

Penguin Russian Grammar is based on N. F. PotaElementary Russian Course, published by the Foreign Languages Publishing House, Moscow. Much of the excellent textual material found in Mme Potapova's grammar has been used in this book, but the explanations of grammatical rules and the exercises have been radically revised, and in most cases rewritten, to suit the abbreviated pova's

dimensions of this book. Each lesson begins with a vocabulary, the semantic difficulties of certain words being explained in notes at the end of the vocabulary. The main bulk of each lesson is taken up with grammatical rules and their explanations. These are followed by one or more passages of Russian designed as far as possible to illustrate the rules explained in the lessons. Finally there is a series of exercises, the key to which is found at the end of the book. After the lessons there is a section containing gramma- declensions and conjugations - which will be of use to the student for reference purposes. This is foltical tables

lowed by the key

to the exercises, a Russian-English vocabulary containing all the words in the lessons, and an English-Russian vocabulary containing all the words in the English-Russian exercises. The student is advised first of all to learn by heart the vocabulary of the lesson; then carefully to work through the rules. He should then read the Russian passages several times until he can translate them into English without difficulty. After this the exercise should be attempted; the results should be checked with the key. It may be found useful to work through the exercises several times, at first referring when in doubt to the grammar and the vocabulary, later - to the key. Only when the student feels that he has mastered the exercises and can translate vii

the sentences into Russian without difficulty, should he go on to the next lesson. It is much better to go slowly and thoroughly at first and to try to master the basic principles

of the language than to hurry in the hope of quickly acquiring the ability to talk fluently.

One final word. Russian is The grammar is simple and

not a

language.

difficult

straightforward;

Russian

words are pronounced more or less as they are written; and word-order presents few difficulties. But it is easy for a beginner at first to become depressed by the number of words he has to learn by heart. Also he may well be worried at a later stage by the recurrent feeling that he has forgotten what he learned three or four lessons earlier. After about ten lessons, however, he should find that the words become increasingly easy to memorize, that most of what he has already learned has, by dint of repetition, remained in his head and that there are no insuperable difficulties in his path.

NOTE TO THE REVISED REPRINT OF

1965

I would like to thank the many people who have made suggestions and pointed out inaccuracies and misprints in the earlier editions, especially Miss Enid A. Marshall, of

Ladybank,

Fife, Scotland.

Oxford 1965

J-

l.

1.

The Penguin Russian Course has been put on tape by the Tutor-Tape Co. Ltd. It is available, price £7 15s. from their office at 2 Replingham Road, London swi8.

vui

f.

Russian Alphabet

'

PRINTED

Aa

WRITTEN

ts€

a.

'

APPROXIMATE PRONUNCIATION a in 'father'

B5

b in 'book'

Bb

v in 'vote'

Tr

g

in

'

Ha

d

in

'

Ee

ye in 'yes'

Ee

yo

day

in 'yonder'

in 'pleasure'

5

z in 'zone'

33

in

'please

ee in

'meet'

5

Hh

good

It

closely

'

here

'tank'

resembles the 'f in 'farm': 4>aKT

'

fact

x This sound has no counterpart in English. It resembles the Scottish 'ch' in 'loch' and the German 'ch' in 'Buch', 'hoch'. It is articulated almost in the same way as k, except that at the moment of pronunciation the tongue does not touch the roof of the mouth, only coming close to it and leaving a passage for the outgoing breath: xojim u,

sounds

like a

'

hill

combination oft' and

's' as in 'lots':

father

oreij

'

ijbiraH

'gipsy'

(a) After u both h and bi are pronounced like written after u mostly in words of foreign origin:

Note:

(b)

When u

is

in«ppa

'figure'

nnpK

'

followed by

e,

bi;

the combination

i

is

pronounced

'

is

pronounced

Note

that in the

centre

like 'ch' in 'chair':

na&

'

tea

word ^to 'what', h xix

is

circus

as ip:

ijemp

n

is

pronounced

as 'sh\

in

is

pronounced approximately

in 'short', but

it is

like the

English 'sh'

harder; the position of the tongue

lower:

is

'stride'

iiiar

m

The

nearest English equivalent

is

the 'shch'

in

'fresA cheese':

mn

'cabbage soup'

Note: (a) >k and in are never followed by the letters a or bi, but always by e or h. After >k and in, e is pronounced like 3 and h like are never bi (ranKeHep engineer ', AianntHa machine '). *I and followed by bi but instead by h. are never followed by a and 10 but instead by (b) >k, m, in, and a or y. '

m

'

m

3.

and Word Stress

Syllables

In words of more than one syllable only one syllable is The stress in Russian is more emphatic than in English. The stressed syllable, as compared with the unstressed, is articulated with much greater force and is therefore lengthened. Hence the pronunciation of vowels is affected by stress: stressed.

Vowels on which the stress falls are pronounced and distinctly, and more time is required to pronounce them. (b) Unstressed vowels are fainter and less drawn out Less time is spent on their pronunciation.

(a)

clearly

Note

that e

is

always stressed, no matter what

its

position in the

word.

Of all

the vowels, o

is

the most affected by

its

position

in the word: (a)

When

it

occurs in an unstressed syllable immedi-

ately before the stressed syllable,

it is

pronounced

a faint Russian a:

MocKBa

'Moscow'

BO^a

'water'

OHa oho

'she'

(hoHTaH

'fountain'

#ocKa

'board'

'it'

XX

like

' '

okho

'window'

BOK3aji

'railway station'

Hora

'foot', 'leg'

^opora ropa

'way' 'mountain'

(b) In all other unstressed syllables

o

is

pronounced

more

faintly as

rojioBa

'head'

xnonoK

'cotton'

noTOJiOK

'ceiling'

m6jiot

'hammer'

still

As

a:

for the other vowels, only e

affected.

are

an

When

pronounced

and h are

in

any way

they precede a stressed syllable they faintly

and change

to a

sound

that

resembles h:

cecTpa A3BIK creHa

'

sister

'language' 'wall'

In other unstressed syllables they are pronounced even

more

faintly:

nojie

'field'

TeTH

'

aunt

Throughout this book the stressed syllable is indicated by an acute accent, ', except in capital letters.

Hard and

Soft Consonants

^ and when followed by the vowels a, o, y, m, when they come at the end of a word. Most

All consonants in Russian (with the exception of

m) and

are hard a,

or

hard consonants have corresponding soft consonants, or can be pronounced softly, when they are followed by the 'soft' vowels e, e, h, io, and h or by the 'soft sign', b - a symbol used merely to indicate that the preceding consonant is soft. Some consonants will not change appreciably when followed by a soft vowel or a soft sign. In most cases the student will find that he automatically softens a consonant correctly as long as he pronounces the soft vowel following it correctly, xxi

'

The sonants

student should practise pronouncing pairs of conand soft vowels:

+ hard

Hy tv -

flK>

(cf.

no

(cf.

-

Jie

na -

jih

JIM -

JIH

jio Ji3

Jie

(the soft

-

jik>

Hy -

mo

jiy

English 'do' - 'dew') English 'too' - 'tube')

ji is

pronounced with the

tip

of

the tongue just between the teeth)

(cf.

English 'noose' - 'new')

The Soft and Hard Signs - b and -b The soft sign, b, is used mainly to soften

the preceding consonant (iviaTb 'mother'). When it appears before the vowels h, e, e, 10, however, it denotes the presence of the sound ii between the consonant and the vowel and at the same time softens

the consonant:

ceMbH

'family'

njiarbe

'dress'

craTbH

'article'

6ejibe

'linen'

The hard

sign,

and before

i>,

occurs chiefly after prefixes (such as 06, c, etc.) keep the consonant it follows

h, e, e, 10. It serves to

hard:

congress 'explanation'

'

cbe3fl

oStHCHeHne

XXU

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS neuter gender nom. nominative case num. numeral

ace. accusative case

n.

adj. adjective

adv. adverb

used attributively conjunction conj. conjugation

perfective aspect

attr.

pf.

cj.

part, participle pass, passive pers. person, personal

dative case

dat.

dim. diminutive /.

pi.

feminine gender

prep, prepositional

jut. future

gen. genitive case

case

impf. imperfective

pres. present

aspect inf.

pron.

pronoun

substantive (noun) sing, singular

infinitive

instr.

plural

pr. preposition

s.

instrumental

case

trans, transitive

intrans. intransitive

v.

m. masculine gender

xxm

verb

The Lessons

ypoK

LESSON

1

CJIOBAPb

1

VOCABULARY JleHHHrpaA Leningrad

BOfla water

Bojira Volga

MocKBa Moscow

bot here

moct bridge napTa school-desk

fla

is

yes

flOM house

ruiaH plan

flocKa board, blackboard

peKa river

h and

cjiobo

KaHaji canal

ctoji table

KapTa

map

CTyji chair

TaM there

KJiacc class(room) jiaAuia

lamp

tvt here 3TO this

tpammAthka i.

Absence of

word

article in

grammar

Russian

The Russian language has no article. The noun jjom may mean 'the house', 'a house', or 'house' depending on the sense. 2.

Omission of Verb corresponding 'is', 'are' in the Present Tense

to the English

In Russian, the verb equivalent to the English 'is', 'are', etc., is not generally used in the present tense. The sentence hom TaM corresponds to 'the house is there'.

After bot, a demonstrative particle meaning 'here is' 'here are' and used to indicate one or more objects 3

or persons (like the French 'void' and verb is used. Thus

Bot Bot

The same

h moct.

no

bridge.

form of the demonstrapronoun 3to which may be used to translate

tive

'it is',

applies to the neuter

'this

3to 3.

Here is the house. Here are the house and

floiw.

.ijom

'voila'),

is'.

This

aom.

is

a house.

Interrogative Sentences Questions in Russian may be denoted by intonation, the word order of the sentence remaining the same as in the affirmative statement: JJ,o\i raivi.

The house

J^om Taiw ?

Is the

is

there. (Affirmative)

house there

TEKCT

?

(Interrogative)

TEXT

Bot moct. JJom TaM. Moct TyT. J3,om TaM ? JXa, Moct TyT? JJa, moct Tyr. Bot ctojt, cryji, jiaMna. TaM KapTa h flocKa. 3to KapTa. Tyr Mockbel TaM Bojira. TyT cjiobo «jiaMna». 3to Bo^a. 3to moct h rom. TaM CTyji, ctoji h napTa. Ctoji Tyr, cryji TaM. Bot

£om

flOM.

TaM.

ynPAMCH^HHH

EXERCISES

Translate into Russian: (1) (3)

(5) (6) (8)

(19)

The house

is here. (2) The bridge is there. a house. (4) Here is a bridge. is a lamp, a chair, a table. The school-desk is there. (7) The plan is here. This is a map. (9) Here is the Volga. The canal is here. (11) A bridge is there.

Here Here

is

(12) Is this

Moscow?

(13)

Here

is

This is a classroom. (15) Is this a (16) Are the house and the river there ? (14)

(17)

Here

is

the

word

'bridge'.

4

Leningrad.

map?

yPOK

LESSON

2

CJIOBAPb

VOCABULARY

Ahtjihh/. England 6paT m. brother 6yxTa/. bay Ba3a/. vase ra3era/. newspaper r,zje adv. where roBopib I speak, I say flaib I

OTen m. father

nepo n. nib, pen no-pyccKH adv. in Russian noib I sing npocpeccop m. professor

pa66Ta /. work Pocci'ih/. Russia

pyna/. arm, hand

give

flOMoii adv.

home(wards)

cecrpa/. sister crpaHa/. country, land cryaeHT m. student CTy^eHTKa/. (female) student tboh, tboh, TBoe pron. your (Dh3hk m. physicist Ke pyccKan.

Olga

Ohh

They are Russians, Where are the books

pyccKiie.

r^e khhth

?

Ohh

3flecb.

is

is

a Russian.

also a Russian.

?

They

are

here.

Note: pyccKHe is the nominative plural of pyccKHH (a Russian man) and/or pyccKan (a Russian woman), khhth is the nom. plur. of KHHTa.

The Present Tense of the Verb. and II

Conjugations

I

only one form of the present tense two present tense forms in English, present indefinite and present continuous:

In Russian there

is

which corresponds

Oh ^HTaeT

to the

He reads

no-pyccKii

Russian well.

xopouio.

He

Tenepb oh iHTaeT.

is

reading now.

In Russian, verb endings in the present tense are inflected for person ('I', 'you', 'we', etc.) and number (singular, plural). For each person in the singular and plural there are corresponding verb endings. In accordance with these endings, Russian verbs are divided into two conjugations: Conjugation I and Conjugation II. (There are also a few verbs which have elements of both conjugations: these can be called verbs of mixed conjugation.)

Conjugation

I Infinitive:

HHTaTb

to read

Present Tense

Person ist

2nd 3rd

Singular read, am reading you read, are reading

H HHTaiO TBI MHTaeiUB OH ^

I

he

OHa >*THTaeT OHO J

^

she Vreads, it

is

reading

J

Plural

we read, are reading mbi MHTaeM bw qirraeTe you read, are reading they read, are reading 3rd ohh HHTaiOT Like uHTaTb are declined aeJiaTi., paSoTatb, noHHiwaTb, 3HaTb, and ist

2nd

ayiwaTb.

15

5.

Punctuation All subordinate clauses in Russian are separated

the

main

clause

from

by a comma:

3Haio 3 trro Tt>1 pa66Taeim>. Korfla oh roBopHT, h noHHiwaio.

I

fl

know

When

TEKCT

that

you are working.

he speaks

I

understand.

TEXT

tm flejiaemB ? ft *mTaio. Tbi iHTaems no-pyccKH ? Her, h MHTaio no-aHTJiHHCKH. Tbi 3Haeim>, *rro Hbeih Hhkhthh h Oju>ra HBaHOBa pyccKue? JXa, h 3Haio. Bbi pyccKufi? Her, h anTJiH-

(i) ^Ito

(2)

hmoh >KeHa - aHrjurqaHKa. noHHAiaere, hto Bama cecrpa omchs xopomo Bbi (3) noeT ? ,Ha, h 3Haio. Tenept OHa flaer ypoK. - Moe hmh. }KHJiHHa - moh (4) ft Bepa yKAmma. Bepa qaHHH

(baMHJIHH. (5)

(6)

(7)

Kto 3necb noHHMaer no-pyccKH ? ft. Kto roBopux nO-aHTJIHHCKH ? Mbi. 3to hobocts. ft 3Haio, hto TOBapum, IUyKHH - HHHceHep. X^nnH Kojih h oh paSoTaioT Tyr. Ho ohh He 3HaiOT, kto th. ft qHTaio no-pyccKH, h moh Tern TOHK^HHa m.

5

man cero^HH

BbipanceHHH Kan no-pyccKH

...

JXo CBHflaHHH.

3flpaBCTByH(Te).

?

is

pronounced

like

an English

Expressions What is the Russian Good-bye. How do you do

19

?

for

...

Greetings!

'v'

?

(lit.

'be healthy!

')•

TPAMMATHKA

GRAMMAR

i.

The Plural of Nouns

(i)

Formation of the plural - regular forms. Masculine

Feminine

-BI

CTyfleHT - CTy^eHTW - 3aBOfl;Bi 3aBofl

My>KMH- My>KHH- HBI Ha

Neuter

-BI

ra3eTa

CTpaHa cecTpa

-a

- ra3eTBi - CTpaHBi - cecTpBi

cjiobo

okho Mecro

-H

ypoK HO>K flHflH

repon

- ypoKH - HO>KH - flHflH - repon

KHiira

Kpb'ima

3CMHH

cxaTbH HOBOCTb HOMb Bemb JIHS

rocTb

aBTOMO6HJIb

- rocra aBTOMO-

-

OHJIH

™H

- khhth - Kpb'iuiH - 3CMJIH

(paMH-

- cjioBa - oKHa - Mccra

- nojiH Mope - MOpH 3HaHne - 3HaHna nojie

(paMHJIMH

craTbH

HOBOCTH

HOMH BenjH

From

the above table it can be seen that the plural endings of Russian nouns are: -m, -h or -a, -a. The following rules should be noted: (a)

Most masculine nouns ending

in a consonant have ending in -bi (ctoji - ctojim), or, if the last consonant is k, r, x or >k, n, in, (the so-called gutturals and sibilants), -h (ypon - ypoKn).

their plural

m

(b)

Masculine nouns ending in -h or -i» change the -h (repoii - repon; toctb - tocth).

last letter to

(c) Feminine nouns (and a few masculine nouns) ending in -a change the -a to -m (ra3eTa - ra3eT&i) unless the preceding letter is a guttural or a sibilant, in which case the plural will end in -h (KHura - khkth; Kpt'ima

- Kptimn). (d)

Feminine nouns ending in -a or -b change the -h ((baMUJiua - (baMUJiHH; BemB - Berun). 20

last letter to

Note

that this also applies to the few masculine

nouns

ending in -a (ah/jh - ahah).

Neuter nouns change the ending -o to -a and -e to -h (cjiobo - cjioBa; Mope - Mopn).

(e)

Note: Most masculine nouns ending in -en (oTeu.) form the plural by dropping the -e- and adding -t>i (oTUbi).

(2)

Unexpected forms

(a)

Some masculine nouns have the ending -a in plural: aom - #OMa, a#pec - a/jpeca; or the ending -a and -h

ymrrejis (b)

(3)

in the plural.

yturrejiH (also ymrrejni).

the -h:

These endings

in

are always stressed.

Masculine nouns ending in -amm, -hhiih (rpa>Kjj;aHMH, KpecTbHHHH) usually form the plural by changing the final syllable -hh to -e: rpa>K^aHHH rpa>K^aHe; KpecrbHHHH - KpecTbHHe.

The position of the stress. The stressing of nouns in the

plural often gives the student some best at first to try to learn the stress on each noun separately; the rules for stressing can be learned at a much later

difficulty. It

is

stage.

The

can do three things: can remain where it is in the singular (in this case no information on stressing will be given in the vocabularies): cryaeHT - cryfleHTbi. This is always the case when the stress, in a three or more syllable word, does not fall on the first or last syllable (TOBapuni - TOBapniirH; ra3eTa - ra3eTbi). (b) it can shift to the end: KapaH^aui - KapanziaiirH; cjiobo (a)

stress

it

CJiOBa. (c)

(4)

it

can

shift to the first syllable: pyi

%.

TEXTS

roBopib

pyccKHH H3biK.*

H

no-aHTJiHHCKH. TenepL h y>Ke HeMHoro noHHMaio h

roBopib no-pyccKH.

Tbi TO>Ke H3y^aeiiib pyccKHH H3biK. Tenept, tm xo>Ke HeMHoro noHHMaemb h roBopHiiis no-pyccKH. Moh 6paT xopomo roBopnx no-aHTJiHHCKH, oh yMeex ^HTaTL no-Heivieu;KH. Moh cecxpa yMeer roBopHTb no4>paHny3CKH.

— A Bbi roBopiiTe no-(bpaHiry3CKH — Hex, He roBopib, ho noHHMaio.

?

* Note: The accusative (i.e. the case of the direct object in the sentence) is the same as the nominative for all inanimate masculine nouns in the singular and for inanimate nouns of all genders in the plural. This is explained in detail in Lesson 10.

ToBapHiHH, irro bbi ceftqac Aejiaexe ^HTaeM.

?

Bbi imxaexe no-aHTJiHHCKH ? Hex, no-pyccKH. Mbi H3y^aeivi pyccKHH «3biK. Bbi y>Ke noHHMaexe no-pyccKH ? JJa, HeMHO>KKO. Bbi 3Haexe, kqk no-pyccKH cjiobo fatherland 3Haio. 3xo «poAHHa». A Kan no-pyccKH cjiobo comrade ? rio-pyCCKH 3X0 «XOBapHIH». '

'

'

'

23

?

3

— 3ApaBCTByHTe, TOBapHiuii! Xopomo, bm — S^paBCTByii, HBaH! Tbi He paGoTaeuib cero^HH — Her, ceroflHH a He pa66Taio. IleTp! H ^Ito — Khhth TOBapnui, tojibko khhth HHTaio. Kor^a y^HTejiH roBopnT, h HHTaio. — A hto Tbi ^HTaeuib — Tenepb h HHTaio no-aHTJiHHCKH. — 3to aHTJiHHCKaH KHHra Tbi yiweeuib *iHTaTb noaHTJIHHCKH — yMeio. *ito

3flecb.

?

Tbi 3,ijecb!

tbi .nejiaeuib ?

,H,a>Ke

hutslio,

?

?

?

Jla,

Hy*, H H^y AOMOH.

JXo CBHflaHHH, TOBapHUJH.

JXO CBHflaHHH. * 'Well'.

ynPA)KHEHHH EXERCISES Translate into Russian: (i)

is the library. The men are reading women are reading books. Are the men English ? Yes, they are. They

Here

newspapers;

the (2)

are studying

the Russian language. (3)

(4)

(5)

is a Russian woman. She knows how to speak English and French. She also understands a little German if you speak slowly. Our teacher is Russian. He is a Soviet citizen. He is giving a Russian lesson today. This is not a novel but a dictionary. Do you know what the Russian for dictionary is ? Yes, but I don't

Here

'

know what

it is

in

'

German.

24

yPOK

6

CJIOBAPb 6bicTpo adv. Bi'meTh see

II

Bi'mnuib)

Bee pron. all, everybody Bee pron. everything (n. rpoMKO adv. loudly /piKTaHT in. dictation iirpaTb

(irrpa]]io,

I

noTOM adv. then

fast, swiftly

(Bi'i>Ky,

npaBHjio

to

(pi.)

sing.)

I

cjiymaTb

I

(cjiyma||io, -euib) to

listen (to)

-euib)

CMOTII (CMOTpiO, pinub) to watch, to look at

CMOTpeTb

to

cnpauiHBaTb

oofla adv. hither, here

(y^ry, y*iHuib) to learn

(by heart); to teach *u>h, qen,

to

write

whose

micbiwo n. (pi. nncbAia) letter noKajiyficTa please

?

Bi>ipa>KeHHH HfleT ypoK

A

lesson

aenaTb ycnexn

to

make

j^ aK

|tbi

noKHBaeuib

\bbi no>KHBaeTe Cnacii6o HflTH Ha

VpOK

? ?

(cnpauiHBa||io,

TaK adv. so, thus thxo adv. quietly Tyua adv. thither, there yMi'iTb II

niiuieuib)

I

-euib) to ask

(oTBeHa||io, -euib) to

(nrany,

to

sit

play KaK adv. how, cj. as, like Ky/ja adv. whither, where oStHCHHTb I (o6bhchh|jk>, -euib) to explain onnTb adv. again

OTBe^aTb answer nucaTb I

n. rule

pa3roBop m. conversation CHAeTb II (cn>Ky, CHflitnib)

How

are

Thank

is

going on.

progress

you

?

you. to go to a (the) lesson

25

pron.

TPAMMATHKA i.

The Present Tense of the Verb

(continued)

(a)

A

I

in

h

number of verbs of Conjugation the

present

nyry 'I go,

am

tense

for

going',

the

ist

take the ending -y

person

singular:

and the ending -vt

for the

3rd person plural: ohh tmyT 'they go, are going'. Infinitive:

hath

I

to go, to

walk

Present Tense

Person ist

2nd

Singular

(b)

Some

verbs

of Conjugation

II

with

infinitives

in

-fleTB or -/jHTi. change the 3 to >k in the 1st person singular only. As >k cannot be followed by 10 (see p. xx), the 1 st person singular ends in ->Ky. Thus CHflerb 'to sit'

is

conjugated:

H CHJKy

MBI

TBI CHAHIIIB

OH, OHa, OHO

CHAHM

Bbl CHflHTe

CH«HT

OHH CHAHT

BnaeTt 'to see' is conjugated in the same way. If the stem of a verb in the 2nd conjugation ends in a sibilant (>k, h, ih, or m), the 1st person singular and the 3rd plural will end in -y and -aT respectively. Thus, y*nrn> 'to learn (by heart), to teach' is conjugated:

mm yqnM

h yqy

yvauib oho y^HT

bbi y»raTe

Tbi

oh, oh£,

2.

ohh ynaT

The Imperative Mood In Russian, the most common forms are the

2nd person

of the imperative

singular and plural:

Singular

Plural

MHTafi

read

nofi

sing

H«H

gO

^HTaHTe noHTe

sing

HflHTe

go

read

roBopHTe speak

roBopn speak

The

imperative of verbs of the first and second conis formed from the stem of the present tense. To obtain the imperative singular, drop the ending of the 2nd person singular (or the 3rd plural) present tense, and add to the stem of the present tense: jugation

(a) after

vowels - the

letter -h:

MHTa(euib) + h - iHTan

read

no(emb) + h - nofi

sing

(b) after consonants, the

ending -h:

+ H - HflH roBop(Hurb) + h - roBopn yM(Huib) + h - yMH Hfl(eUIb)

27

go speak teach

For the plural form of the imperative, the ending -Te is added to the singular imperative; roBopn + Te - roBopnTe ynn + Te - yMnre

mnan Te - miTaHTe + Te - noiiTe upyi + Te - HflHTe -I-

noil

3.

The Interrogative Adverbs

rjje ?

and Kyaa ?

The two Russian

adverbs rfle ? and Kyrja ? correspond and 'whither' in English; but Ky«a? may be translated by 'where':

to 'where' also

bm

rjje

pa6oTaeTe

Where Where

?

Ky^a bm HAeTe ?

The

interrogative adverb

relating to the place

r^e?

is

where an object

are are

you working ? you going ?

used in questions is

located.

A

question with the word r^e? may be answered by the words 3#eci» 'here', TaM 'there':

r#e oh chaht

?

Oh

chziht

Where

TaM.

is

sitting

he

sitting ?

He

is

there.

Kyaa?

is used in questions relating to the direction of a movement. A question with the word icy^a ? may be answered by the words Ty#a there \ cio^a 'here': '

KyAa oh H#eT

Oh 4.

Where is he going ? He is going there.

?

HfleT Ty/ja.

Possessive Pronouns

pronouns moh, tboh, Hani, and been dealt with in the singular only (see Lessons 2 and 3). In the plural (for all genders) their forms are:

So

far the possessive

eaiii have

MOH, TBOH, HaiUH,

The * Note:

BSIIIIH

possessive pronouns of the 3rd person -

The

r in ero

is

pronounced

28

like

an English

V.

ero*

('his'

or

ee"

'its'),

and hx

('her'),

('their'),

merely the genitive of oh (or oho), OHa, and respectively,

and mean 'of him

(or

it)',

'of her',

are

ohh and

'of them'.

Consequently they are invariable and do not alter in gender according to the object or person they qualify. Thus: er6 Ron ero Km'ira ero nKCbMO ero TOBapumn ee £OM ee KHHra hx aom

The

possessive

his his his his

house

book letter

comrades

her house her book their house,

etc.

pronoun may be used

as

an attribute or

as a predicate:

Moh

My

KHHra TaM.

KHHra - moh.

5.

book

The book

The Interrogative Pronoun The

pronoun

interrogative

is is

neifr

?

In questions ^en

'whose?' has three qbfl, ^be, and

nevt,

whose house ? whose book ? whose books ?

neH #om ? hbh KHi'ira ? khhth

mine.

ueii ?

gender forms in the singular, one in the plural, q&H. Thus:

»h»h

there.

is

^IhH 3TO KHHra ? *IeH 3TO flOiM ? MbH 3TO 6iKe xopoiuo noHHMaio no-pyccKH. Moh TOBapHiuH TO>Ke xopouio noHHMaiOT no-pyccKH. toboToBapnm Cmht, ^HTaHTe, no>KajiyHCTa, pHT yqHTejiB. Cmht HHTaeT Sbicrpo, ho oueHb thxo. ^HTairre, non, cto^a, no-pyccKH.

Give the imperative of the following verbs (2nd sing, and 2nd pers. />/.):

pers.

pa6oTaTt, nncaTb, neTb, hath, CHAen>, cny-

iiHTaTfc,

uiaTL, OTBe^aTt, HrpaTt. 3.

Put the following sentences into the singular: (i) (2)

^LH ^bh

(3) ^ibii 4.

3T0 KHHTH ? - MOH. 3TO nnc&Ma ? - Ee. 3to cjiOBapn ? - Hx, a He BauiH.

Translate into Russian: (1)

Where are you going? Are you going No, we are going home.

(2)

Are you making progress he

(3)

listens

(5)

?

my

brother asks.

Then

I reply.

Do not listen when he says good only to speak English. I see that you are not writing. Please write, all of you! No, don't talk, Ivan. Write your dictation, and quickly! When you explain the rule I understand everything that you say; but when you speak quickly, I do not.

Answer that

(4)

when

to a lesson?

in Russian!

it is

Please speak slowly, very slowly.

3i

(6)

What going

is

?

his

She

is

sister

doing? Where

going there.

is

is her uncle going there. They

all going there. That's good! Now you are getting on. No, I am working badly. You don't understand. I don't know how to learn words. I don't know whose

are (7)

He

book

this

is.

32

ypoK

7

CJIOBAPb 6eji||biH,

-an,

-bie

-oe;

white SeceAOBaTb I (6ece,iry to converse, to chat

||

6ojibin oh, ||

-an,

-oe;

hob

adj.

OTqeCTBO

-an,

-oe;

-lie

adj.

w>

patronymic -an,

-oe;

-bie

bie

adj.

pacreHne n. plant po3a/. rose py^Ka/. penholder, pen chh||hh, -hh, -ee; -He adj. blue CTdp||biH, -an, -oe; -bie adj. old

CTOHTb II (cto||io, -limb) stand TejieBH3op m. television set Texpaflb/. exercise book yjinua/. street xop6m||nii, -an, -ee; -ne

(nypib, Kypnuib) to

smoke

to

adj.

good

MaJibMHK m. boy mojioaIoh, -an,

MeJioBeK m. person, -oe;

-bie

Mepn||biH, black

adj.

young He6o n. sky, heaven conjugation of verbs in -OBa-rb

is

-aH,

(baMHJiHH

CMOTpeTb TejieBH3op HaKpbmaTb Ha ctoji

?

explained in Lesson 12.

What to

is your surname watch television

to lay the table

33

man

-oe;

Bwpa>Keiiii>i

KaK Bama

-euib)

adj. beautiful, splendid, fine

red

The

(oTflbixa||io,

npeKpacH||biii,

gold(en) KpacHB||biH, -aH, -oe; -bie adj. beautiful KpacH||biH 5 -aa, -oe; -bie adj.

KypiiTb II

I

npa3«HHK m. holiday

Apyr m. friend >KypHaJi m. magazine 3ojiot||6h 3

to

to rest

adj.

big

flOMa adv. at home flopor||oH 3 -an, -oe; dear; expensive

-euib)

(oSe^affio.

I

OTflbixaTb

-ne

new

bin, -an, -oe; -bie adj.

have dinner

-enib*)

10,

BMecTe adv. together AeByuiKa /. girl

*

||

o6e,zjaTb

?

-bie

adj.

TPAMMATHKA i.

Adjectives Russian adjectives agree with the nouns they qualify. In the singular they have three forms; in the plural one only (for all three genders). Adjectives can be divided into 'hard', 'soft', and '

(i)

mixed*.

Hard

The

adjectives.

-wit

endings of 'hard' adjectives

(or -oil, if the stress

is

on the

are:

last syllable)

for the masculine singular

-a«

for the feminine singular

-oe

for the neuter singular

-Bie

for

all

Masculine

Feminine

-6S, -wii

-an

Neuter -oe

MOJio^aH fleBymna

mqjio/];6h tiejioBeK

a

genders in the plural.

young man

a

young

girl

HOBaa KHiira a new book

HOBblH flOM a new house

MOJiofl6e pacreHHe a young plant

HOBOe a

CJIOBO

new word

Plural

-bie (for all the genders)

MOJioflMe fleBymKH

young

girls

HOBue

ra3eTbi fresh newspapers

Note: The masculine ending -6ii ending -mM is never stressed.

(2) Soft adjectives.

-hh

The

is

always stressed.

endings of

blue pencil)

34

masculine

'soft' adjectives are:

for the masculine singular flaui a

The

(chhhh KapaH-

-ee

the feminine singular (chhhh Ba3a a blue vase) for the neuter singular (cHHee He6o the blue

-He

for all genders in the plural

->ra

for

sky)

(cmme Kapau-

flauiu blue pencils).

In most adjectives of the ending

(3)

Mixed

is

this

type the consonant before

a soft h.

adjectives

(a) When the stem of an adjective ends in r, k, or x the letter bi is always replaced by h. Thus the endings of such adjectives are:

-hh

(or -oh, if the stress

is

on the

last syllable)

for the masculine singular

-an

for the feminine singular -oe for the neuter singular -He for all genders in the plural.

Masculine

aopor6E

,upyr

Feminine

aoporaa KHHra

Neuter

Aoporoe nepo

dear friend

expensive book

expensive nib

pyCCKHE H3bIK

pyccKaa ra3eTa Russian newspaper

pyccKoe cjiobo

Russian language

Plural

-He(for all the genders)

floporne khhth expensive books

p^ccKHe cjioBa Russian words

35

Russian word

When

the stem of an adjective ends in >k, i, m, always replaced by h; the letter o (when not stressed) is replaced by e. Thus we have the endings: (b)

or

m the -hh

letter bi is

(or -oh,

when

the stress

is

on the

last syllable)

on the

last syllable)

for the masculine singular -afl for the feminine singular

-ee (or -6e,

when

the stress

is

for the neuter singular

-He for

all

genders in the plural.

Feminine

Masculine -OH, -HH GoJlblUOH

-aa

ROM

large house

xopoinHH AeHb fine

day

Neuter -6e, -ee

6ojibuiaa crpaHa big country

Gojibmoe none

xopomaa KHnra good book

xopomee Mecro

big field

good place

Plural

-He

(for all the

genders) Gojiburae ROMa large houses

xopoiune nojiH fine fields

2.

The Function and the Position of the Adjective

in

the Sentence (i)

In the sentence, the adjective attribute

(2)

The

and

may be used

as

an

as a predicate.

adjective

before the noun magazine'.

used as an attribute usually stands a new it qualifies, e.g. hobbih >KypHan '

in order to add emphasis to the meaning, the adjective can stand after the noun.

However,

36

(3)

An adjective used as noun

it

latter

by

and

qualifies

a predicate usually stands after the in

speech

it is

separated from the

a pause:

3tot >nypHaJi

This magazine

HOBbiii.

is

new.

The Interrogative Pronoun KaKoii ? A question referring to the adjective may be formed with the pronoun k3koh? 'what?'. This pronoun, like the adjective, agrees in

the

noun

it

Feminine

Masculine

KanoH (sto) flo.M ? What house (is this)

number and gender with

refers to:

Neuter

KaKaH (sto) yjmua ? KaKoe (3to) cjtobo ? What word (is What street (is

">

this) ?

this) ?

Plural

KaKne (sto) ropoaa ? What towns (are these)

The pronoun KaKoii may

also occur in exclamations:

What

KaKOH npeKpacHBiH Aem.!

?

a splendid day!

The Demonstrative Pronoun 3tot The demonstrative pronoun stot 'this'

has

three

gender forms in the singular and one in the plural: Plural

Masculine

Feminine

Neuter

(for all the genders)

Stot KapaHtfam

3Ta KHnra this book

sto nepo

5th

this pencil

this

nib

TeTpaflH these exercise-books

Note: The neuter form of the demonstrative pronoun Sto may be used for this is ', it is ', irrespective of the gender and number of the noun to which it refers: '

'

3to HOBbm flOM. 3to HOBbie flOMa.

is a new house. These are new houses.

This

37

5.

Names and Patronymics

Russian

In Russian it is common practice to address grown-up persons who are not relatives or close friends by their first name (hmh) and the patronymic (6TMecTBo), which is derived from the father's name: Hhkoji£h HBaHOBHM Bhktop HHKOJiaeBHw Bepa HHKOJiaeBHa

(Nicholas, son of Ivan) (Victor, son of Nicholas) (Vera, daughter of Nicholas)

Whenever the proper name of the father ends in a hard consonant, -oBHq (for persons of the male sex) or -OBHa (for persons of the female sex) is added:

+ OBHM + OBHa

HBaH

HBaHOBHH HBaHOBHa /.

ttl.

Whenever the proper name of the father ends in -n, this letter is dropped and -eBHq (for persons of the male sex) or -euHa

(for persons

of the female sex)

is

added:

H

o j.

|i"

f \

+ cbhm + eBHa

HHKOJiaeBHH m. HHKOJiaeBHa /.

Whenever the proper name of the father ends in -a or -h, this ending is replaced by -hi (for persons of the male sex) or -HHircHa, =H»ma (for persons of the female

sex):

HHKHT||a

(+ HXI {

tt

I,

1

,

+ H*ma

+ HM 1 + HHHMHa f

Hhkhthm m HHKHTiiMHa /. Hjibhm m. HjH>HHHMHa /.

38

TEKCT i.

Bot moh HOBbiH KpacHbiH KapaHflam h bot moh HOBan nepHan pynna. A sto hto ? 3to HOBoe 30JioToe nepo. TaM nepHbie, chhhc h KpacHbie KapaHnauiH. 3-ra neByuiKa - moh cecrpa; oh& Sojibman. OHa yMeer nert h OHa roBopHT no-pyccKH. OHa xopomo 3Haer pyccKHH H3t>'iK. TyT ctoht npenpacHaH chhhh Ba3a. A TyT oneHb 6ojii>uiaH h noporan pyccKan KHiira. Kanan xopomaa KHHra!

3to pyccnan ra3e-ra? Hex, sto aHrjiHHCKan ra3era. 3to Bee aHTJiHHCKHe ra3eTbi. A hbh 3th 6ojn>uiHe KHHrH ? Ohh Bee MOH. 2.

J^OMB.

CeroAHH npa3£HHK. Hama ceMLH npMa. Bee

OTHbixaiOT.

y Hac ceronHH tocth*: HnKOJian IlaBJioBHH h ero >KeHa Bepa BacHJiseBHa HBaHOBbi, a Taione hx cmh h aohb. HnKOJiaH IlaBJioBHH h moh oTeu. SecenyiOT h KypHT. Bepa BacHJiLeBHa, moh cecrpa h ee MynaMHJiHH ?

Jla.

?

JJa,

?

HBaHOB.

A

BaUie

HMH H OTHeCTBO ?

— Mnxanji HHKOJiaeBHH.

39

?

me>i

— H Baina >KeHa To>Ke pyccnan — Her, OHa aHrjiH^aHKa.

?

ynPA)KHEHHa i.

Give the following adjectives and pronouns

their

correct endings.

Kan. 3t.

.

Ham

.

Sojifctu.

.

pyccK.

.

.

.

.

flopor

Ero xopoui

Hx

chh.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

KHiira!

.

cjiobo.

.

.

.

po/jHHa.

aBTOMo6HJii>.

TeTpa^t.

2.

Put the above in the

3.

Translate into Russian:

plural.

Ivan Ivanovich! What are you doing? Watching the television again? And smoking? Yes, I am. It's a very good set. My surname is Brown; my Christian name is John. Here is my family. This is my father and these are

(1) Hullo,

(2)

my (3)

sisters.

Whose

is

this

new

black exercise book and whose I do know and the gold nib are mine

are these red pencils ? I don't know. But that the blue penholder

and not yours. (4)

What They

is

are

your family doing? Today all sitting

together at home.

is

a holiday.

My

father

is

My brother is smoking and watching the television. My sister is writing a letter. My mother is reading a magazine. My old aunt is laying the

resting.

table.

What

a picture!

40

ypoK

8

CJIOBAPb MHoro adv. much, a lot, many mohcho it is possible Mont I (story, Moweuib

m. mountaineer oeraTb I (6eraj|io, -enn>) to run about a;ibniiHiicr

6ojieTb

II

6ojiht)

(Gojiht,

ache

heujo

6ojn>H||oHj

necessary impossible is necessary

it is

(short

Heju>3H

it is

form 66jieH, oonbHa, 6ojibh6;

Hy>KHO

it

6ojibHbi) adj.

njiaBaib

6t>iTb to

-an,

-6e;

-tie

sick

ill,

BOJiocbi pi. hair

npiiHTH||bri1,

Bceraa adv. always BbicoKpml, -an, -oe; tall

m.

(pi.

rjia3

rojioBa/.

-He

ronoBbi) head

AOJiwen, AOJi>KH|]a, vi.

still,

cnaTb

:

brfi,

-enn>)

lie,

to

II

-6; -bi

must

-an,

-oe.;

(jioKJjy,

-an,

-Him>)

to

VfliH brii.

cnnuib)

to

-an,

-oe;

-bie

adj.

-an,

-oe;

-bie

adj.

-aH,

-an,

-oe;

-bie

adj.

clever

wood

xojioahI'mh, -aH, -oe; -bie adj. cold xoTeib mixed conj. (xony, xoqeuib ... xotht) to want, to

-oe;

-He

adj.

-oe;

-we

adj.

wash

favourite II

adj.

warm

dexterous, deft

JHOoiiTb

(cnmo,

II

TenJijjbm,

-bie adj.

n. (pi. JiHua) face

jno6iwi|[bni,

grey

-bie

-oe;

dark Te.Mnepaiypa /. temperature

be lying

jiobk||hh,

-an,

TeMH||brii,

yet

Jiec in. (pi. Jieca) forest,

mmo

-bie adj.

cnopT 7)i. sport cnopTCMeH m. sportsman cnopxcMeHKa /. sportswoman

to

interesting jiencaTb

-oe;

sleep

tooth

mrrepecH

to

bold, courageous

raa3a) eye

(pi.

-an,

cep||brii, -an, -oe; -bie adj.

adj.

(go for a) walk; hjtth ryjiHTb to go for a walk

3yo

-enn>)

pleasant CMeji||biHj

ropno n. throat ryuHTb I (ry^llio,

erne adv.

(n:iaBa!|io,

I

swim

be

high,

...

Moryr) to be able

to

nnipoKJJHH, (jnoSjnb,

broad

jnb6Huib)

to love

41

-an,

-oe;

-He

adj.

BI.IPAvKEHIIH HrpdTb b maxMaTbi nrpaTb b cpyT66.n HrpdTb B TeHHHC

to play chess to play football to play tennis

JIo>KAb HfleT.

It is raining,

CH^eTb flOMa

to stay at

y MeHH y Te6n y Hero

home

"\

> Sojii'iT rojiOBa,

3y6.

YoThave

He

J

\

has, etc. J

a headache, a toothache, etc.

TPAMMATHKA 1.

(a)

The Short Form of Adjectives Formation of the short form. So far all adjectives have been given in their long, or complete, forms. Most qualitative adjectives - i.e. adjectives which denote only quality, such as 'young', 'new', etc. 1 - have socalled short (or predicative) forms as well. To obtain the short form of an adjective in the masculine singular, the ending of the long form (-fciii, -on, -hh) is dropped. Thus only the stem is left mojio^oh MOJIOfl.

In the feminine and neuter singular, -a and -o respecadded to the stem. In the plural (all genders) in, or m) is -m (or -h if the stem ends in r, k, x, >k, added. tively are

%

Gender and number

masculine singular only, thus facilitating the pronunciation. E.g. jiobkhh dexterous - jtobok; hhTepecHtiH 'interesting' - HHTepeceH; yMHbiti 'clever' - yMeH. 1 In the feminine and neuter singular and in the plural short forms no insertion is made. Thus: '

'

Gender and number

Note

how and TaK must be used:

that after Kaic

of the adjective

'

Kan oh mojior! Ohh Tan vmhm.

2.

'

so

'

'

the short form

How young he is! They

are so clever.

Adverbs Most Russian adverbs

are the same as the neuter short form of the adjectives, such as xopoui6 'well', SbicTpo 'quickly', KpaciiBO 'beautifully'. Note that adverbs are often used in impersonal sentences as the predicate:

3.

cold here.

3fleci. xojioflHO.

It is

HjrrepecHO.

It is interesting.

KaK

How

3flea>

xopomo!

nice

here!

it is

The 3rd Person Singular of the Verb 6wTh

(ecT&)

In the present tense the verb 6 wtb to be is generally not used as a link-verb. Only in certain phrases, when emphasis is required, the form ecTB - 3rd person singular - is used in the meaning of 'there is', 'there '

'

are': 3flecb

ecTb

4.

There There

Jiec.

EcTb 3^ecb h

peKa.

is a

The Phrases y Mena, y mchh Singular: 1st person

2nd person 3rd person m. 3rd person /. 3rd person w. Plural:

1st

person

2nd person 3rd person

wood

here.

is also a river here.

ecTb, etc.

y y y y y

mchh

y y y y

Hac (y Hac ecrb) Bac (y Bac ecrb)

(y

Mena

ecxb)

tc6h (y Te6a ecn>) Hero (y Hero ecn>) Hee (y Hee ecn>) Her6 (y Hero ecTb)

(y mrx ecrb) Koro (ecrb) ?

hhx

44

I have you have he has

she has has

it

we have you have they have who has ?

The above

phrases (formed by the preposition y meanof + the genitive of the personal pronouns and the interrogative pronoun kto) are used to express possession in Russian instead of the verb ing

'

in the possession

'to have'.

The

verb ecTb is used in these expressions when it is necessary to emphasize the possession of a certain object by somebody:

y MeHH

When

ecn. KapaHAdm.

I

have a pencil.

the possession of the object by somebody is it is only necessary to emphasize some

known and feature

of the

object,

ecTB

verb

the

generally

is

omitted:

y MeHH

KpacHBiH KapaHoam.

Note: (a) y jweHH etc. can also or even 'with me':

mean

The answer

'at

my

have a red pencil. place', 'at

Comrade Ivanov

ToBapiuii IiBaHOB ceiiHac y Memi. (b)

I

me

to the question y

(at

my

house'

now

is

with

my place).

noro (ecrb)

...

?

is

y MeHH

(ecTb) etc.

y noro

(ecn>)

ra3era

?

-

V

pyccKan MeHH.

Who

has got a Russian news? - I have.

paper

5.

Modal Verbs and Expressions

(a)

The

conjugations of the verbs mo*i& 'to be able' and 'to want\ 'to wish' are as follows:

xoTeTb

Present Tense

Present Tense

3

,

(c)

In order to express possibility, necessity, and impossibility (or prohibition),

the words

Haao), HejiB3H are followed by the infinitive: (or

mohcho nrpaTb

Cero/piH

Today

b (pyrSoji. 3^ecb mojkho HHTaTb. __

,

Hy>KHO «OMOH

-

.

(one

hath

g necessary to gQ home. is not permitted to

h KypHTB.

It

smoke

6.

possible to

ft I

Hein>3H hath HmeT flOKflb.

is

may) play footbali.

.

I

-

3flecb He.ii.

it

normally

are

One may read here. ( One must go home.

,

(naffo)

mo>kho, Hy>KHO

They

used.

here.

impossible to go for a walk: it is raining.

ryjiHTb:

It is

Verbs with the Stem Ending in

-6-, -B-, -m-, -n-

These usually insert in the first person singular before the ending, for instance: jik>6hti>

'

to love '

cnaTb to sleep '

'

Note

-

jiio6jik>,

jnb6Hun>, jik>6ht, etc. chht, etc.

chjiio, cnimib,

that jnoGnTb can be followed

'to like fl

-ji-,

by the

infinitive

when

it

means

Moh

6paT

doing something'.

jnoSmo cnaTb.

I like sleeping.

TEKCT i.

Moh 6paT, moh cecTpa h h H cryAeHT. y mchh ecri> 6paT

h cecrpa.

Bhktop n cecrpa Bepa TOHKe HrpaeM b uiaxMaTbi. 47

Moh

6paT onem, blicokhh; y Hero TeMHbie bojiocbi, Kan y mquA. Y Hero yMHoe jihh.6. CecTpa Hama KpacHBan: y Hee TO>Ke TeMHbie bojiocbi, ho rna3a 6oju>unie h citHHe. Bepa xopomo yMeeT nen> y Hee xopomHH tojioc*. Ho cero/THH OHa He MO>KeT neTb: y Hee ropjio 6ojiht. Moh 6paT h moh cecrpa - xopouine cry/ieHTbi. Ohh jik>6ht paSoTaTb h HHTart. TyT mo>kho mhoto *iHTaTi>. y Hac Bcerfla HOBbie khhth h >KypHajibi.

a rjia3a cepbie,

2.

Pa3roBop

— 3ApaBCTByfi, Kojih. — 3jxpaBCTByH, Minna. — M6>kho KypHTB, noKanyHCTa — Ilo>KajryHCTa, — Tbi He HfleuiB ryjiHTB — Her, He Mory. CerojjHH a h hcmh6>kko — Cero/jHfl He Tenjio h jrpporoii moh; 6*ieHB npHHTHO. — He Mory h/tth Y cn/reTt MeHH BbicoKan TeMnepaTypa. — BbicoKan — oneHt BbicoKan. — Hy>KHO Heju>3H OT/TbixaH. Y Te6n ecn> HHTepecHbie khhth — H KHHTH H >KypHajibi. ?

Kypii.

?

xojio/tho,

6ojieH.

xojio/tho,

ryjiHTB.

/i,a>Ke

fl.

JTpji>KeH

/rpMa.

?

JXa,

ryjiHTt.

jie>KaT&.

?

JXa,

XopOUIO. Ax! HdflO ,11,0

H/TTH. JXO CBH/TaHHH.

CBH/TaHHH.

ynPAMCHEHHH I.

Fill in

y Te6n, the

first

the blank spaces with the phrases y mchh, etc., bearing in mind the person indicated in part of the sentence:

48

Example: Mbi nwraem no-pyccKH, y Hac pyccKan KHHra. H H3y^aio pyccKHH h3bik, ... ecTi> pyccnaH KHHra. (2) Ohh nniiiyT, ... HOBbie pyMKH h TeTp&AH. (3) Moh cecTpa Bpa^i, ... HHTepecHan pa6oTa. (4) Mbi roBopHM no-pyccKH, ceitaac ... ypoK. (5) Moh TOBapnm AenaeT ycnexn, ... xopouiHH yMH-

(i)

TejiL.

2.

Fill in

the blank spaces with the short forms of suitable from the following:

adjectives selected

yMHblH, KpaCHBblH, IUHpOKHH, CTapblH, BblCOKHH, XOpOUIHH, JIOBKHH. (1) Moh 6paT ... (2) Moh cecrpa ... (3) Pena Boura ... (4) 3tot flOM ... (5) CnopTCAieH ... (6) 3th fleByiuKH ...

MOJIOflOH,

3.

Translate into Russian: (1)

He

very dexterous and courageous, but he cannot Does he want to swim ? Yes, he does.

is

yet swim.

He (2)

loves sport.

How and

I

dark it is here! cannot write.

And how

cold! I cannot read

and I must stay at home. Can we play No, we can't. I want to go for a walk. of pen have you got ? I have got a black

(3) It is raining

chess, please ? (4)

What

sort

pen; the nib

is

gold.

watching the television when it's dark. But today my eyes are hurting and I have got a sore

(5) I like

throat. I think I (6)

The

river

is

am

ill.

I

so wide that

forest.

49

must it is

sleep.

impossible to see the

yPOK

9

CJIOBAPb 6eAH||biH,

-an,

-oe;

-we

adj.

rrpaBJibni,

poor b pr. (+prep.) in BecHa/. spring boctok m. east Bciofly adv. everywhere

pa3H||brii,

-oe;

-bie

adj.

shine -oe;

-bie

ceBep m. north CHer m. snow coBcew adv. quite, entirely cojmne n. sun CCCP (C0103 CoBercKHx CoUiiajiHCTHHecKHX Pecny6jnnKHHaTb I (y>KHHa||K>, -eim>) to have supper tor m. south -aa, hPk|]hh, -oe; -He adj.

weather)

He^aBHO adv. recently 06 pr. (+prep.) about, concerning ocem./. autumn

o,

norona/. weather

bright

50

Bbipa>KCHIIH Macro 6biBdeT ... HanpHMep CHer H^eT (ineji). Ctoi'it npeKpacHan noro^a. Ha yjinue

It

often happens

for

...

example

(was) snowing. is (keeps) fine. out of doors. Also: on the street It is

The weather

TPAMMATHKA i.

(a)

The Past Tense of the Verb Formation.

The

most Russian verbs

past tense of

is

formed by adding: -ji

for the masculine singular

feminine singular -jio for the neuter singular -jih for the plural (all genders)

1

-Jia for the

to the

stem of

the infinitive. J

In other words, the sufhx of the infinitive (-Tb) is replaced by the suffix of the past tense (-ji, -Jia, -jio, -jih):

HHTa-Tb - HHraji, MHTana, miTajio, MHTann 6bm, 6bina, 6b'iJio, 6b'uiH roBopHTb - roBopnji, roBopnjia, roBopnjio, roBopiijiH 6biTB -

Russian verbs in the past tense only change for gender (in the singular) and for number. They do not change for person (as in the present tense). They conjugate, therefore, as follows: Singular

Plural

a MHTan

mm

OH MHTaJI OHd HHTana oho mrrajio

OHH MHT&JIH

m., MHTana /. TbI MHTaJI >«., TOTaJia /.

miTajiH Bbl MHT^JIH

51

Singular

y hhx 6biji flOM. y Koro Smjih rocTH ?

JT,6ji>KeH in

They had

Who had

a house,

guests

?

the Past Tense

When referring to the past tense, fl6ji>KeH is used with the forms of the past tense of the verb 6mtb corresponding to the gender and number of the subject: AOJi>KeH 6bui m.y flOJi>KHa 6buia

/.,

^oji>kh6 6biJio

n.,

#OJT>KHbI 6bIJIH pi.

B^epa oh RdnxceH 6mji MHoro

He had

rmcaTb.

TaHH nonxKsa Gbuia

paSoTaTb. mbi jaojijkhbi ohjih jniHTb ypoK.

Etaepa

4. (a)

to write a great deal

yesterday.

Tanya had to work. Yesterday we had to study our lesson.

Impersonal Sentences in the Past In order to express possibility, necessity, or imposthe past, the neuter form of the past tense of

sibility in

6i>iTb

-

Gbijio

-

is

added to mojkho, Hy>KHO (Haflo) or

Heju>3A:

Hy>KHO 6hjio nucaTb

nucbiwo.

It

was necessary

(one had)

to write the letter, rioro/ja 6biJia xopoiuan,

m6>k-

ho omjio ryjiHTb. TaM Hent3H Sbijio KypiiTb.

(b)

The weather was

fine.

One

could go for a walk. It was not permitted smoke there.

to

The same

applies to impersonal sentences formed from the neuter singular of the short form of the adjectives it is cold here '): (3,n,eci> xonoflHO '

3flecb 6b'uio xojioflHO. BbiJio

It

oieHb HHTepecHO.

KaK npiiHTHO

It

was cold was very

How

6biJio B*iepa.

day

53

here. interesting.

pleasant

it

was yester-

5.

The Declension of Nouns While in English the relations between any part of speech and the noun in the sentence are expressed mostly with the help of prepositions (e.g. 'I was saying to my brother'), in Russian they are expressed by changing the endings of the noun (e.g. R roBopnji 6pary 'I was saying to my brother'), and sometimes by using a preposition as well (H ujjy k 6pary I am going '

to

my

brother').

The changes inflection

There

in the ending of the

noun

are called case

or declension.

Russian: the Nominative, and Instrumental, Prepositional. These cases will be dealt with according to importance and difficulty. In this lesson the nominative and the prepositional, being the easiest, are

six

cases

in

Dative,

Genitive,

Accusative,

are given.

6.

The Nominative Case Most nouns

so far have been given in the nominative

case (ctoji, KOMHaTa, okho, etc.).

The nominative

is

used: (a) to

denote the subject of a sentence:

The

Ctoji ctoht TyT.

table stands here.

(b) to denote the noun-predicate:

Moh (c)

in

iviaTb

My

- spa*i.

forms of address

(i.e.

Touapiim liuanoB, hto

mother

is

a doctor.

the old vocative): bl>i

AejiaeTe TyT ?

Comrade

Ivanov, what are you doing here ?

Furthermore a noun in the nominative may be used to form a sentence by itself. 3nMa. Mopo3.

It is

54

winter.

There

is

a frost.

''

7 (i)

The Prepositional Case The formation of is formed:

The

the prepositional.

prepositional

case (a)

by adding -e to the end of masculine nouns: - Ha crone

ctoji

When

'on the table'

the masculine

letter is

noun ends

-h or -b

in

this last

replaced by -e:

- b Mae cnoBapb - b c:ioBap6

'in

Maii

'

May'

in the dictionary

Note: The stress sometimes shifts to the case endings in masculine nouns. The student should not worry about this at this stage, but should merely try to note which nouns have this tendency.

(b)

by replacing the endings -a and -h with

KOMHaTa - b KOMHaTe 3eM.iH - Ha 3e.M.ie (c)

in feminine

nouns

-e: 'in the

room'

'on the earth'

by replacing the ending -o in neuter nouns with okho - b oKHe

'

in the

-e:

window

the neuter noun ends in a consonant + -e in the nominative, the prepositional case is the same:

When

'on the

Ha no;ie

(2)

Uses of the prepositional case.

The

field'

prepositional (or

sometimes called) is only used with prepositions, the most common of which are:

locative, as

it

is

o (or 06 when before a vowel) 'concerning', 'about': Albi roBopiiM

Oh

/ryMaeT

We

o norofle.

are talking

weather. He is thinking

06 otu£.

father.

55

about the about

his

b

in

Ha 'on

fboth indicating 'place where':

,

B ropo/je KpacHBbie

In

yjimjbi.

Ta3eTa jiokht

Ha

crojie.

the town there beautiful streets.

The paper

is

lying

on

are

the

table.

Note: Ha can sometimes be used to translate 'at' (usually when the noun stands for the place, rather than is the place):

Ha KOHTjepTe Ha ypoKe Ha

is

also

at the concert at the lesson

used to translate 'in' with the words ceBep 'north', boctok 'east', and 3anafl 'west':

ior 'south',

Ha ibre

in the south

With KaBKa3 'the Caucasus' Ha is also used: in the Caucasus Ha KaBKa3e

TEKCT [.

Bqepa y Hac 6lijih tocth. y Hac y>KHHajiH Bhktop HHKOJiaeBH^ h ero >KeHa TaTtmia AjieKcaH/jpoBHa. Ohh aojtto y Hac chacjih, h Sbijio oiems npHHTHo. Bhktop HnKOJiaeBH^ paccKa3biBaji o 6paTe HHKOJiae. KaK Bbi y>Ke 3HaeTe, HHKOJiaH HnKOJiaeBHH Sliji Ha ceBepe, b ApxaHrejiBCKe. Ho Tenepb oh paSoTaeT b MocKBe. Ero ^6ktop b ApxaHrejiBCKe roBopHJi: «HHKOJI&H HHKOJiaeBHq, bli xopouiHH HHHh6h nejiOBeK. Ha^o exaTB aomoh. Hejn>3H pa6oTaT& 3Aect». Xojio/jho Sbijio b ApxaHrejiBCKe, h SeAHbiH HHKOJiaH HnKOJiaeBHq oneHB crpaflaji TaM. ,U6ktop 6biji npaB. Oh jj;6jr>KeH 6biji exaTB #om6h. Tenept oh paSoTaer TaM, ryje paSoTaeT ero 6paT. 5i zryMaio, qTO oh ohchl c^acTJiHB. 56

2.

O

KJIHMaTe

CeroAHH Ha ypone mbi MHTaiiH o KJiibiaTe CCCP. CCCP - 6ojn>uiafl crpaHa. KnHiviaT Ha ceBepe h Ha ibre, Ha 3ana,ne h Ha boctokc pa3HMH. ^acro 6biBaeT Tan: Ha KaBKa3e HacrynaeT BecHa; cbctht HpKoe cojmue, noibT nTHHbi; Babfly 3ejieHaH TpaBa. A Ha ceBepe CCCP, HanpHMep, b ApxaHrejit-

eme 3HMa. TaM xonoflHo. BcK>,rry jiokht cHer. Ha pene eme He Taer. BbiBaeT eme Tan: b Piire 1 n^eT noyKjjj,; Ha He6e TeMHo. Ha yjnnje xojioaho. HacrynaeT oceHt. A b TaiHKeirre 2 Jiero. noroAa ctoht xopouian. Ha He6e CBeTHT cojihuc He^aBHO b ra3eTe mbi *tHTajiH o noro^e b HpnyTCKe 3 h HjiTe: b HjiTe CTOHJia npeKpacHan noroAa. He6o Gbijio CHHee; BO.ua b Mope 6biJia eme Tenjian. A Ha BOCTone CCCP, b HpKyrcKe, y>Ke men CHer. Hacne,

Jlejj,

CTynajiH Mopo3t>i. Bb'uio x6jio,h,ho. i.

2. 3.

Riga - the capital of the Latvian S.S.R. Tashkent - the capital of the Uzbek S.S.R. Irkutsk - an important industrial centre in Eastern

Siberia.

ynPAJKHEHHH i.

Put the following sentences (1)

Kto ^HTaer?

ecrb KHHra.

(4)

(2)

in the past tense:

Moh

cecrpa b Mockbc. Ha peKe Taer. (5) Ohh aojdkhbi paGoTaTt.

jho6hm ryjiHTt. (6) 3H KypHTt.. (8) TaM

(3)

Mm

Jlejj,

xojiOflHO.

noro^a.

57

(9)

y

Hac oneHt

(7) Hejit-

Ctoht xopoiuan

2.

Fill in the blank spaces with a suitable noun in the required form selected from the right-hand column:

(i) (2)

(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 3.

ApxaHrejitcK - Ha ... CCCP 3nMa. Ha ... jiokht CHer. Mbi Slijih Bqepa b ... Oh pa6oTaeT b ... Bbuio mrrepecHO MHTarb o ... J^era paccKa3biBajiH o ... B^epa Mbi 6biJiH Ha ...

Mm nrpajiH b

KOHuepx ypon ceBep 3cmjih

MocKBa KOMHaTa (byrGoji

...

Translate into Russian: (1) It

was very cold yesterday.

It

was snowing.

It is

already winter. (2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

When

I was in Moscow I had a car. Did you have one (repeat car) too ? No, but when we were in the south we had a new Soviet car. My sister "had to work a lot when she was in the north. She is a doctor, and everyone was ill. Don't talk about the climate in the north of the U.S.S.R. I know it's cold there and I don't want to be in a place where it's always cold. What sort of pen did he have ? A red or a black one? I don't know. What was that lying on the table in the room where you were sitting ?

58

ypoK

10

CJIOBAPb 6eper m. shore

HanpaBo adv. on the

6oh m.

ocpHrrnaHTKa /. waitress nHCbiweHHbiH ctoji m. writing table, desk rmxb I (m>K>, m>eiub) to drink

battle

6paTb I (6ep||y, -eurb) to take BaHHan/. bathroom 1 BHJTKa/. fork m. year

noji m. floor

rofl

ropHH|HH, -an,

pecTopaH m. restaurant

-ee; -He adj. hot

touch) 2 fleTCTBO n. childhood AHBaH m. sofa ecTb mixed conj. (ew, (to the

pb'i6a /. fish

euib

caA m. (pi. caflbi) garden cnajrbHH/. bedroom CTaBHTb II (CTaBJIK), CTaBKUIb) to put (standing) cieaaf. (pi. creHBi) wall cTOJioBaa/. dining-room 1 cyn m. soup cbip m. cheese TapenKa/. plate TejiedpoH m. telephone yroji m. (pi. yrjibi) corner (bpyKTbi m. pi. fruit Mac m. (pi. Macbi) hour qacb'i m. pi. clock, watch 3 uiKacb m. (pi. mKacpb'i) cupboard

...

eflHT) to eat

»capK||HH, -a«, -oe; -ne adj. hot 2 I (>KHB||y, -emb) to live na6HHeT w. study, office KBapnipa/. flat, apartment

>KHTb

KJiacTb tense

I

(Kjia«||y,

KJiaJi)

past (horizon-

-eiin.,

to put

tally)

KOBep m.

(pi.

KOBpbi) carpet

KpecJio n. armchair KyxHH /. kitchen jio>KKa/. spoon

Memo mhco

n. indeclinable

meat HajieBo adv. on the i.

2.

right

menu

niKOJia/. school

n.

left

Both BamtaH and CTOJioBaa are feminine adjectives (the word KOMHaTa is understood) used as nouns. >KapKHH means hot, of weather or sun; ropjrqHH means hot to the touch or the taste. It can also be used to translate 'fervent'.

They must not be

interchanged. TenJibin ('warm') can be used

for tangible or intangible 3.

Qacb'i

meaning

warmth.

'clock' or 'watch',

can also mean hours '. '

59

is

only used in the plural.

It

BbipaxcemiH

H xoqy H xouy

ecTb.

I

rraxb.

I

ecrb cyn

am am

hungry. thirsty,

to take, drink

soup

TPAMMATHKA i.

The Prepositional Case of Masculine Nouns

in -y

Some masculine nouns, mostly monosyllabic ones, take the ending -y in the prepositional case after the prepositions b and Ha: Jiec 'wood', cajj, 'garden', moct 'bridge', noji 'floor', rjia3 'eye', rofl 'year', ^ac 'hour',

'cupboard',

niicatp

6eper

'shore',

yroji

'corner'.

b necy, b caAy, Ha Ha Sepery, b yrjiy.

Niocrf,

Ha nony, b

rjia3y,

b

ro/ry,

.The ending -y of the prepositional case

b uiKa

The

(c)

accusative of

all

neuter nouns

is

the same as

is

used mainly

the nominative.

(2)

Uses of the accusative,

(a)

The

accusative

to denote the direct object of

such as

# JI

transitive verbs,*

'to read', 'to see', 'to write'.

KHHry. eM pidSy. MiiTaio

I

He drinks water. You know the lesson.

nteT Bojry. Bbi 3Haere ypoK. OHa BHflHT yHHTejia. Oh nHineT cjiobo.

When

indicate

the

motion

read a book.

I eat fish.

Oh

(b)

most

She

He

prepositions ('to', 'on',

sees

the teacher.

writes the

word.

b and Ha are used 'on

to'),

to

they are followed

by the accusative. *

A

one that denotes an action passing to an object that dog (object). intransitive verb indicates an action that is limited to the subject, e.g. 1

transitive verb

pressed, e.g.

An I

I

is

is

ex-

killed {transitive verb) the

go.

61

sleep,

Oh

H

b

HfleT

(Cf.

Oh

He

niKojiy. 6biJi

b

KapaHflaui

KJiaay

Ha

ctoji.

Oh 9L

is

going to school.

iiiKOJie.)

efleT b MocKBy\ nny Ha yp6K, KOHuepT.

am

putting the pencil on the table. He is going to Moscow. I am going to the lesson, I

concert.

Mw efleM Ha ceBep.

We

The Use of y mchh, y Te6n tboh

are going to the north.

etc. to

replace moh,

etc.

phrases y mchh, y Te6a, apart from meaning 'you have', etc., can also sometimes be used to replace the possessive pronouns ('my', 'your', etc.) particularly in colloquial speech:

The

'I have',

KHHra jiokht y mchh Ha

y

Hee b KOMHaTe

6ojnsuioe

okho. Moii, tboh, ero, ee,

5.

The book

is

lying

on

my

table.

CTOJie.

etc. can,

There is a big window her room.

in

of course, be used instead.

Questions with the Particle

jih

As well as by using special intonation and leaving the word order unchanged, questions may be denoted by the particle jih. The subject and the verb are usually inverted, and jih is

put in between: Bhjih

bw

jih

ceroflHH

b uiKOJie

Were you

at school

today?

?

Note: If particular stress is required on one word in the question, then that word tends to come at the beginning of the sentence with jih after it:

CeroflHH jm Bbi H^eTe b uiKOjry

?

HoBaH mi 3to

uiKOJia ?

62

today you are going to school ? Is this a new school ? Is it

In both the above cases the word order could be the same as in a statement, but with ceroflHH and HOBan stressed: Bbi H#eTe cerojjHH b ihkojiv

3to HOBan

6.

?

iiiKOJia ?

Conjugation of the Verbs ecTb.

>khti>,

6paTb, KJiacTs,

nHTb

These verbs

are

and should

difficult

be

learned

separately:

Present Tense: h

>KHBy

6epy

KJiaAy

eiw

m>io

Tbi

HtHBenib >KHBex

Sepeuib SepeT

KJiafleuib

eun>

m>eiin>

Kjia/jeT

6epeM

>KHBeTe >KHByx

6epeTe 6epyT

KJiaAeM KJia#eTe

ecr ejjam

nteT

>KHBeM

oh Mbi bbi ohi'i

m>eM

e/jHTe

m>eTe

KJia/xyx

ajiar

ra>K)T

KjiaAu(Te)

euib(Te)

Imperative: >khbh(tc)

6epn(Te)

nen(Te)

Past Tense: - Span (-a, -o, -h) - nan (-a, -o, -h)

>khji (-a, -o, -h) eji (-a, -o,

-h)

Note the

stress

shifts

in

miaji (-a, -o, -h)

the feminine forms:

>KHjia,

Gpajia,

rrajia.

= to put in a lying position (KJia/jy Kapaimaui Ha ctoji); whereas cTaBHTb = to put in a standing position (oh craBHT KjiacTb jiaiwny

Ha

ctoji);

CTaBHTb, however, is used for putting plates on a table; KJiacTb, of course, is used for knives and forks.

TEKCT I.

y H

MeHfl B

KOMHaTe

HIDKeHep.

MOH

aMHJIHH

Moh

Mopo30B.

ceMBH career b MocKBe. 3#ec& y Hac He6ojii>man, ho xopouiaH KBapTnpa. B KBapTnpe ecrt cnajibHH, CTOJioBan, moh Ka6imeT, BaHHan h KyxHH. 63

y

MeHH B KafiHHeTe CTOHT IIHCbMeHHblH CTOJ1 H 3Aeci> h HHTaio h nniny. Y MeHH Ha CTOjie

Kpecjio.

khhth, ra3erbi, a TaKHKy, x6flnmb) to go (on foot), walk tiepe3 through, pr. { + acc.)

to ride, to drive

{epy,

to

/. post-office, post, mail noMxajibOH m. postman pb'moK m. {pi. pbiHKii) market crapiiK m. {pi. CTapHKn) old

little girl

fleTH pi. children

I

past

-jih)

-jio;

Ba||io, -euib) to stop

.aaJieKO adv. far

exaTb

-Jia,

carry (on foot) oGb'mHO adv. usually

lorry

(by

-enib,

(Hec||y,

Hec,

carry (on foot) HOCIITb II (HOmy,

rpy30BHKii)

{pi.

n. butter, oil

mojioko n. milk motouhkji m. motor-cycle

town

rpy30Bi'iK

summer

(attr.)

Macno BOflHUIb)

(BO>Ky,

B03IITb

ropoA

jieTH||HH, -hh, -ee; -ne

guide

(on foot) BOflHTb

jieTaTb I (jieTa||io, -euib) to fly

jieTeTb II (Jie^y, Jierauib) to fly

transport)

Becra

KOJTX03 ( = KOJIJieKTHBHOe X03HHctbo) m. collective farm

-oe;

-bie pron

across, via; after

each

66

'

:

TPAMMATHKA i.

Verbs of Motion In order to translate most verbs of motion (to go, drive, into Russian it is necessary to choose between

fly, etc.)

two separate verbs. For convenience sake these verbs can be grouped

in

pairs:

X ° flI

[o

]

).\ (b)

(a)

(b)

k° tn f

JTCX3.X3* r

\

jieTCTB

J

e3^HTB exaTB

j

The

(i)

Tfa '

(h)

\

meanm g

'to go' (on foot)

both meaning to '

fly J

both meaning 'to go' (by some means of transport)

basic distinction between the

pair

is

The

first

two verbs in each

as follows:

verbs of each pair (xojjhtb, jieT&TB, 63/jhtb)

are used to designate a habitual or frequent or repetitive action. E.g.

JlfiTU

Children go to school

XOflHT B UIKOJiy.

habitually,

in

(i.e.

general,

usually). %.

Macro neTaio b MocKBy.

I

frequently

fly to

Mos-

cow.

Oh

e3AHJI B AhTJTHIO Ka>K-

He used

flblfi TOJX.

Note: This does not apply to idioms

means

'it

is

raining' or

'it

to go to England every year.

like ao>kai> HfleT, which (always) rains', according to the

context.

67

(2)

The second

verbs of each pair (h^th, jiei-eTB, exaTi.) can only be used: (i) to translate the English 'to be going' {I am flying', 'he was driving'', 'we are going') and (ii) if a direction is mentioned or implied (' I am going to school', 'Where are you going?'). E.g.:

Rem H«yT b Oh Oh

The

children are going to school. He is flying to Moscow. He was flying to England.

iuKojiy.

jictht b Mockbv. jre-ren b Ahtjihk).

Kyfla Tbi e neiiib

Where are you going?

?

(spoken to someone not

on

foot)

is mentioned or implied, then, whether habitual or not, the (a)-type verbs are used. Thus: Oh esflHT can mean 'He drives (about the town)' or 'He is driving (about the town)'; Oh xoahji - 'He was walking up and down' or 'He (always) used to walk up and down'.

Note:

I.

If

the action

2.

The

no direction

is

(b)-type verb can be used in the present tense to indicate

the near future, just as in English I am going home can refer e/ry Ha boct6k can mean I to the present or the future. Thus am actually on my way to the east ', or ' I am going to the east (tomorrow, next year, etc.)'. '

'

H

'

rules apply as well to other verbs of motion (running, climbing, etc.) which will be given later. They also apply to the three verbs of taking - carrying,

The above

conveying, and leading:

(a)

(b)

HOCHTb HecTH

'to carry' (while

B03HTb BC3TH

'to

(b) (a)

BOflHTb

'to

(b)

eecTH

(a)

on

foot)

convey' (by some form of trans-

port) lead, guide' (when both subject and object are on foot). 68

To

illustrate these differences:

Oh

He

Macro hocht khhth b ShSjihotcky. Oh Hecer {from Hecrn) KHiiry b 6H6jmoTeKy. Oh bo3ht cecrpy b JIohaoh.

often takes (on foot) books to the library. He is taking the book to the library.

He

takes

(by

aeroplane)

London week,

car,

his

(often,

once

train,

to

sister

a

once a month,

etc.).

OH B03HT

He drives

OTIja.

his father

(around the town, Ky/ja Tbi Be3eun> Be3TH) cecrpy ?

Oh boaht

BeffeT {from 6paTa b uiKOJiy.

2.

(by

car etc.) your sister ?

He

6paTa b uiKOJiy.

Oh

etc.).

Where are you taking

{from

takes (on foot) his brother to school. He is taking his brother to school (on foot).

Becm)

Conjugation of Verbs of Motion

As

all

the above verbs are used very frequently, great

must be made to master their conjugation as soon as possible. As is often the case with commonly

effort

used verbs in Russian, their conjugation

is

at first a

little difficult.

All the (a)-type verbs given here are II conjugation

(except for jicraTb which

and

in each case the last

is

regular

I

conjugation)

consonant of the stem changes

in the ist person singular only.

Thus

the present tenses of xo^htb, e3^HTb,

B03HTB, and BORHTb xo>Ky

are:

hocht b.

The

imperatives and past tenses are formed perfectly and present no difficulty:

regularly

xoflH(Te), e3flH(Te), etc. xoflHJi, e3flHJi, hociijIj etc.

Note: same.

The

1st

persons singular of B03HTb and BomiTb are the

All the (b)-type verbs given in this lesson are I conjugation (except for JiereTb which is II: Jie^y, JieTHUit).

They

are conjugated as follows:

Infinitive: HflTH

exaTb

Present Tense: nay

HecTH

(Ha ypone 'at the lesson') or 'in' (Ha lore 'in the KaBKa3e 'in the Caucasus') and that with these same nouns in the accusative it means 'to' (Ha ypoK 'to the lesson'; Ha lor 'to the south', etc.) (see 'at'

south'; Ha

Lesson

Ha

10).

used to translate 'in following nouns: also

is

1

or 'to' with the

'at',

,

4>a6pHKa factory 3aBOA works, plant, mill, factory BOK3aJi

station

no^Ta

post-office

pbmoK

market farm

(pepMa Ypaji

the Urals

yjuma

Mbi

Oh

4.

street

We are going

Ha (paSpuKy. Ha noK,n;biH p,enb Ha (J)epMy. Ctoht xopoman nor6/j;a. Bmcoko b He6e jieTaiOT HiiKJie

nTiiubi. IIoHTajifcOH bhjjht 4>epMy.

Oh Oh

6bicTpo e^eT Ha MOTOiuiKJie.

OHa eme

^opore crapiiK. >KHByT Ha (f)epMe h

Be^eT ^eBOMKy flOMOH. Ohh 3HaioT KocTHHa xopouio. 3,upaBCTByH, HnKOJian! - roBopHT

— — 3^paBCTByHTe! - roBopHT

AaJieno.

Ha

crapi'iK.

Oh ocraHaBJiHBaeT motohhkji, H^eT b aom h necer Tyfla no^ny micbMa, >KypHajibi h ra3eTbi. ITotom oh Be3er no^ny flajibiue. Oh jxomKtu eme exaTb oueHb /jajieKo b hobbih kojtxo3. Oh /j;6jT>KeH 6bitl Kocthh.

TaM ^epe3 uac. Tan npHHTHo e3/xHTb Ham OTOuiiKJie, xopoman, cojmue cbctht npno h un'mbi

Kbrfla norofla noioT. 2.

Moh

AHfla exan Ha rpy30BHKe.

H. ctohji

OH OCTaHaBJIHBaCT rpy30BHK. Kyija ezjeuib ? - cnpauniBaio h. Ky^a ? Tbi 3Haemi>, h e3>Ky Ka>KflbiH

Ha yjiuue. Bot

— — Ha bok3an. — HeT, He A hto tbi Be3em& Ha BOK3aji ceroflHH — CerojjHH Be3y mojioko. Ho o6b'wHo Bo>Ky Macno. A Tbi Hfleuib — Hjjy Ha no^ny. Hecy nnc&Ma. Hotom h H/jy 3Haji.

Kyjj;a

jjeHb

?

?

Tyzja

Cecrpa AHHOMKa TO>Ke

Hfler ^omoh. OHa ceniac b uiKOJie. A r^e uiKOJia ? TaM, r/j;e JIonyxoBbi >KHByr ? HeT, TaM, r^e ohh >khjih. Ohh ceitaac Ha ibre. Tenepb OcoprHHbi >KHByr TaM, ho h ohh TO>Ke ezjyT 3aBTpa Ha lor.

/j,omoh.

— —

72

yiIPA>KHEHHH 1.

Fill in the blank spaces with the appropriate form of one of the two verbs given in brackets:

(i) (2) (3)

(4)

(5)

Cen^ac h

... b mikojiv. (xoahtb, h^th) Macro ... Ha (bepiviy. (e3,mrn>, exaTt) Mbi Bcer^a ... mojtoko Ha ptraoK. (bo3htl, Be3TH) B^epa men ao>kab, Kor^a mbi ... .zjeBO^Ky b IHKOJTV. (BOflHTb, BeCTH)

Oh

Tenept noMTantoH

...

nHCbMa b

flOM.

(hochtb,

HeCTH) ... b MocKBy 3aBTpa. (jieraTB, JieTen>) ,HeTH ... b napne. (xoahtl, hath) (8) Ky;ja tbi ... ceroAHH? (e3AHTB, exaTt) (9) £1 oSbiHHO ... nHCtivia Ha no^ny. (hochtb, hccth) (10) Oh cen^ac ... MaTB b ropoA. (bo3htb, Be3ra)

(6)

Mbi

(7)

(11) 2.

Kan

iithhbi bbicoko

...!

(jieTaTB, JiereTb)

Translate into Russian:

We

always go to the Caucasus every year, but this we are going to the Urals. (2) Where is the old man going ? I think he is going to Moscow; then he is flying to England. (3) In an hour I am taking you in the car to the library. (4) The postman was driving to the farm on his motorcycle. (5) The Petrovs go to the Caucasus every year and

(1)

year

take (their) sister there. (6)

Tomorrow

I

I like flying

am

flying east.

very much.

73

Do

you

fly

often

?

Yes,

VPOK

12

CJIOBAPb apTHCT

performer,

m.

My3en m. museum HaxoAHTb II (Haxowy,

artist

(singer, actor, musician)

BecHoii adv. in spring

ffHiiib)

Be^ep m. evening

HaXOflHTbCH II (Haxo>Kycb, HaxoflHuibcn) to be situated

Be^epoiw adv. in the evening BCTaBaTb I (BCTa||io, -eurs) to get up (from one's chair), to get out of bed

BCTpenaTb to

HoneBaTb I (HO*ry||K>, -euib) to spend the night HOMbio adv. at night o6eA m. dinner OAeBaTb I (ofleBd||io, -enn>) to

(BCTpeMa||io, -enn>)

I

1

meet

BCTpeMaTbCH

I

tojioc

m

dress, clothe

(BCTpeya||ioci>,

oaeBaTbCH

meet one another

-euibCfl) to

{pi. rojioca)

OCTaHaBJIHBaTbCH

OTKpbiBaTb

have breakfast 3aKpbiBaTb I (3aKpbiBa|io, -emb)

to

njieBarb

(3aKpbiBaj|eTca)

lie

I

(OTKpblBaeTCH)

(njno||io,

adj.

npocbinaTbca -euibcn) to

-emb)

to

I

Ba||io,

(npoct>ma||iocb,

wake up

pa3roBapnBaTb -eun.)

I

(pa3roBapnto

converse,

talk

paHO adv. early peSeHOK m. child

famous

caHHTfcCH II (canty cb, caAmiibCH) to sit down, to set (of the sun)

summer

JK»KHTbCH II (jlO^Hy'Cb, -HUIbCH) to

(oTKpbiBa||io, -emb)

I

spit

3acbinaTb I (3acbrna||io, -euib) to fall asleep 3flOpOBaTbCH I (3flOpOBa||lOCb, -euibcn) to greet (one another), to exchange greetings 3flopoBbe n. health 3hm6h adv. in winter

3HameHHTbiH

(OCTaHaBJIH-

open

OTKpblBaTbCH I to be opened

to close

jieTOM adv. in

I

Ba||iocb, -ernbCH) to stop, halt

to

I

(oueBa||K>cb, -eun>-

I

ca) to dress (oneself) oceHbio adv. in autumn

voice

flBepb/. door AHeM adv. in the day-time 3aBTpaK m. breakfast 1 3aBTpaKaTb I (3aBTpaKa||io, -eun>)

3aKpbiBaTbca to be closed

Hax6-

to find

down 74

ce6H

pron. oneself

reflex,

ciwenTbCH

yiwbraaTb

(cMe||ibcb,

I

to laugh

yMbiBaTbCH

COMHeBaTbCH -eiiibCH) to

TaHneB^Tb dance

thxhh

(yMMBaJio, -euib) to

I

wash (hands,

-euibcn)

I

-enrtCH) to

doubt

yTpo

(Tamry||io, -euib) to

n.

iiyBCTBOBaTb

adj. quiet

y>KHH m. supper

and neck)

(yMbiBa||iocb,

wash oneself morning yTpojw adv. in the morning xya6>KHHK m. artist, painter

(cOMHeBaJlOCb,

I

face,

I

1

(MyBCTBy||K),

I

-enib) to feel

Note: Henceforth adjectives will no longer be given in the with the feminine, neuter, and plural endings,

vocabularies unless there

is

some

irregularity.

3aBTpaK is breakfast, the first meal of the day. 06e.ii, 'dinner', is normally given in the Soviet Union between I and 2 p.m.; it is sometimes called BTopon 3aBTpai< ('second breakfast')- On special occasions (official banquets, dinner parties) o6efl may occur in the evening (at 8 p.m.). Y>khh is always supper and is the last meal of the day.

BbipaxtemiH CMOTpeTb Ha ce6a b 3epKano J^oSpoe yTpo. JI66pbiH Be^ep. CnoKOHHoii h6^h.

to look at oneself in the mirror

Good morning. Good evening. Good night

{lit.

'peaceful

night').

Flopd (h^th, Jio>KHTbCH) cnaib. Ilopa BcraB^Tb.

It is It is

time to go to bed. time to get up.

TPAMMATHKA 1.

Reflexive Verbs

(a)

Formation. Reflexive verbs in Russian are formed by adding the particle -ch or -cb to the end of the verb. -ch is added when the last letter is a consonant (or a soft sign, or a diphthong ending in -h): o/jeBaTbCH OfleBaercH -ci. is

to dress oneself

he dresses himself, he

added when the

ofleB&ioci.

I

am

is

last letter is a

dressing myself,

75

I

dressing

vowel:

am

dressing

'

Thus the

present tense of o^eBaTBCH

is:

ofleBaioci.

o/ieuacmbCH o^eBaeTCH OAeBaeiwcH ofleBaeTeci.

o^eBaioTCH

The

imperative:

o^eBaHCH o^eBaHTecb

The

past: ofleBaJiCH

ofleBanacb

OAeBdnocb OAeBanHCb

(b) Use. call

Verbs formed with the reflexive particle -ch (-cb) have several meanings. The following are the

most common: Reflexive proper. In such verbs the action is directed towards the agent or subject. Thus yMbiBarbCH means

wash oneself; ofleB&T&cH - 'to dress oneself. Such verbs, which are merely compounds of transitive

'to

verbs

+ the

particle -ch, are also

found

in their

non-

reflexive, transitive forms: 9L

ywibiBaio peSeHKa.

(cf. Si fl.

yiwwBaiocb.

o/jeBaio pe6emKHHaTb. Bee pa3roBapHBaiOT, CMeiOTCH.

79

— Ilopa cnaTt, - roBopio — 3aBTpa BcraBaTt. CnoKOHHOH homh! — CnoKOHHoii homh! - OTBe^aiOT bcc h.

paHo

Haao

H jicok^cb Ha 3eMjuo h CMOTpib b TeMHoe He6o. H AyMaio: «KaK xopouio Ho^eBaTt b Jiecy!» H 3acbmaio h cnjuo o^eHB xopouio. ft. npocbinaioct - ynKe Bcrak)t, yMbmaiOTCH, oneBaiOTCH h 3aBTpaKaioT. Ohh Bee xopouio cnajra.

— r^e

AopaMueBO

?

JJajieno ?

- cnpainHBaer

Hhko-

jiau.

Mm

cmotphm Ha KapTy. Bhahm, HaxoAHTCH y>Ke He^ajieKo.

Mbi H^eM

2.

mo

ASpaivmeBO

aaJiBuie,

YTpo. %. CH>Ky y ce6n b KOMHare. ^yBCTByio ce6n o^eHb xopouio - hohbk) xopouio cnaji.

^Bept OTKpbiBaeTCH MeujieHHO.

— M6>kho - roBopHT Bcraib h OTKpbiBaio UBeps. — no>KajiyHCTa. rojioc.

?

£[

JX&,

3to moh Apyr, HBaH Hjh>hu IIp63opoBCKHH. Oh caflHTCH b Kpecjio h 3aKpbiBaeT nna3a. JXayKQ He 3AopoBaeTCH. 06biKHH£ui y npo(J)eccopa. ITotom Mbi aojito ueBajm. — rue Tbi Ho^eBaji — Ho^eBaji Bceraa Hoqyio — Ho no^eMy tm ce6H tiyBCTByeuib ruioxo — He 3Haio, - roBopHT oh.

h.

?

?

flOMa.

flOMa.

Tai
HHK m.

Wednesday

Sunday

(the

cpefla /. {ace. cpeny) (the middle day)

Monday

(the

^eTBepr m. Thursday (the fourth

day after HefleJin - the Old Russian for Sunday) BTopmiK m. Tuesday (the second

day)

mrrHHua /. Friday cySSoTa

day) -

/.

(the fifth day)

Saturday (the Sab-

bath)

Note: Days of the week in Russian are written with a small unless, of course, they

come

apXHTCKTOp m. architect

aepeBHH /.

apxHTeicrypa /. architecture

aoSpbiH

acpnuia

/. bill,

6biBaTb

poster

I (6biBa||io,

(frequently), to

country

form

flo6p,

good, kind 3AaHne n. building (khho) qbiiJibM m. film KJiy6 m. club KocTep m. (pi. KocTpb'i)

-euib) to be

happen

(intrans.)

camp

B03jryx m. air BXOfl m. entrance rapa>K m. (pi. rapa>KH) garage rocTHHHna/. hotel rOTOBHTb II (rOTOBJUO, TOTOBranb) to prepare, to cook

i.

village,

adj.

(short

-a, -o; -hi)

BHCeTb II (Bjnny, bhchihb) to

hang

letter,

the sentence.

first in

fire

KynaTbcn

I (Kynafliocb, -eiiibCH) to bathe, to have a bath

jieKimn/. lecture jnbAH pi. people 1

MejioseK, 'a person', has no plural. Instead snbffu, 'people',

used.

82

is

jweom m. month Heflejin/. week

m>eca/. play pa3 once

one day 63epo n. lake ocoSeHHO adv. especially 6t,h£>ix m. rest oinycK m. holiday, vacation,

paHtme

o/jh£>k;jbi adv. once,

CKopo adv. soon, quickly CKy^iHbiH adj. boring, dull cjimirKOM adv. too

CTbrmaTB

njm>K m. beach

-mub)

II (cjn,'nn||y,

to

hear 3

nOAYHHTb II (nOMH;|K), -HUIb) tO

m. dance dancing) Torfla adv. then

TaHeii at 2

nyTemecTBOBaTtl (nyTemecTBy

formerly,

earlier,

CBeHarii adj. fresh, cool

leave

remember npn pr. (+prep.)

adv.

before

J

(TaHnti

pi.

^iHcrbiH adj. clean, pure

H), -eiiib) to travel

npn, which only takes the prepositional case, has several meanings, the most common of which are: (i) 'Close to', 'hard by': At (near) the entrance a IIpn Bxo^e cTOHJia >KeHinirHa.

woman was 'Dependent on', 'attached IIpn rocTHHHne ecrb rapa>K. (2)

standing.

to':

Attached to garage its

The

IIpn (paSpHKe ecrb KJiy6.

(or

the

The

hotel hotel

a has

is

own garage). factory has its club.

Do

not confuse cjibmiaTb, to hear (II conjugation) and cjiyinaTb to listen to (I conjugation) Both can be used transitively, i.e. with direct objects in the accusative.

BbipaxcemiJi MHTaTb HeKIBTK) CMOTpeTb (KHHO)(pHJIiM (Cf. CMOTpeTb TejieBii3op CMOTpeTb Ha aoM (ace.)

to give a lecture

Hirqero.

It

KaK

What

to see a film to

watch

television)

to look at a

house

doesn't matter or Not too bad, so-so (in answer to question 'How are

you? ') >Kajn>!

AaBaTb m.ecy MO>KeT 6bITb

a pity!

to put

on

perhaps

83

a play

TPAMMATHKA i.

The Future Tense of the Verb 6bitb

(i)

Formation. Bbitb, 'to be',

is

conjugated in the future

as follows:

mm

6yAeM

tm

bm

6y;jeTe

oh ^ OHa >6yaeT oho J

ohh 6yAyr

h

There

6yffy Syffemi.

is

also

an imperative form -

6yjrb,

Sy^bTe - which means

'be':

Eyab Tan ao6p c

r..

... }

.

Byfltxe TaK aoSpbi

be so kind

...

..

(2) Use of the future of 6mtf>. (a) 6yay, 6y/jeiu&, etc. is used primarily as the future of the link verb 'to be'. E.g.:

6yay AOMa. Ho*n> 6y«eT Tenjian.

il

(b)

The

I

shall be at home. night will be warm.

The

future tense of Sbitb

is

used to denote posses-

sion in the future; in other words,

6mji in the expressions y

mchh

y MeHH Gy^eT KHi'ira. y Bac 6yfleT KHi'ira. y Hac 6yAVT khhth.

it

replaces ecTfc or

ecTi>, Gbiji:

shall have a book. will have a book. We will have books. I

You

As with the present and past tenses, the object of the sentence in English ('I shall have a book') becomes the subject in Russian ('A book will be in my possession').

84

!

6yay, 6y«eniB, etc., is used with ROJirceH, AOji>kh£, etc., to denote obligation or duty in the future. It almost invariably follows ROJixceH. (c)

3aBTpa h jj6njKeH 6y«y

Tomorrow

Tbi

I

shall

have to

work.

pa66TaTb.

aojttKHa

6yAemi»

You

6yAyT

The

will

have to

rest.

OT/JblXaTb.

Aon^ECHM

Jltm

children will have to play at home.

HrpaTb flOMa.

(d) In order to express possibility, necessity, or

possibility

6yfleT,

is

im-

the third person singular, mohcho, Hy>KHO (Hajjo) or

in the future,

added

to

Hejib3H, almost always following them. 3aBTpa mohcho 6yfleT otflbixaTb.

Hejib3H

SypfiT

pa66TaTb

,zj6Ma.

will be possible to rest tomorrow. It will be impossible to work at home.

It

With impersonal sentences formed from the neuter singular of the short form of adjectives, SyjjeT is used to denote the future. It may precede or follow

(e)

the adjective.

CKopo SyaeT tcmh6. KaK xopora6 GyaeT

Jie-

It will

soon be dark.

How

nice

it

will

be

in

summer

tom!

The Compound Future Tense Many Russian verbs have a compound future tense formed by the future tense of 6wTb - 6yay, Sy^euib, Sy^eT and the

infinitive

of the verb.

Thus: 5i

6y^y iH-raTB.

I

Tbi 6yaenn> OAeBaTbcn. Oh 6yjjeT nncaTb.

85

will read.

You

He

will dress.

will write.

The verb remains in the infinitive throughout. The compound future tense is used mainly to denote: (a)

A

progressive action ('I shall be reading'), in which

the verb has (b)

A

some

duration.

(T

shall read every day'). It cannot be used for an instantaneous or complete action (T shall shoot you dead', 'He will hit me'); for this it is necessary to employ the simple future, which will be dealt with later on.

habitual action

The present tense can often be used in Russian as in English, to denote the near future. Thus: 3aBTpa h pa66Taio, meaning 'Tomorrow I am working', could replace 3aBTpa a 6y,oy pa66TaTb - 'Tomorrow I shall (be) work(ing)'. This use of the present tense with a future meaning is frequently Note:

found with the

3.

HflTi'i-exaTb

type of verbs of motion.

Expressions of Time with b and na + the Accusa-

Case

tive

B + the B B

'

'

Kaic63 AeHb b MocKBy ?

Tbi e/jenib

On

what day are you going

to

Moscow ?

On Monday. On Tuesday. On Wednesday,

noHeaejibHHK.

Bo

B

is used to translate 'on' when day or one of the days of the week:

accusative

followed by

BTopHHK.

cpe/ry.

etc.

Note: In order to facilitate pronunciation b becomes bo before some nouns beginning with two or more consonants.

B + the accusative after

is

also

used to translate

'in' or 'per'

pa3, 'once':

pa3 b MecHU pa3 b Heflejiio

once a month once a week

Ha + the accusative is used to translate 'for' denoting intention of spending a certain time: fl efly

Ha boctok Ha

ro;*.

I

am

when

going to the east for a

year.

Oh

exaji

b JleHHHrpaA Ha

He was

going to Leningrad

for a week.

Heftejiio.

86

TEKCT Haui

y

K/iy6

Hac npn 3aBOAe ecrb KJiyS - 6ojibm6e h KpacHBoe

3flamie.

CeroAHH noHezjejibHHK. Ha creHe npn BxoAe bhcht acpnma. Bracrop h AHApeH ctoht npn Bxo^e h ^HTaiOT ao|)Hmy. TaM TO>Ke ctoht crapbra HH>KeHep Oezjop Oe,o;opoBH^. Bhktop roBopHT: CMOTpHTe, Oe^op OejjopoBH^, 3aBTpa^ bo BTophhk, b KJiy6e 6y^eT oneHb HHTepecHan JieKHHH o >KH3HH* B AhTJIHH.* JleKHHK) *IHTaeT 3HaMeHHTbIH npo(})eccop Axmeitob. Oh 6biJi b Ahfjikh neroM h xopomo 3Haer crpaHy. B nnTHHiry TO>Ke Sy/jeT jieKUHH 06 apxHTeKType b MocKse. ^HTarb 6y,aeT apxHTeKTop

—

Hhkhthh.

— 3to

He Tan HHTepecHo, - roBopHT Anjxp6Pi.

—H

y>Ke cjibiuiaji jieKinuo 06 apxHTeKType b Mockbc. cpeiry Sy^eT KHHorJmjibM «Civiejibie

R

B

jik>,zjh».

y>Ke CMOTpeJI 3TOT CpHJIbM. H.JIbM - xopouiHH. HrpaioT, oc66eHHo Hbsih

Apthctw o^eHb xopomo )KyKOB.

—

fl.

eme He

BH^eji,

Mory HflTH b cpe^y. B 3TOT AeHb.

—

- roBopHT Annpeii. Ho He tcth 6y^eT y Hac y>KHmTb

Moh

— KaK CKyMHo! Ho mmero, b neTBepr Sy^eT KomjepT. A b cy666Ty SyflyT TaHHbi. — Kor^a - cnpauiKBaer OeAop e#opOBHq. — B ?

cy66oTy ? Ax, nan >Kanb! He Mory; h a6n>KeH paSoTaTb Ha cpaopHKe b cy66oTy Be^epoM. H paHbiue oMeHb jiio6hji TaHneBaTb. Ho Tenepb h cjihiiikom crap. Bojibuie He Mory. A KAoe BocKpeceHbe 6biBaeT ra>eca. HrpaioT He Bceivja oc66eHHO xopomo. B 6to BocKpeceHbe ^aioT nbecy «MecHH. b ;jepeBHe».

—

* Prepositional case of

>KH3Hb and AiirmiH. See below,

87

p. 103.

2.

IIhcbmo XtoporoH MHina!

HacrynaeT nero, cKopo 6y^eT

Tenjio, h h y>Ke M6>KeT 6brn>, h y Te6a h y mchh OTnycK 6yn;eT ueroM, h mbi Sy^eM oTAbixaTL BMecre? II6mhhlui>, ojma.yKjs,bi mm Gb'uiH BMecre Ha KaBKa3e? Tor^a mbi ivmoro nyTeiuecTBOBajiH. Tenept h xo^y

flyMaio 06 OTflbixe.

Ha 03epe CejiHrep. TaM mbi eme He Cbijih. 1 - o^eHb KpacHBoe 63epo. BojituiHe rura>KH. Bo3>Kyx *ihct h cbok. Ha Sepery nee. TaM o^ieHB npHHTHo 6yfleT oT^bixaTL. M6>kho Syncr ryjiHTB, KynaTBCH h roiaBaTb. Ey/jeM ne>KaTb Ha iuubKe. EyzjeM roTOBHTb o6e^ h y>KHH Ha Kocrpe. A Kan npHHTHo Sy^er HO^eBaTt Ha 6epery hjih b Jiecy! y Hac 6yAeT npeKpacHbiH OTflbrx!

OTflbixaTt

Cejinrep

IIhuih.

Tboh apyr Note the H}

TbI,

n, Tbi,

stresses

Hhkoji&h.

on the negative past of

6biTb:

oh He 6bIJI OHa He SbiJia

oho He

SbiJio

Mbl, Bbl,

OHH He

6bIJIH

ynPAMCHEHHfl i.

Rewrite the following sentences, putting the verbs in brackets in the present, past, and future tenses: (1) (2)

(3) (4)

(5)

Moh

MaTi> (6biTt)

Ha KaBKa3e.

Tbi He (^iwra.Th) ? KorAa Tbi (vHTaib), h (rracaTb). r^e Bbi (AaBaTb) ypon ? y Koro (6biTb) ypon cero/niH ? 88

Rewrite the following questions, putting the words in in the appropriate cases, and answer the questions with complete sentences: brackets

(i)

Kto 3to

(2)

EAeuiB

jih

(Mecmi)

?

(te>i) b (KOMHaTa)? b (Pocchh) Ha (HeAeJin) hjih na

cajutrcH Ha (jxiiBaH) y Tbi

(3)

B KaKOH U£Hb OH

(4)

Kto 6yflCT cjrymaTb (ymrrejib) ? M6>kho jih 6y/j;eT CHflerb b (jiec) h pa3roBapHBaTB

(5)

XOflHT Ha (jieKHHH) ?

(caji) ?

Translate into Russian: (1)

You

will feel very well in a

month

or even within a

week. (2) I shall

day

I

have a lesson on Wednesday, and on Thursshall have to listen to a lecture in your

school.

these people will be walking in the woods tomorrow, but I won't. I'm going to Leningrad this evening for a week. On what days will you be working? I am not working now; I am resting. Good, you'll be in the factory club on Tuesday? No, it's too dull there; 1 want to dance all day and all evening. Don't you want to listen to the lecture on Marxism? No, I

(3) All

(4)

don't.

don't think he can hear what you are saying. Talk loudly and perhaps he will understand. I

(5) I

can't talk loudly; I've got a sore throat.

89

yPOK

14

CJIOBAPb 6jih3ko adv. near BaroH m. (railway) carriage BOKpyr pr. (+gen.) around Bpar m. {gen. Bpara) enemy BblXO/THTb II (BbIXC»Ky, BblxoflHnn.) to come out, to go out aaBHO adv. long ago flepeBo n. (pi. jjepeBbn) wood;

ruiomaAb

to receive

npne3>KaTb to

c

(co)

pr.

(+gen.)

from,

off,

CBcrocpop m. traffic-lights cpa>KaTbCH I (cpa>Ka||iocb, -enibch) to fight

m.

(gen.

cinema

crpoHTb

1

II

(crp6||io

-imib)

to

build

KpeMJin)

CTpOHTbCH

Kremlin

2.

opposite,

since

II

(cTpOHTCH) tO be

built

KyjibTypa/. culture Aiara3im m. shop mhmo pr. (+gen.) past My>K m. (pi. wyvKhA) husband HeAaJieno adv. near, not far okojio pr. (+gen.) about, near ot pr. (+gen.) from napoxoA m. steamer nepBbiii adj. first njiaTcbopMa /. platform i.

(+gen.)

pr.

against

end

n. (indeclinable)

KpeMjn>

(npue3>Ka]|io, -eurb)

(on some form of

transport)

«ep>KaTb II (aep>Ky, Aep>KHrtu>) to hold H3 pr. (+gen.) from, out of, (made) of KOHeii m. (gen. Komia, pi. kohUb'i)

I

arrive

nporaB

tree

khho

(gen. pi. njiomaflen)

/.

square noe3A m. (pi. noe3/;a) train nojryMaxb I (nojryMa||io, -euib)

TaKci'i n. (indeclinable) taxi 1

TeaTp m. theatre yHHBepcHTeT m. university yMHTejibHHria /. teacher, schoolmistress ywrbcn II (yyycb, ymnubCH) to study, to learn 2 iieHTp m. centre MTeHne n. reading

There are several foreign words in Russian, such as khho, cinema ', Memo, 'menu', TancH, 'taxi', that do not decline. YmiTbCH and yraTb must not be confused. y^HTbCH is intransitive and means 'to study' (at school, in a '

university):

90

r^e

Tbi ymijiCH

ymrn, means

Where were you at school ? Where did you study ?

?

either 'to teach':

H

I taught the child, yMHJi peoeHKa or 'to learn by heart': He was learning the lesson. Oh ym'ui ypoK. When 'to study' is used transitively, H3ynaTb is used: He is studying Russian. Oh H3yqaeT pyccKHH h3bik.

Bbipa>KeHiiH roTOBHTbCH b yHHBepcHTeT

prepare for (entrance examina-

to

tions to) the university

an examination door (leading) to a balcony

to take

/tep>KaTb 3K3ajweH

flBepb Ha 6ajnk, h,

if

or m).

The

endings -h and -b change into -h.

Thus: KOMHaTa - KOMHaTM KHHTa - KHHTH HeflejiH - HeaejiH (faaMHJIHH

HOUfc -

- (paMIIJIHH

HOMH 91

(or hi,

(c)

Neuter nouns change the ending -o to

-a,

and

-e to -h.

Thus: OKHO - OKHa Mope - Mopa 3flaHHe - 3flaHHH

(2) Uses of the genitive case. (a)

The most common

uses of the genitive without a

preposition are to denote:

Possession (KHnra hcboikh - 'the girl's book') (napn Kyji&TypM h oTRbixa - 'park of Quality

culture

and

rest')

(chh yiHTejin - 'the teacher's son') Object (dependent on a noun of verbal origin) (irreHHe ra3eTBi - 'the reading of the paper ') Relation

In all the above cases it will be seen that the genitive can be used to translate an English noun preceded by 'of.

(b) Prepositions governing the genitive.

There are

several

prepositions

which

govern

the

genitive:

Ha

'from', '(from) out of:

Oh

6epeT

KHi'iry

H3

is coming from Moscow. He takes the book from the cupboard. He is coming out of the

He

Oh efleT H3 Mockbbi. iiiKa-

.

knew him from childhood', no longer know him now.) I

have been living here

for

a year.

Oh paQoTaeT

co BTopHHKa.

He has

been

working

since Tuesday.

In order to translate for a long time with the present continuous, the adverb ^asHo (' a long time ago '), and not flonro, is used: '

'

Oh nasHo

He has been working

paSoTae-r.

for

a long time.

(Oh

flonro pa66Taer

means 'He (always) works

for a

long time'). past tense ^asHo means 'a long time ago': Oh nasHo paSoTan. He worked a long time ago.

With the

95

Use of xoHHTb/HflTH with Nouns Denoting of Transport

Means

Whereas the verbs e3flHTi»/exaTi» must be used for people travelling by any means of transport, the verbs xo#HTi>/HjrrH are used to denote the movement of vehicles, such as noe3fl, 'train', and napoxojj,

some

'steamer'.

Thus: Albi

^AeM Ha

napoxofle.

We

are going

by steamer.

But: ITapOXOfl

XO^HT H3

JIOH-

flOHa b JleHHHrpa/j.

ExaTB,

however,

is

usually

The

boat goes from Lonto Leningrad.

don

used

with

the

word

aBTOMoSnjit. AbtomoShjib e/jeT mhmo BOK3ajia.

The

car goes by the sta-

tion.

TEKCTBI I.

B AeTCTBe HropB ManapoB >khji Ha YpaJie b ropo/je MarHHToropcne. Hropt xopomo noMHHT, Kan crpoHUCH 3TOT MOJIOflOH COBeTCKHH TOpO/I. Grp6HJIHCb HOBbie 3AaHHH, 3aBOflbi, TeaTpbi, floiwa, Mara3HHbi. Tenept b ropo^e Sojimine flowa, iiiHpoKHe yjinirbi, KpacHBbie rmoirwni. Ha Gepery peKH napK KyjiLTypbi h OTflbrxa. B ropo^e TeaTpbi, khho, GhGjihotckh h mKOJibi.

Hropn >KHByr b MarHHToropcKe Ramio. KBapTupa Haxo^HTCH b ueHTpe ropo^a, Ha yrny yjiHu;bi JleHHHa. OTeri Hropn - /joKTop. Cecrpa Hropn - ymrrejibHHi^a. Bch ccmbh hchbct BMecre. Oreii h MaTb

Hx

96

Hropt

b MarHirroropcKe. YmijicH oh yniiJiCH xopomo. Tenept oh y>Ke ro^ pa66Taer Ha 3aBo/je. Oh TOHKaTt TaM 3K3aMeH. H ^6.T>KeH exaTB b MocKBy nepe3 Heaejno, Mbi mo^kcm exaTt BMecre. roBopirr OTei;. OneHt xopomo. II nepe3 He^ejuo OTeij h cbih eiryT BMecre b MocKBy. Bcer.ua

— —

—

XloKTop MaKapoB h HropL npne3>KaK)T b MocKBy. Ohi'i BbixoAHT ii3 BaroHa Ha njiaTqbopMy BOK3ajia a noTOM Ha miomaAb- 3,neci> ohi'i 6epyr TaKci'i n ejxyr c BOK3ajia b rocTi'iHiiiry «MocKBa». Eb'icrpo e^eT aBTOMoSi'uib «B6.ira». Ot BOK3ajia /jo rocTiiHimbi He oneHb AaneKO. Bot y>Ke nnomaflb CBep^jioBa ii Eojimhoii Tearp. Abtomo6i'ijib ocranaBJiiiBaeTCH y CBeToqbopa. OTeij ii cbih cmotpht Ha 3,n;aHiie Bo.ibiuoii TeaTp. TeaTpa OHem> Kpacireo. Abtomo6ii.il e^eT carabine, mi'imo TeaTpa, ii ocTaHaBjmBaeTCH y rocTi'iHimbi «MocKBa». - 6ojn>ui6e 3AaHHe b unie OKHa, OKHa bmxoaht na njiomafli.

flBepb Ha oanKOH.

nepBbin pa3 b MocKBe. C flercTBa oh mhoto o AiocKBe, ho erne ne 6bi.T TaM. Oh Bbrxomrr 113 KO.MHaTbl Ha 6a.TK0H II CMOTpiIT Ha Kpe.Mjib. rocTiiI-Iropt

mmui

HaXOAHTCH COBCeM 6.Ti'i3KO OT KpCNUIH. Okojio KpeM.TH, Ha-ieso, Kpacnan n.ioiHaflb. HanpaBO Hropt Bi'mirr crapoe 3^aHiie VHiiBepcirreTa ii coBce.M 6jih3KO

HlIHa

HanpaBO i.

2.

yjniiry

ToptKoro. 2

Sverdlov Square, in which stands the Bolshoy Theatre, is in the centre of Moscow. It is named after Yakov Mikhaylovich Sverdlov, one of the early Communist party leaders.

Gorky

Street - the

writer Aleksey

main street of Moscow, named Maksimovich Gorky (186S-1936).

97

after the

yilPAHCHEHHJI I.

Fill in

the blank spaces with prepositions to suit the

meanings of the sentences: (i)

B^epa

mm

6mjih

...

TeaTpe.

...

Tearpa

mm

exann

...

aBTOMo6HJie. (2)

H

(3)

Mama pa66Taer

aojito >khji ceBep.

(baSpHKe.

...

ezjy

Oh& hact

...

...

ibra

...

(ba6pmKHBeM

...

yjinue

ToptKoro HeaajieKO

...

KpacHon miomaflH. (5)

Oh

(6)

Mbi e3AHM

>KHBeT

yHHBepcHTera.

...

...

ropofla

...

ropofl,

...

(baSpmai

...

4>a6pmKHTb) Ha (yjiHua) ToptKoro. Tbi aojito (yMHTbcn) y (ymrrejitHHua) ? Okojio (3flaHHe) (HaxoflHThcn) napK (nyjitTypa)

(4)

Oh

(1) (2)

h

3.

(oTflbix).

Bcerfla (pa66TaTb) c (yrpo)

ao (Benep).

Translate into Russian: (1)

Since the spring I have been studying in the uniam studying Russian and every day I learn

versity. I

a lesson. (2)

We

will

Gorky

be living not

far

from the post-office in where your uncle

Street, near the building

used to work. (3)

When we

watch the television I usually sit by the door. Before the end I get up and go out of the room. I take my books from the table near the

window and go

to

my bedroom 98

and

read.

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

On what day will it be possible to go to the cinema ? On Thursday ? Good, I'm not working on Thursday. The boat goes on Friday. I am going to Leningrad for a month. I shall have to read a lot about the U.S.S.R. Have you been to Russia?* Yes, a long time ago. I worked there for a long time. When people dance the whole evening and drink too much they usually feel bad the next day. Once a month I get a letter from my sister. She is a teacher in a school near Magnitogorsk. * For prepositional case of Pocchh, see below, p. 103.

99

yPOK

15

CJIOBAPb anneTHT m. appetite aapoflpojw m. aerodrome

iWHTopron.igen. Hiraer6) nothing HOCHTb II (HOiny, HOCHHIb) to

6e3 pr. (+gen.) without 6oJib/. pain 66jn>me adv. more; 66jn>iue He no longer

wear 2 napaunoT m. parachute; napaimoTHoe /jejio parachute jump-

BJie3arb

nOAHHM&TbCH

I

(BJie3a||io,

-enib)

ing I (nOAHHMa|JK)Cb, -ennscH) to go up, rise

to

climb in Bonpoc m. question roTOBbW adj. ready fljm pr. (+gen.) for (the sake of) H3-3a pr. (+gen.) from behind; because of HHCTpyKTop m. instructor KOMaHfla /. command, order;

noflxoflHTb

II

xoAHUib) approach

noMorarb

come

up

to,

(noMora||io, -euib) to

I

help noceruaTb

(nozrxowy, noA-

to

I

(nocema||io,

-euib)

to visit

team

nocjie pr. (+gen.) after

nocrejib/. bed, bedding noMeiwy adv. why npn5jiH>KaTbCH I (npH6jm>Ka||-

KoneiiKa/. copeck jryMUie adv. better

MHHyTa/. minute

Meman.

iocb, -euibca) to

approach

I (Mema||io, -eun>) to hinder, prevent, stop HafleHTbCH I (Ha/jefliocb, 1 -euib-

npb'iraTb

ch) to hope hh ... hh neither

npbi>KOK m. (gen. npbi>KKa) jump pacKpbiBaTbCH I (pacKpbiB-

...

i.

(gen.

nor

aeTcn) to open

HHKoro) no-

its first

is

means

h in the present

recur-

tense.

wear' or 'to be wearnever used with this meaning.

2. HOCHTb, as well as 'to carry', also

The form Hecra

up

peuHjjHB m. relapse, rence of an illness caiwojieT m. aeroplane

HajteHTbCH, like CMeHTbCH, loses

ing'.

(npbrra||io, -enib) to

jump

HHTfle adv. nowhere HHKorAa adv. never

hhkto pron. body

I

IOO

'to

coB&roBaTb

I

(coBeTy||K) 3

ycrpoHCTBO n. structure, working, arrangement xywe adv. worse

-ems)

to advise

cnopTKJiyS m. sports club cnycKaTbCH I (cnycKa||iocb, -enibCH)

to

descend,

MJieH m. member uiJiHna/. hat

come

down

BbipanceHHfl to be in hospital

b SojibHi'me CHAeTb b TiopbMe K COHOJieHHIO jie>KaTb

be in prison unfortunately to

TPAMMATHKA I.

(a)

Uses of the Negative In order to express absence in Russian, the word HeT contraction of He ecTb) is used with the genitive

(a

case.

B KOMHaTe ecTb B KOMHaTe HeT

AHBaH.

There

.zniBaHa.

There

is

is

a sofa in the room.

no

sofa in the room.

is replaced by He 6i>ijio and no matter what the gender or

In the past and future HeT

He SyneT

respectively,

number of the noun. Ha

CTOJie

He 6mjio

There was no

xapeji-

KH.

plate

on the

be no

lesson

table.

There

3aBTpa He 6y^eT ypona.

will

tomorrow. Note: In order to express absence of human beings it is not always necessary to use this construction; a simple negative personal construction may be used:

.Hoktop He 6mji floivia. \ JJoKTopa He SbiJio flojwa. J

IOI

The

doctor was not at home.

'

first of these two sentences, however, implies that you are going to say where he was - Oh 6biJi b TeaTpe for example. The second is a categorical statement of his absence: 'He was not

The

there,

Do

and

that's all I

know.

not confuse a simple negative with an impersonal HeT + the

genitive:

The

TapejiKa He Ha erojie. Ha erojie HeT TapenKH.

(b)

is not on the table. no plate on the table.

plate

There

is

In order to negate expressions of possession (y iweHfl ecTB, etc.), the verbs ecn», 6mji, SyjjeT, etc. are replaced by hct, He Smjio, and He 6y/jeT, irrespective le of the gender or number of the object possessed. object possessed is always in the genitive.

T

y iweHH HeT KapaHAaina.

"

(c)

y

AOKTopa He 6bijio ceCTpw.

y

Hac He 6y#eT ra3eTM.

The

have not got a pencil, I have no pencil. The doctor had no sister. I

We

shall not paper.

have

object of a transitive verb in the negative

is

a news-

usually

in the genitive instead of the accusative.

H He BH>Ky CTOJia. Oh He BCTpeMaex ceerpM.

I

do not see the table. is not meeting

He

his

sister.

(d)

The double

negative.

When

using the negative pronouns

hhkto 'nobody' and hhhto 'nothing' and the adverbs HHKor^a 'never' and mir^e 'nowhere', it is essential to use the negative particle

Hhkto He 3HaeT. Oh HHKorjja He HHraeT. 102

He with the

verb:

Nobody knows. He never reads.

The

hhkto and hh*it6 Thus:

genitive of

is

raiKoro and hh-

*iero respectively.

Oh

HH^iero He

More than one

He

is writing nothing, he not writing anything.

ni'imeT.

is

may be used being retained:

negative pronoun or adverb

in a sentence, the particle

He

still

He never

Oh HHKorAa HHier6 He

reads anything.

MiiTaeT.

With hh

...

hh

'neither

nor',

...

He

is

always used

with the verb:

Oh He hh

y

MeHH HeT

hh

Hh may

opaTa,

also

He

hh khhth,

HHTaeT ra3eTM.

reads neither the book the newspaper. have neither brother nor

nor (

= He

hh

ecn>) cecTpia.

be used by

I

sister.

itself for stress in a

negative

sentence:

y

Hero He obi.io

hh

ko-

He

hadn't

a

copeck

(iooth

part of a rouble).

nefiKii.

2.

The Dative Case

(i)

The formation of the dative case, (a) Masculine nouns add: -y if the stem ends in a consonant (cryji - CTy.iy; TOBapHiii - TOBapmny); -k> if the nominative ends in -b or -h (jxoyKjxb -

jxoyKjxvo; Man - ^aio). Feminine nouns change the ending -a or -h into -e (KHnra - KHitre; HezjejiH - He^ejie). Those which end in -b, however, have the dative in -h (ho^b - ho^h). The prepositional is the same. Feminine nouns ending in -hh have the dative (as well as the prepositional) in -hh (cbaMiLiHH - (ba.Mii-

(b)

jihh). (c)

Neuter nouns change the ending -o to

okho - OKHy none - nojiH) 3^aHHe - 3flaHHK) 103

-y; -e to -10:

(2)

Uses of the dative, (a) Without a preposition. The is the 'giving case' in Russian and is used mainly as the indirect object, usually of persons.

dative

R flaib KHiiry 6paTy.

I

give the

my

to

book (direct object) brother (indirect

object).

Oh

He

nraneT mtcbMo oTn,y\

It is also

is writing a letter to his father.

used after verbs of saying,

He

Oh roBopiiT cecTp6, wro ero He Sy^eT aoiwa.

The

dative

tions

such

"

is

aa

his sister that he not be at home. son answers his father.

tells

will

The

Cbih OTBenaeT OTiry. (Cf. OTBeuaTb

etc.:

nncbiwo

'

to

answer a letter ')

frequently used with impersonal construc-

as:

BpaTy HKe AaBHO TaM. H ee' nocemaio pa3 b He^emo, b cy66oTy ffHeM. CeroAHH ona *ryBCTByeT ce6a Jiy^mie; y Hee 66jn>uie Her 66jih. OHa roBopHT, mo OHa HHKor^a He tiyBCTBOBajia ce6n nnoxo, *ito y Hee HHKorfla He 6buio 66jih. Ho h 3Haio, mto 3T0 He npaB^a. fl. CHHi pa3roBapHBaeM o flOMe, o ca/je. A bot flOKTop. ft ero xopomo 3Haio - oh crapbiH Apyr ceMBH. Oh noAxo/jHT k nocrejiH. Mbi 3AopoBaeMCH. 105

— AHHe MMxaiijioBHe Jiymue ceroflHH, - roBopirr oh. — Ho k co>KajTeHHio OHa mmero He IIoMeMy Bbi ecr.

HH^ero He xothtc ecTt ? ^to MemaeT BaM* ecTb ? oh cnpaiHHBaer MaTb. Y Ax, h He 3Haio, - OHa OTBe^aeT Aoicropy. MeHH Her araieTHTa. Y mchh He SbiJio anneTHTa hh B^epa, hh b BOCKpeceHte. M6>KeT Sbitb, 3aBTpa SyAer Jiy^uie. Ha#eiocb, ^to BaM Sy^eT jiymue. Ho ecjm bbi He 6y,neTe ecrb, BaM Sy^eT xy>Ke. H BaM coBeTyio - eun>Te, mto Mo>KeTe. y Bac He 6yAer penHflHBa. ^Iepe3 Mecnu Bbi Syflere onHTb ryjiHTb b napne.

—

—

—

2.

IlepBbiii

npbi>KOK

Mopo30Ba paGoTaer Ha 4>a6pHKe y Hac b ropo^e. OHa *meH cnopTKjiy6a npn 4>a6pHKe. OHa oneHb JLiAa

cMenaa aeByuiKa h b cnopTKJiySe OHa H3yyaeT napauiioTHoe AeJio. HHcrpyKTop MHoro noMoraer JlHAe; oh o6"bHCHHeT AeByiHKe ycrpoHCTBO napamiOTa. OHa ero cjiyuiaeT h OTBeqaeT Ha Bee ero Bonpocbi. OHa

qacro JieraeT Ha caMOJieTe.

ORUayKRbl HHCTpyKTOp nOAXOAHT k Jlnfle h roBopHT: roTOBbi ko BTopmiKy. Bo btophhk no nnaHy Baui nepBbiH npbiHKaeTCH k 3eMJie. Eme MHHyra, h ^eByuina y>Ke Ha 3eMJie. CaMOJieT

xopoiuan.

jieTHT

k aapoApoMy. * Dative of 1

06

bm.

yilPAJKHEHHH i.

Put the nouns in brackets

in the following sentences

in the appropriate cases: (i)

y

(2)

H3-3a

(3)

Hhkto (hhmto) He noHHMaer.

(4) (5) (6)

2.

(^;o>Kfli>)

oh He bhaht

(caiwojieT).

OTBeMaHTe (,o;6ktop), Kor^a oh coBeTyeT (bm). Kto noMoraeT (HHcrpyKTop) ? Moh Apyr nozpcoAHT k (3^aHHe).

Put the following sentences in the negative: (1) (2)

(3) (4)

3.

(yqHTejiLHHua) He 6wjio (KHnra).

y

napamioT. Bcer^a HHTaer ra3eTy nocne 3aBTpana. fi BHHKH H BHJIKH Ha CTOJie. Jlnrrbi 6biji

Oh

Translate into Russian:

never had either a house or a flat. is stopping you working ? (2) (3) Unfortunately my uncle is in hospital and my aunt is in prison. I visit my uncle once a week but it is not possible to visit my aunt. of the rain it is impossible to run about the Because (4) garden today. (5) Who is that man without a hat going up to your sister ? Her husband ? Why doesn't he ever wear a (1) I

Who

hat in winter (6) I

?

hope the teacher

in the classroom,

is

but

not cold; I know it's not hot it's not too bad for winter.

107

yPOK

16

CJIOBAPb neHne nepeA

A(£>pHKa/. Africa BejiiiKHH adj. great

B03BpamaTbCH

noA

K>Cb, -eiubcn) to return

flenaTbCH to

(Aena||iocb, -einbcn)

I

satisfied,

3a pr.

{short

adj.

flOBOjrbHa,

form

-o;

-t>i)

pleased

+ acc.,

(

+instr.) behind,

beyond 3aHiiMaTbCH

I

(3aHiiMaio||cb,

be engaged in, to study HHorfla adv. sometimes HHTepec m. interest HHTepecoBaTbca I (HHTepecy -errnscH) to

||

iocb, -euibcn) to

Ka3aTbCH

story (na>Kycb, na>KembCH)

/. history; I

seem

Kocpe m. (indeclinable) coffee hhmoh m. lemon

My3biKa/. music pr.

(

+ instr.)

ocpHuep m. I.

before,

in

(

+ instr.) under (noAHHMa||io, -emb)

I

lift

I

(nojib3y|iocb,

make use of no^eMy-To for some reason or -einbcn) to

other npuBb'niKa /. habit poHJib m. (grand) piano py>Kbe n. (pi. py>KbH) rifle, gun c pr. ( + instr.) with ceKpexapb m. (gen. ceKpeTapa) secretary CJiy>KHTb II (cny>Ky, cny>KHUib) to serve

CJiyx m. hearing, ear 1

HcropHH

HaA

+ instr.)

nojn>30BaTbCH

be interested

in

to

pr.

to raise,

flOBOJTbHbiH

(

noAHHjwaTb

become

flOBOJieH,

smging

pr.

front of

(B03Bpama||-

I

n.

CHanaJia adv. at

over

officer

first

coAAaT m. soldier CTaHOBHTbCH II (CTaHOBJIIOCb, CTaHOBHmbCH) to become thtp m. tiger y6nTbiH part, (short form y6nT, -a, -o; -hi) killed

hhuo

n. (pi.

HHua) egg

Cjiyx only means 'ear' in the sense 'he has a good ear' - y Her6 xopoiiiHH CJiyx. The Russian for 'an ear' is yxo (pi. yum).

108

Bbipa>KeHHH Mfai c

my

omoni

Mbi c hhm, mm c BaMH xjieS c MacjiOM 3a 3aBTpaKOM, o6e,n;oM, etc. xoflHTb/e3flHTb 3a .zjoKTopoiw xo;jHTb 3a khhtoh n6jn>30BaTi>CH ycnexoM HrpaTb Ha poHJie

father

and

I

he and I, you and bread and butter

I

at breakfast, dinner, etc.

to fetch the doctor

to go

and fetch

a

book

to enjoy success to play the piano

TPAMMATHKA i.

(i)

The Instrumental Case The formation of the instrumental case, nouns ending in a consonant add -om mental

(a)

Masculine

for the instru-

case.

m

and have the instruon the last syllable, or -eM if the stress is not on the last syllable. Thus: ctoji - ctojiom; ho>k - ho>k6m; TOBapum - TOBapumeM. Masculine nouns ending in -i» or -h have -eM in the instrumental (or -eM if the stress is on the end). Thus: y^HTejiL - ytiHTeneM; Man - *iaeM; cnoBapb - cjtoBapeM. (b) Feminine nouns change the -a ending of the nominative to -oh (or, more rarely, -ok>) unless the last consonant of the stem is >k, ij, i, in, or m, in which case the instrumental ending is -eM (-eio). Feminine nouns in -a have the instrumental in -eft (-eio) (or -eii, if the stress is on the end). Feminine nouns in -b simply add -H) for the instru-

Those ending

in tk,

mental in -om

if

n,,

i, hi,

the stress

is

mental.

Thus: KOMHaTa - KOMHaTOH; ymrrejiLHHua - ymrrejiL- Heflejieii; Pocchh - Poccneii; HHireii; He,n;ejra 3eMJiH - 3eMJieii; oceHB - oceHbio. (c) Neuter nouns change the ending -o into -om; -e into -eM; -e into -eM. Thus: okho - okhom; 3AaHne - 3AaHneM; py>Kbe py>KteM. 109

:

of the instrumental, (a) The main use of the instrumental is to denote the instrument, agent, or means with or by which a thing is done. It often translates an English noun or pronoun preceded by 'with' or 'by'. It can never be used, however, to translate 'together with':

(2) Uses

rmniy KapaHflamoM. SbiJi y6i'iT rarpoM.

5{

I

Oh

The complement

(b)

with a

write

He was

pencil.

by

killed

a tiger.

of the verb 'to be' in the past,

future, or imperative (but very rarely in the present) is

when

frequently in the instrumental, particularly state is implied:

a

temporary

Oh

He was an engineer. You will be a doctor.

6mji HHHKHT

ceKpeTapeM

He

OcpHnep Ka3aJicH wkmsm-

The

kom.

Ka3aTbCH, however,

serves as

(is)

secretary

of the club.

KJiy6a.

officer

looked

like

a

boy. is

more frequently used impersonally:

Oh, Ka3anocb, 6mji 66jich. KawercH, khh6 OTKpb'iTO.

IIO

He seemed It

to

be

ill.

looks as though (I think) the cinema is open.

Certain verbs in Russian are always followed by Common amongst these are: 3amiMartcH 'to be engaged in', 'to study'; HirrepecoBaTLCH 'to be interested in'; nojn>30BaTbCH 'to make use of: (c)

the instrumental.

3aHHM&oci> rpaMiwaTHKOfi.

fl.

am

I

studying grammar.

Note: When the adjective aob6ju>hbih 'pleased', 'satisfied', used in its short form, is followed by a complement ('pleased with him'), the latter is always in the instrumental:

H

o^eHb AOBOJieH yMeHHKO.M.

I

am

very satisfied with

my

pupil.

taking

(3) Prepositions

the

C

instrumental.

'with',

'to-

gether with':

Oh

He

rynneT c SpaTOM.

is

walking with his brother.

Note: If 'with' in English cannot be replaced by 'by means of, 'by the agent of, then c + the instrumental must be used, although it may not literally translate 'together with': Cf.

Oh

He

He ecT hohkho KypHTb.

He was that

it

telling

his

father

was possible to

smoke.

Hajj; nofl; 3a 'Over'; 'under'; 'behind'. All

these

prepositions

+ the

instrumental

indicate

'place where':

Oh

CHTutr Hafl (noff) (3a)

moct6m. Ill

He

sits over (under) (behind) the bridge.

When

'motion towards'

are followed

by the

is

implied, then nofl and 3a

accusative. Ha/j can never be fol-

lowed by the accusative and must be replaced by *iepe3 'across':

H

KJia^y

hoa

KapaHflam

I

am

the

putting

under

(3a) KHnry.

pencil

(behind)

the

book.

Oh

caflHTCH 3a ctoji.

He

sits

down

at (behind)

the table.

Oh

HjteT

iepe3 moct.

He

over

going

is

the

bridge.

Ilepefl,

which can only take the instrumental, means

either 'in front

of:

Oh chaht nepea aomom.

He

is

sitting

in front of

the house.

or '(just) before', in expressions of time:

IlepeA y>KHHOM oh pa66-

2.

before supper was working.

(Just)

Taji.

he

Declension of Personal Pronouns

The

full

Nom.

H

TbI

OH OHO OHa

MeHH

Te6n

ero

ee

MHe mhoh (mhoio) MHe

Te6e

eMy

eii

to66h (to66k>)

hm

eii (eio)

Te6e

Heiw

Heii

J'

0,

Gen. Dat. Instr.

Prep.

Nom.

\

declension of personal pronouns

is

as follows:

J

Whenever a personal pronoun beginning with a vowel is preceded by a preposition it is prefixed with h- for the sake of consonance (c hhm, y Hee, k hum, 6e3 hhx). The prepositional case of oh (oho), OHa, ohh (HeM, Heft, hhx) always has this prefix, as it can never be used without a preposition.

When, however, ero, ee, or hx mean 'his' or 'their', they are never prefixed with -h,

(its),

'her'

Thus: b er6 AOMe y ee cecrpbi

in his at

her

house sister's

The prepositions k, nepejj, and c, when used with h become ko, nepe/K>, co. When o is used with the prepositional MHe it becomes 060 mhc, the stress falling entirely on mhc Note:

kto and Norn.

6ht Kocbe; OHa iiber nan c jthmohom. BCTaeT paHtine h 3aBTpaKaeT n,o Hac; OHa n,oji>KHa HHTH B yHHBepCHTeT, rjS£ OHa 3aHHMdeTCH HCTOpHeH. Be^epoM OHa B03Bpam,aeTCH aomoh h mbi Bee y>KHHaeM BMeCTC Flocjie yn jho6juo ee, h Bcern,a HenpBOJieH, Koryja ohh n,aioT TanoH KOHnepT. K co>KajieHHio, cecTpa OHeHt rnioxo HrpaeT - OHa HHKorn,a He n6jii>30Bajiacb ycnexoM. A y 6para Cepren cobc6m HeT cnyxa. Kor\n;a ohh HaHHHatoT, h roBopib hm, hto h fl6ji>KeH 3aHHMaTtcH y ce6n b KOMHaTe. Ho nana noneMy-TO oneHb npBOJieH neHHeM Ceprea h cjryuiaeT ero c HHTepecoM.

Oh&

ynPAaiHEHHH i

.

Put the words in brackets in the right (i)

Cepren H^eT 3a (KHHra)

(2)

(5)

(Kto) tbi He/ioBOJieH ? (Mbi) hjih (ohh) (^TO) eCT M&JIBHHK MHCO ? 3a (pena) none, 3a (none) Jiec. H roBopnji c (oHa) o (oh) h o (tbi).

(6)

Oh

(3) (4)

2.

cases:

KJia^eT

Fill in the

selected

nncbMO

(oxen). ?

non. ee (Tapejina).

blank spaces with verbs (present and past)

from the following:

cjry>KHTb,

jie>KaTb,

ecn>,

h^th, Ka3aTbCH, HHrepeco-

BaibCH (1)

Bmcoko b He6e

(2)

Kto

(3)

H

(4)

Mbi

(5)

Oh

(6)

Kto sto

caMOJier

...

nraneH.

cenpeTapeM KJiy6a? o^eHb ... HCTopneH. ...

..

...

MHCO HOKOM H BHJIKOH. non, moctom. ...

3a KapaH/jamoM ?

114

Translate into Russian:

no one is satisfied with him or his work, he must home. While he was talking to her brother about the weather, she was already going home. Please go and fetch a doctor before lunch. I am

(i) If

stay at

(2)

(3)

feeling very (4)

ill.

My poor friend was killed by a soldier when he wa s in Africa.

usually write with - a pencil or a pen ? was listening to the professor with interest. He seemed to be talking intelligently. He knows how

(5)

What do you

(6)

I

to talk. (7)

At

first

clever

he was a soldier, then a doctor.

man.

115

He was

a

yPOK

17

CJIOBAPb MoiweHT m. moment MOCKBH*! m. (gen. MOCKBHMa) Muscovite, inhabitant of Mos-

a-raKa /. attack

aTaKOBaTb

I

(aTaKy||jo,

-euib)

to attack B/jpyr adv. suddenly B3pocJibiH adj. (also used as noun) grown-up, adult bojik m. (gen. bojikob) pi.

cow mhm m.

(gen. MHMa) ball na6jnoAaTb I (Ha6juofla||jo, to observe HaKOHeii adv. at last

wolf

BopoTa

pi.

(gen.

BopoT)

Hay^HBiii adj. scientific HecKOJibKo several 1

gate;

goal (in football)

jkhboh

hhhh /.

adj. live, living

Hk6k m. (gen. Kpywna) circle, group jieB m. (gen. jibBa) lion jwaTM m. match Me>Kfly pr. ( + instr.) between

-eiijb)

nurse,

nanny

o6e3bHHa/. monkey, ape nojiOBHHa/. half nojioTemte n. (gen. pi. nojioTeHen) towel nonyjinpHbiH adj. (short form nonyjiHpeH, nonyjinpHa, -o; -bi) popular noceTHTejn. m. visitor nocJieflHHH adj. last

npuxoflHTb II (npnxo>Ky, npHxoAHnib) to come (on foot) npoflOJi>KaTb

I

(npoflo:n>Ka||io,

-euib) to continue 2

When MHoro and HecKOJibKo mean 'many' and 'several' they are followed by the genitive plural. FIpoflOJiwaTb can be used with an object (npo,zjoji>KaTb araKy 'to continue the attack') or an infinitive (npo,ztoji>KaTb Hnraxb 'to continue reading'). It can also be used reflexively (aTaKa npoAOu>KaeTCH 'the attack continues').

116

py6jn»

(gen. pyojin) rouble

tn.

CBHCTOK

tn.

(gen.

CBHCTKa)

whistle cjioh

(gen. criOHa) elephant

tn.

CHOBa adv. again CTa^HOH tn. stadium CTaHUHH /. station; centre cyflhH m. pi.

(nom. pi.

c^eT m. score; bill, account y/jap tn. blow, kick, stroke yqeHHK tn. (gen. yMeHHKa) pupil uacTb /. (gen. pi. qacreu) part; military unit

cyjxbvi, gen.

iukojishhk m. schoolboy uiTpatpHOH adj. penalty (attr.) ancKypcHH /. excursion, trip

cyAen) judge; referee

BupaMceHHH no cy666TaM, BOCKpeceiibHM no Benepaivi b Tpn Maca aaBaTL CBHCTOK no>KHMaT£>

3a6nBaTb

pynn

roji

on Saturdays, Sundays,

etc.

in the evenings at three o'clock

to

blow the whistle hands

to shake

to score a goal

TPAMMATHKA i.

(i)

Declension of Nouns in the Plural Masculine nouns ending in the following way: Nom.

in a

consonant are declined

Masculine nouns ending in

b

or -h are declined in

the plural as follows:

Nom. Ace. Gen. Dat.

cjiOBapn cjiOBapn cjioBap^fi

CJiOBapHM

Instr.

Prep.

CJioBapaiMH cjiOBapnx

Note the

difference

repoH repoes repoes

repoHM repoHMH repoax in

the

genitive

plural.

Some

masculine nouns have the nominative plural in -a or

-h (always rjia3a,

stressed).

The most common

are:

jreca,

6epera, ropo/ja, Be^epa, ^oKTopa, vmhtcjih,

noe3fla, floiwa.

(2)

Feminine nouns ending in plural:

Nom.

have the following

From

the declension of repon and

hhhh

it

will

be seen

nouns (i.e. nouns denoting human beings or animals), be they masculine or feminine, have the same accusative as the genitive. The accusative plural of all inanimate nouns is always the same as the nominative. that in the plural all animate

Note the

following: (a) Feminines ending in ->Kb, -*a>, or -un> have the dative, instrumental, and prepositional in -aiw, -aMii, -ax:

HOMb - HO^aM,

HOtiaAUT, HOMaX.

If the ending -n is preceded by two or more consonants, then again a 'mobile vowel' will generally be inserted between the last two consonants in the genitive plural. Thus:

(b)

3eMJiH

(3)

-

3e!wejn>.

Neuter nouns ending follows in the plural:

Nom.

in

-o,

-e,

and -He decline

as

2.

Numerals Cardinal numbers from nought to one hundred are as follows:

I

OflHH, OflHd,

O^HO

(b) JJpa (for masculine and neuter nouns) and jjse (for feminine nouns) are followed by the genitive singular:

pa crojia; flBe 5+ceHmiiHw The same 66a

applies to 66a,

crojia;

66e 'both':

66e KOMHaTbi

Tpn and qeTbipe (all genders) are by the genitive singular:

(c)

Tpn

KHByT 3Bepn, nTHHbi n pbi6bi co Bcex* kohijob 3eMJin. IIoceTHTejiH oc66eHHO HHTepecyiOTCH CJTOHaMH H JlbB&MH, THTpaMH H BOJIKaMH. H B3pOCJIbie n Aexn Bceryja jik>6ht CMOTperb Ha o6e3bHH. Mockobckhh 30onapK He tojh>ko «>khb6h My3en», 3to TO>Ke HayiHan craHHHH, r#e pa6oTaK>T cry^eHTbi. Ohh H3y^iaK)T npHBbi^KH 3Bepen. ripn 30onapKe ecrb TaKHKOK uik6ju>hhkob. Hx y^aT HaSjuo/jaTb npHpofly? 3Bepeii h rrraH. h hm paccKa3biBaiox hctophh o SBepnx.

2.

Ha

4>yT66«e

Cero/mn BOCKpeceHbe. Mockbh^h mryT Ha CTa^HOH «,HHHaMo». B Tpn Hack 6y,n;eT 4>yT66jibHbiH MaTq Me>KAy KOM&HflaMH « II HHaMO» h «CnapTaK». CyflbH Aaer cbhctok h 66e KoiviaHflbi bbixoaht Ha none. KanHTaHbi komsiha no>KHMaiOT pyKH, h nrpa Ha^HHaeTCH. Y>Ke b nepBbie MHHyrbi flHHaMOBijbi r

-

1

3a6HBaioT toji b BopoTa «CnapTaKa». JjHHaMOBHbi npoAOJi>KaioT aTaKy. Ho cnapTaKOBHbi nrpaioT o^eHb xopomo. Hepe3 copoK MHHyr ohh 3a6nBaiOT toji b BopoTa «JI,HHaMO». B 3tot momcht cy RbA /jaeT cbhctok, nepBan nonoBHHa nrpb'i KOHqaercH. Cner 1:1.

Hepe3 nHTHaAnaTb MHHyr KOMaHAbi CHOBa BbixoflHT Ha none, h nrpa Ha^HHaeTCH orom>. 06e KOM&Hflbi CMeno aTaKy iot h npo#oji>KaK>T nrparb xopomo. * Gen. pi. of Becb.

122

HaKOHeij flHHaMOBijfci 3a6HBaiOT eme toji. Tenept CMeT 2.1. Ho B nOCJie/JHHe MHHyTbl o/jhh 3aiH,HTHHK «XI,HHaMo» ocraHaBJiHBaeT mkh pynaMH nepefl BopoTaMH. HTrpacbHOH y#ap b BopoTa «JI,KHaMo»! Toji!! MaTi KOH^aercH co cqeTOM 2:2.

ynPA)KHEHHfl 1.

Put the following sentences in the (1)

(2) (3)

2.

KHHra jiokht b lunacy. y MeHH He 6biJio TOBapnina. OTeu repoH aobojich hm.

(4)

Ha

(5)

^enoBeK npnxoAHT paccKa3biBaTt HcropHio.

(6)

JIom Haxo^HTCH Ha 6epery peKH.

crojie ho>k

h BHJiKa, ho

Write out the following in

(4)

full in

Russian:

62 minutes. 2 sisters and 2 brothers. (9) 44 roubles 5 copecks. (10) 15 roubles 3 copecks. (7)

At 7 o'clock. At 7.30.

(8)

(5) 5 dictionaries. 3.

TapejiKii Her.

(6) 18 hours 33 minutes.

(1) 31 books. (2) 48 houses. (3)

plural:

Translate into Russian: (1)

On

Saturdays cinema.

(2) It is said that

at

seven o'clock

we

always go to the

he has three pens and

saw

six pencils.

lions, tigers, elephants, wolves,

(3)

In the zoo

(4)

and apes. She has three towels in her room. In the cupboard there are many exercise books and

(5)

I

several books for reading. it far to Moscow ? No, only 25 kilometres. There are no dwelling places beyond the river, but between the lake and the stadium there are

(6) Is

(7)

houses. the judge comes everyone stands up. fortunately he is not very popular. (9) Sergey went on reading the paper. nearly

(8)

fifty

When

123

Un-

yPOK

18

CJIOBAPL 6aKaneH /. (no pi.) groceries 6aHKa /. (gen. pi. 6aH0K) jar,

KycoK m.

can 6yrbiJiKa

/.

(gen.

pi.

SyrbinoK)

bottle

Mano little, few MeA m. honey iwup m. peace

BcraHHa/. ham bhho n. wine BOHHa/. (pi. BoiiHfai) war BCnOMHHaTb I (BCnOMHHa|lO, -eun>)

to

recall,

OT^eJi m. department, section

nannpoca/. cigarette 1 na*uKy, BXOAHuib) to go in, enter

BXOflirrb

Kycna) piece

(gen.

jihct m. (pi. JiiicTbH) leaf

tin,

to

noKynaTejib

II

Bb'rxoA m. exit,

way out

racrpOHOMHMecKHH

adj.

delica-

(njia^y,

II

ruiaTHiiib)

pay2 tn.

customer, pur-

chaser, buyer

noKynaTb to buy

(noi

MHoro Mara3HHOB

«racTpoHo.M»>. 1

y

nac Ha yjnme TO>Ke ecn> 6ojn>HioH h KpactiBbiH «racTpoHOM». B Mara3iiH Bee BpeAin bxo^iht nonynaTejin. Ohi'i bbixo^ht c noKyrrKaMH b pynax. EneHa HiiKonaeBHa TOHKaT TOBapbi. BHflflT,

bhho h

t. a.

Ha npioaBKax

npon,aBHbi. flpjibi^KH

c

ueHaMii.

Bee

CKOJILKO CTOHT TOBap.

EneHa HiiKonaeBHa noAx6n,HT k npHJiaBKy, ryje npoAaiOT Ko.iSacy h BeTHHHy. 3n,ec& y>Ke ctoht

Oahh noKynaeT 800 rpa.vi.viOB 500 rpaMMOB BeTHHHbi. EneHa TOHKeTCH, Bee. EjieHa HHKOJiaeBHa njiaTHT p,6Hbm b naccy, nojiy^aeT h cmrraeT cfla^y h B03BpamaeTCH 3a noKynKaMH. IIotom OHa Hfler k Bbixo/ry, ho Tyr BcnoMHHaeT o nannpocax jj;jih GparteB h cbraoBeH. CblHOBLH ee KypHT, XOTH OflHOMy TOJIbKO ceMHaznjaTb h jjpyroMy BoceMHaAHaTb Jier. OHa B03BpamaeTCH, nuaTHT b Kaccy 3a nannpocbi, nojiy^aeT qeTb'ipe namKHbie khhth h >KypHajibi, ho h pyKonncH. Oh H3yHaji MaTepnajibi, flenan BbirmcKH. ^acTO oh paccKa3biBan TOBapHmaM, KaK n/jer pa6oTa. Ero

khhth.

rfl;e

oh

nojiynaji

138

»

npocJ)eccop b yHHBepcHTeTe coBeTOBaji paSoTaTt. AneKceH SjiaroAapHJi ero h

KaK Ha/jo CHOBa coSHpaji

eMy,

h nncan. 3to npo,n;oji>Kajioci> a6jito. HecKOJitKO MeomeB AneKceH coSpaji MHoro MaTepHana. Oh CKa3an npocbeccopy, mto oh xoieT czjejiaTb MaTepnaji, *iHTaji

^lepes

Ha KOH(J)epeHu;HH cry/jeHTOB. Bo BpeMH ,zjoKJia,n;a oh npo^HTaji CTyAeHTaM Bb'inncKH H3 pyKonnceH. JXokji&r 6biji xopouiHH. Bee cjiyuiajiH c HHTepecoM. Kor^a oh kohhhji ^oKjiaA, npocbeccop eMy CKa3an: «XopouiHH flOKJiaA- Bbi o^enb xopomo H3y^HJiH Bonpoc, h TeMa Bauia o^eHb HHTepecHan. Ho Kor^a bbi KOH^HTe /Hiccepxaniiio ? AneKceH 3acMenjiCH, no6jiaro,ijapHJi ero 3a Temibie cnoBa h CKa3aji: «He 3Haio, ho Ha,zjeioa> kohhhtb ee qepe3 roA-» KOKJiaji,

ynPAHCHEHHH I

.

the blanks with one of the two verbs in brackets

Fill in

in the past tense: (i)

Bnepa h flonro ...

(2)

Oh ...

(3)

ypoK, h HaKOHeu h xopomo ero

...

(y^HTb, BbiytlHTb)

Bcer^a MHe

Mite tojtlko

OHa

HHKOiyja He

iwrb

...

TpH

pySjieii,

ho cero^HH oh

pySjin. (flaBaTb, flaTt)

...

mchh, ho B^tepa 0Ha mchh

...

(Gjiaro^apHTB, no6jiaro,n;apHTb) (4)

Kor/ja mm ^HTajra eMy (CMeHTbCH, 3aCMeHTBCfl)

Fill in

nHCBMO,

oh B^pyr

...

the blanks with one of the two verbs in brackets

in the future tense: ... Bac b SojibHiiue. (noceiuaTt, noceraTb) 3aBTpa Mbi b nepBbiH pa3 ... tctio. (Bii,n;eTb,

(1) H. Bcer,n;a (2)

yBHflerb) (3)

(4)

... nepBbiii ypoK? 3aBTpa. A ... ypoKH Kaw^biii noHeAejibHHK. (6paT&, B3HTb) 5\ ... Beet AeHB h 3aBTpa h ... KHnry #0 KOHna. (wraTL, npo^HTaTt)

Kor^a Bbi

139

Translate into Russian:

had a talk with him yesterday and I told him that had killed the dog. When he began to read we all sat down. I don't want to give it to you. You must buy it; you must always buy everything. Will you be reading the book tomorrow? Yes, I hope to finish it by the evening. Have you collected much material for your thesis ? On Thursday he jumped from an aeroplane. He has now made twenty jumps since the autumn. When I meet Ivan I always tell him that I am very fond of his sister. I will tell you what she will do tomorrow. She will cook lunch, then she will sit down by the window and will finish writing to you. Will you give him a lesson tomorrow? No, I

(i) I

I

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

haven't got time.

140

-

ypoK

20

CJIOBAPb BepHyTbCH

I

pf.

(BepH|lycb,

-euibCH) to return 1 bhzj m. view] aspect

BOHTH

I

jioinajrb

(BOHfl||y,

pf.

KHHoonepaTop m. cameraman KHHOCTyAHH /. film studio

-euib)

(BbuieTaflio,

I

to fly off Bb'iJieTeTb

(BbiJieny,

II pf.

nerrmnb) to ropa /. {now.

bm-

fly off pi.

ropbi)

II pf. (orapaBJUo, orapaBHuib) to send off OTnpaBHTbCH (oTnpaII pf. Bmocb, OTnpaBHrnbCH) to set

OTnpaBirrb

moun-

off3

tain, hill

ropHbiu adj. mountain {attr.), mountainous I (nocrpanBa 10, flocrpaiiBaTb ||

orryna adv. from there nacTyx m. {pi. nacryxu) shepherd nepeBaJi m. (mountain) pass

-eun>) to finish building

AOCTpOHTb

II

pf.

nepeaejiaTb

(3a6biBa||io,

I

pf.

(nepen;eJia||K>,

nepe,a;ejibiBaTb I (nepenejibraa ||

w,

-euib)

-euib) to remake, alter

nepenucaTb

to forget

I (nepemuiry, pf. nepemiuieuib) to rewrite neperrncbiBaTb I (nepernicbiBa

3a6b'iTb I pf. (3a6yA||y 3 -euib) to

forget

||

I

(3anHiiry,

pf.

to

record 3anucbiBaTb -euib)

I

-euib) to remake, alter

(flOCTp6||K»j

-raub) to finish building

3a6biBaTb

uieuib)

Jioma,oeH)

pi.

HaBepx adv. upstairs 2

enter

BbineTaTs

3anHcaTb

{gen.

/.

horse

to

-eiirb)

to

write

3anu-

down,

to, -euib) to

rewrite

miK m. peak

to

no6en.a/. victory (3armcbiBa|[io, write down, to

I

nO/THHTbCH

I (noAmiMycb, pf. no^HiiMembCH, past tense:

record

Both BepHyTbCH and B03BpaTHTbCH (B03BpauryCb, B03BpaTHHIbCH) are used as the perfective of B03BpaiuaTbCH ' to return ' (either on foot or by means of transport). HaBepx (bhh3 - 'downstairs') implies motion. HaBepxy (BHH3y) implies rest. Oh nouieji HaBepx 'he went upstairs'; oh >KHBeT

BHH3y 'he lives downstairs'. OTnpaBHTbCH (imperfective orapaBJiHTbCH either on foot or by means of transport.

141

I)

means

'to set off'

'

noflHHJicH, noAHHJiacb, -web) to climb, go up 4

npuexaTb I pf. (npueA||y, -euib) to come, arrive (not on foot)

-ocb;

npujieTeTb

I pf. (noAnrany, noAnHiueuib) to sign noAiiHCbiBaTb I (noAnHCbiBa||io, -euib) to sign

nofliracaTb

II

pf.

no-

(nojieny,

I

pf.

noTOiwy mto

noxoAHTb

(nocjryuia||io,

(noxomy, nowalk a little

pf.

xoAnuib) to

npiiBe3Tii I pf. (npiiBe3||y, -euib) to bring (not on foot)

npuB03HTb B03uuib)

II

to

(npuBO>Ky, npubring (not on

foot)

pan

tense

go by5 nycnaTb

I (npuA||y, -euib, pf. tense npuuieji) to come

(nycKa||io,

to

-euib,

pass,

-euib)

to

nycTi'iTb II pf. to let (go)

(nymy, nycTiiuib)

pemaTb

I

(peuia||io,

-euib)

to

decide ckjioh m. slope CHHTb I pf. (CHHMy, CHHMeUIb) tO photograph; to take off

co6paTbCH I pf. (coSepeMCH ... coGepyTcn) to gather (intrans.) cpeAn pr. (+gen.) among, between, in the midst of

SKcneAHUHH /. expedition

(on foot)

HCHbiu

4.

I

npouieji)

-euib)

nyTeuiecTBiie n. journey

because

cj.

II

(by

let (go)

-euib) to listen to

npiiATu

past

to fly

nocJiyniaTb

arrive

npoBecTH I pf. (npoBeA||y, to spend (of time) npouTH I pf. (npoiiA||y,

noHTi'i I pf. (noHA||y, -euib, past tense nouieji) to go (on foot)

jieTi'inib)

(npiijie^y)

pf.

to

plane)

noexaTb I pf. (noeA||y, -euib) to go (not on foot)

noneTeTb

II

npHJieramb)

adj. clear

IIoAHHTbCH (imperfective noAHHMaTbCH I) means 'to ascend', 'to can be used for climbing or for going upstairs. The opposite is cnycTHTbCH (cnymycb, crrycTiiuibCH), cnycKaTbCH.

rise'; it

5.

ripouTH (imperfective npoxoAUTb) means 'to go by' (on foot): npouiJii'i mhmo cena we walked past the village - or to pass (of time): npouiJio HecKOJibKo uacoB 'a few hours passed'. It can also be used as a transitive verb meaning 'to go through', 'to complete' (npoxoAHTb umojiy, Kypc (course), ypon etc.).

Mbi

6.

CHHTb

'

'

(imperfective CHHiwaTb)

means

'to take off' (oh chhji po3bi co CTOJia,

142

'

either 'to photograph' or

oh chhji

uiJinny).

TPAMMATHKA i.

(a)

Aspects (continued) The imperative. The imperative can be used in either the imperfective or the perfective aspect, depending on the type of action required.

^HTaHTe no-pyccKH Auii fleHb. Bbi m'nueTe rmcsMO

Read

Ka>i

.

noeAeiiib ao-

will

go

to the cinema.

He flew to Moscow. When will you go home ?

?

Note: (no)exaTb has no imperative^ instead noe3>KaH(Te) (from the verb noe3HnaTi> in

is

compounds - npn-

e3>KaTb)

or to the second of the pair (hath, exaTb, etc.), the result being a perfective verb

BbiJieTeTb).

Thus

(npHRTH (npH + hjtth),

the following pairs of verbs are

formed: Imperfective

Perfective

npHxoAHTb sxoRHTb

'to enter'

npne.3>KaTfa

'to arrive' (not

BBineTaTb npHB03HTi>

'to fly off'

'

to arrive,

come

'to bring' (not

npHRTii

on

foot)

on

foot)

bohth (bo + mini) npnexaTb BbineTeTb

npHse3TH

must be understood that in these prefixed or directional' verbs of motion there is now only one form of It

'

the imperfective (compare xoaHTb/HATii). fl

npiixoHty, therefore, means either am coming'.

come

'I

fre-

quently' or 'I

Note: As exaTb has no imperative, the imperfective imperative must always be used in compounds. Eg. rrpne3>KaH(Te).

Sequence of Tense in the Future

When

introduced by ecjin or Kor^a and the future, then the future must be used in this clause in Russian. This is confusing, as in English the present is usually found in the temporal a clause

is

the time implied

is

or conditional clause. Ecjih oh noefleT b JleHHHrpaAj oh yBHAHT OTua. CiKH ewiy 3to, Kor/ia tsi

If

he goes

Tell

him

see him.

VBH£i;Hiin> ero.

146

to

Leningrad he

will see his father. this,

when you

TEKCT B ropax KHprH3HH

!

JleHHHTpaACKOH KHHOCTyZJHH Hy>KHO Sb'lJIO CHHTb ropHBie Bi'mti. PeuiHJin OTnpaBHTb 3Kcne,iniHHK) b ropbi TnHL-IIIaHH. IIjiaH nyTeiuecTBHH 6biji Tanon; b Mae 3Kcnejj,iiu,im Bb'uieTHT b KHprH3HK>, npoBe/jeT jXBa. Mecnua b ropax TniiL-IIIaHH h noTOM BepHercH b JleHHHrpaA- B SKcneflrairai 6biJi h h KaK khhooneparop. Hama sKcneflHHHH BbmeTejia H3 JleHHHrpafla b KOHHe Man. Mbi npHJierejiH b ropo,u OpyH3e 2 h onyfla Hepe3 #Ba aha OTnpaBHJiHCb b ropbi. CHanajia Mbi exajiH Ha aBTOMoSimflx, noTOM Ha Jioiua/jHX. ^ HHKor^a He 3a6y,ny nyTeuiecTBHH. Kan TaM KpaciiBo! Mbi noAHHJii'icb Ha nepeBaji. KaKiie npacHBbie BHflbi CHHMajiH Mbi 3Aeci> b HCHbie ahh! Mbi npoBejin b ropax HecKOJiBKO jxaePi cpeAH nacryxoB. OAHa>KAbi CK>Aa npHexami apTiicTbi H3 pyH3e. riacTyxii h hx ceMLH coSpajiHct Ha CKJioHe ropbi nocjiyuiaTb hx neHHe. Mbi TOHMa. KHHOCTyflHH. ^epes toa Mbi ororn. noe^eM b ropbi h npHBe3eM HOBbiii MaTepnaji.

3to oneHb HHTepecHoe nyremecTBHe.

KnprH3HH - Kirghiz

Soviet Socialist Republic in Central Asia; one of the sixteen republics which make up the U.S.S.R. OpyH3e (indeclinable) - capital of the Kirghiz Soviet Socialist Republic. This town was renamed in 1935 in honour of M. V. Frunze, a famous Soviet general who was born there. it is

147

ynPAMKHEHHH i.

Replace the verbs in the following sentences with retaining their corresponding imperfective forms, the same tense, (i)

Mbi npnexajm aomoh BeuepoM h cenn

nepefl

TeJieBH30pOM.

Kto npneAeT b

(3)

Oh neperracaji nncbjvio n Ohh AOCTpoHJin ropofl.

(4)

(5)

2.

ropofl

noAnncaji ero.

Mw He npoiiAeM mhmo hx flOMa.

Answer the following questions on the text: (1) IlotieMy peuiHJiH ompaBHTb sKcneflHHHio b ropw (2)

(3) (4) (5)

3.

OpyH3e ?

(2)

Tmn»-IIIaHH ? Ckojibko BpeivieHH SKcneAHHHH npOBeCTH B KHprH3HH ?

flon>KHa

6biJia

Tae HaxoAHTCH ropofl OpyH3e ? KaK exana 3Kcne,miHHH H3 pyH3e ? KaKHe BHflbi chhji KHHOonepaTop SKcneflHrnra ?

Translate into Russian:

go to the cinema tonight. he wants to go to Leningrad, let him go. Go to London in two weeks and spend six days

(1) Let's (2) If (3)

there. (4)

(5) (6) (7)

(8) (9)

Then come

back.

Don't write his name down, but write down our names. He went upstairs and slept for a little. If it is fine tomorrow we will all go to the country. Who brought you all that material from Moscow ? He entered the room and sat down. The expedition set off in the end of May.

148

ypoK

21

CJIOBAPL BOCXHIHaTbCH I (Bocxnmaj|iocb, -euibcn) +imtr. to admire, be carried away by BCKope adv. in a short time 1

BbiHTH

I

pf.

-euib,

(Bb'iiifljly,

past tense Bbimeji) to go out >KeJie3HaH flopora /. railway (lit.

onepa/. opera OTKpblTbCH I pf. (OTI, -euib (to find out; to recognize 4 xoTeTbcn I (xomctch) to feel

-euib,

(coHfllly>

past tense couieji) to go cpa3y adv. immediately

craTb

/.

(theatrical)

to

to begin 3

like

ueMO/jaH m. suit-ca»e hSjioko n. apple

TaKofi demonstrative pron. such TaJiaHT m. talent

TpeniH num. third

2.

Co6amiH rish

3.

4.

'):

Oh

frequently used for 'filthy', 'wretched' (lit. 'curb coGaibeiw HacTpoemm. He's in a foul mood.

is

craTb (imperfective craHOBi'iTbCH) has two principal meanings: (a) 'to become'. What the subject becomes normally goes into the instrumental: oh craji aoktopom; (b) 'to begin' (usually the perfective only). It is always followed by the imperfective infinitive: oh cxaji ^HTaTb.

Y3HaTb (imperfective y3HaBaTb - y3Ha||ib, -euib. Note the stress!) means either 'to get to know', 'to find out' (Ji y3H&ji, *rro oh Sbiji TaM. I found out that he had been there), or 'to recognize' (Tbi He y3Haemb mchh ? Don't you recognize me ?)

BbiparaeHHH Mhl C BaMH ( = BM HH) i \ Mbl C TOOOH ( = Tbi H H)

1

T

,

you and

>

,

I

J

mm c HHKOJiaeM mm c hum (The verb in such cases pa3roBapHBajiH. You and

Nicholas and

he and is

in the 1st person plural:

were conversing.)

I

HcnojiHHTb pojib

to play a part

C

y/toBOJibCTBHeM! roBopfiTb no pa^no nocTyniiTb b yHHBepcHTeT nocrynHTb Ha cjiy»c6y

I

I

With

pleasure!

to talk 1

J

on the

wireless

to enter the university

to go to

150

work

Mbi

c

to66h

TPAMMATHKA Declension of Adjectives It will

be remembered (see Lesson

7) that in

Russian

there are three types of adjectives, 'hard', 'soft', and the so-called 'mixed'. Provided certain basic rules are

remembered, no

difficulty

should be experienced with

adjectives. All are regular: there are

no exceptions.

adjectives. All 'hard' adjectives, i.e. those with the nominative masculine singular in -bih (or -oh when the stress is on the last syllable - mojio^oh)

(1) 'Hard''

are declined in the following manner:

(d) The ending of the genitive masculine singular is pronounced -vo. This applies to all adjectives, hard, soft,

or mixed.

Nearly all soft adjectives are those with the endings -hhh. They are few in number and

(2) 'Soft' adjectives.

are declined as follows:

(3)

'Mixed' adjectives. These are of two types: (a) Those with the stem ending in r, k, or x. These are declined in exactly the same way as hobmh except that the is replaced by h. If the stress is on the end, letter then the nominative masculine singular will end in

m

-oii (njioxofi, .ijoporoH).

Thus pyccKHii

is

declined as follows:

determined by

Its case is

its

function in the relative

clause:

^ejioBen,

a

KOTopoMy

aaji h6jioko,

^KemniiHa, KOTOpyio TbI BHfleJI, It

(dat.)

...

(ace.)

to whom an apple ... The woman you saw

The man

I

gave

...

...

can also be used with prepositions:

KHnra, o kotopoh h roBopnji, ...

(prep.)

The book about

was

I

talking

...

In order to translate 'whose' in a relative clause the genitive of KOTOpbiii is used and is usually placed second in the clause: MejiOBeK,

poro

cecTpy

Tbi 3Haeuib,

kot6...

The man whose know ...

sister

you

Note

that a relative clause in Russian is always preceded (and, if possible, ended) by a comma. Do not confuse KaKofi 'which', 'what' with KOTOpMH. The former is usually confined to questions and

exclamations:

Kanyio uiJiany

Tbi Hoci'uia ?

Which

hat were you wear-

ing?

KaKOH

What

KpacHBbift bha!

a beautiful view!

KoTopbiH, although sometimes used KOTopbiH Mac? 'what time is it?')

(e.g.

for is

questions

mostly con-

fined to relative clauses.

The Reflexive Pronoun ce6n As has been mentioned above (Lesson 12), the reflexive pronoun ce6n, which means 'oneself', is not found in the

nominative as

sentence. It Ace. Gen. Dat.

is

it

can never be the subject of a

declined as follows:

ce6fl ce6fl

ce6£

Instr.

co66h (C06610

Prep.

ce6e

155

Ce6n can only refer to the subject of the sentence and can be used to refer to any person, gender or number. It can be used with prepositions as well. E.g.: Oh

Kyniiji

ce6e

(or

(dat.)

He bought himself a

book.

fljw ce6a) KHiiry.

Mbi roBopHjm

We were talking

o ceoe.

about our-

selves.

Tbi

Bi'tflmub

ce6a b 3ep-

Can you

see

mirror

Kajie ?

yourself in the

?

Note

particularly the expressions npimecTH (npiiBe3ra) c co66h 'to bring with one' and b3htb c coooh 'to take with one':

npnHecii khhth c coSoft.

Oh

b3hji c

Bring your books with you. He took the parcel with

co66h naneT.

him.

Impersonal Verbs There

are a few impersonal verbs in Russian

which are

limited to the third person singular (and to the neuter, if the verb is in the past). They usually express a phenomenon of nature, such as CBcraeT it is getting light', CMepKanocB 'it was getting dark'. Sometimes a verb (usually intransitive) when made '

be used impersonally with the dative of whom the action refers. The verb then expresses an action which takes place independently of the will of the person (e.g. MHe He pa66TaeTCH I don't feel like working'). A verb frequently used in this way is xotctbch: reflexive can

the person to

'

MHe xoTenocb

noiiTH

b

TeaTp.

E.wy

xo^eTCH

I

felt

like

going

to

the

theatre.

He

ecn>.

is

hungry.

As can be seen from the above examples there is little or no difference from xoTerb (cf. h xoTeji noirra b TeaTp; oh xo^eT ecrb). 156

TEKCTBI onepa pyccnoro KOMno3HTopa Tjihiikh «HBaH CycaHHH». Poju> HapoAHoro repoH HcnojiHHJi coBceM mojioaoh ap-racr, Kaptepa KOToporo o^eHb HHTepecHa. C 6ojiliiihm yAOBOJitCTBHeM cjiyuiajiH ero npeKpacHoe nemie h BocxHinajiHCt ero 3aMe*iaTejibHbiM TajiaHroiu. BcKope hmh MonoAoro neBua crano imipoKo H3BecrH0 b OflHa>KA£>i b Bojiluiom Tearpe iujia

CTpaHe.

O

mojioaom apTHCTe, KOTOpbIM Bee TaK BOCXHiyaCTami iuicaTb b ra3eTax, roBopnTb no pa/jHO. nySmiKa y3Hajia, KaK oh craji apracTOM. Ilocjie iiiKOJibi oh Haqan pa66xaTb Ha >Kejie3HOH Aopore. B sto BpeMH oh eme He AyAiaji, mo oh SyijeT npocJDeccHOHajiLHbiM apTHCTOM; eiviy ,n;a>Ke He xoTenocb CTaTb npo(J)eccHOHajibHbiM neBHOM. Ho b CBo6oAHoe BpeMH oh Macro nen b KJiy6e. Oh nen pyccKne Hapo/i;Hbie necHH, KOTopbie ero TOBapumH cjiyuiajiH c 6onbIHHM yflOBOJIbCTBHeM. B KJiy6e oh CKopo CTan H3BeCTeH, h HaKOHeu, ero ompaBHJiH b KOHcepBaTopmo y^HTbCH neHHio. Ilocjie KOHcepBaTopHH oh nocTyrain b Tpynny Eojibinoro Tearpa. Tai< nepeA MOJio/jbiM neBHOM OTKpbinacb HOBan >KH3Hb. jihcb,

IT6e3A noAouieji k CTaiiHHH. Alojiofloii HHHKHJIH B KOJlX03e «HoBafl >KH3Hb», a OT CTaHHHH AO aepeBHH 6b'uio TpH/juaTb KHjioAieipoB. Oh Bbiuieji Ha njiomaAb. TyT oh yBHAen nepe^ co66h cTaporo flpyra Bacio, KOTOpbiH ctohji okojio HOBoro rpysoBHKa. BacH, 3/jpaBCTByH! - CKa3an oh.

—

157

— 3,n;paBCTByH, MHiua! He cpa3y h y3Haji Te6n. Tw K pOAHTejIHM — Ra, h noceTHTb h A mto tm Aejiaeuib — Re rpy30BHKOM. Be3y b kojtxoshbih Mara3HH ?

OTija

peiiiHJi

AtaTb.

?

pa3Hbie TOBapbi. Mbi c to66h noencM BMecre. Ca^HCb ko MHe b Ka6HHy. Ohh AOJiro exajra h Bee Bpeiwfl pa3roBapHBajiH Me>K^y co66h. y>Ke CMepKauocb, Korfla rpy30BHK craji npn6jiH>KaTbCH k KOJixo3y.

ynPAJKHEHHfl 1.

Put the words (1)

in brackets in the appropriate cases:

B (BojibmoH

TeaTp) neun HapoAHbie apracTbi, o (KOTopbie) h MHoro cjib'iuiaji.

(2)

y MeHH Her

(3)

Mbi pa3roBapnBajin

(cBo66flHoe BpeMn). c (TanoH HHTepecHbin Mejio-

BeK). (4)

He

6y^b b (Tanoe co6aK) trousers happy, gay, jolly

OTRpbirae

BbicTaBKa/. exhibition raJiCTyK m. tie

ropa3AO adv.

nep^aTKa

flemeBa, AeuieBo; -bi) cheap 3anpnc m. request, demand H3HmHbiH adj. elegant, graceful KOHeMHO adv. of course

Kpojwe pr.

nuaTbe

fabric,

material; matter

form hh3ok, HH3Ka, hh3ko; -h) low 66yBb/. footwear

II

frock

(nonpouiy,

pf.

to ask,

demand

1

adj.

light-

light,

coloured CKopbiii adj. quick

CKpoMHbiii adj. modest

mixed

flaTb, past

{short

OAe>KAa/. clothes 1.

nHfl>KaKa)

npocToii adj. simple pa66THHu;a /. woman-worker pa3HOo6pa3Hbin adj. of great variety, varied, various

co3/iaTb

tion adj.

nep^aTOK)

{gen.

n. dress,

CBeTjibiii

MOAeJib/. model MOAeJibep m. (dress) designer Ha3HaMeHiie n. purpose, designa-

HH3KHH

m.

nonpocnmb)

suit

cloth,

nHA»caK

nonpoct'iTb

+gen. besides, apart /.

{gen. pi.

/.

jacket

from MaTepufl

opening; discovery

glove

fleuieBbift adj. {short form fleuieB,

koctkm m. costume,

n.

najibTO n. indeclinable (over)coat

much

far,

OT-

opiiTHHaJitHbiit adj. original

pi. {gen.

Becejibiii adj.

OTBeT m. answer OTBeTHTb II pf. (OTBeMy, BeTHun.) to answer

flajia,

conj.

pf.

{see

tense co3Aaji, C03-

co3AaJio; -h) to create

cnpocnTb II pf. (cnpoiiry, cnpocmub) to ask, to question 1

Do

not confuse nonpocuTb (imperfective npocnrb II) 'to ask', 'to request' with cnpocuTb (imperfective cnpauiHBaTb) 'to ask', 'to question'. Compare the following sentences:

Oh

nonpoci'iJi

mchh bmhth H3

KOMHaTbl. Oh cnpocHJi mchh, e#y

jihhb

He

asked room.

He

asked

me

Moscow.

MocKBy 160

me if I

to

leave

the

was going

to

:yirtoyKa

(gen.

/.

cyMo^en)

pi.

(hand)bag pe6oBaTejn.HbiH

yAoSHtni

demand-

adj.

com-

cpacoH m. fashion, style

(gen.

its

sing.

pi.

ireeroB) colour2

ycpjra /. (gen. pi. lycbenb) shoe, slipper

HjBeT 'colour' with

UBera gen.

ireeT m. (nom. pi.

ing, exacting, particular

UBeTOK

adj. convenient,

fortable

ueHTpajn>Hbm

adj. central

plural UBera should not be confused with 'flower', which has as its plural

imeTKa)

UBCTbl, UBeTOB.

8bipa>KeHHH more and more to work at ...

66jn>uie »a6oTaTB HaR + instr. ice

K&>K/Jt>IAi

t

taaojiro

year in, year out; with each year at the same time

TOflOM

to Hiiihh greater - Meiifciimii lesser ', smaller jiyquiHH better - xyauiHH worse BbiciiiHH superior - hh3iuhh inferior CTapuiHH 'elder', 'senior' - MJianniiiii 'younger', 'junior' '

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

pair are comparatives proper

Only the

first

be used

when

the

comparative

is

and must

required

as

an

attribute. E.g.:

Mbi >KHBeM b 66jn>iueM (MeHbiueiu) aomc

er) house.

6ojiLmoH cannot be used).

(Sojiee

The

We live in a bigger (small-

are

rest

really

superlatives

('best',

'worst',

which can also be used as comparatives. Note that blicluhh and hh3uihh are not used to mean 'higher' and 'lower' in a physical sense; for these 66nee blicokhh, 66jiee hh3khh must be used when required as attributes (e.g. 66jiee bbicokhh /];om 'a 'highest', etc.)

taller house'):

None of There

is

these

forms

is

used

ever

a special short or predicative

predicatively.

form

in -e for

each:

- MeHbuie smaller - xyytce worse Bbime higher - hii^kc lower erapuie older - MOJioHce younger 66nBiiie

jryHiiie

'

'

bigger

better

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

Oh Bbime h nrpaeT

c-rapiiie

h

ny^me.

He

is

taller and older and

plays better.

Note: 66jibuie and Metn.me are also used as the comparatives of MHoro 'much' and Mano 'little'; as such they are followed by the genitive. Bojibuie xjieGa 'more bread'.

I6 3

(2)

The

object of comparison.

parison (a)

is

In Russian the object of com-

either

qeM

introduced by the conjunction

(preceded by a

comma): Si

noib xy>Ke,

qeM

Hprata.

Moh

KOAmaTa mnpe. Bama.

neivi

I

worse than Irina. room is wider than

sing

My

yours.

or (b) placed in the genitive: Bbi Bbinie Meua.

You

Oh

He

yivraee ee.

are taller

than

I (am).

cleverer than she

is

(is).

With the short form of the comparative (b) tends to be used more than (a), (a), however, must be used with the compound comparative and when the objects compared are not in the nominative case:

Oh

HHTepecyeTCH hctophen Gojibiue, ieM anr.lliilCKHM

H3MKOM.

It is also essential to

parison

is 'his',

more

is

interested in

history than in English.

use nem

when

the object of

com-

'hers', 'theirs', etc.

Haina KOMHaTa MeHbine.

neM

He

hx.

Our room

is

smaller than

theirs.

(Hauia KOMHaTa MeHtuie

hx would mean

'our

room

is

smaller than them'').

Note: when the expression 'more than that of ...' is translated into Russian ('the climate in England is worse than that of Russia') the subject of the main clause must be repeated to replace 'that': KJunwaT Ahtjihh xy>Ke, Heivi KJiHMaT Pocchh. Also that in order to qualify the comparative ('a little cleverer') the prefix no- may be added to the short form: noyMHee, noBbime. And that to translate 'much', 'far' with the comparative, the

word ropa3ao

Oh

is

used.

He

ropa3.no yMiiee .mchh.

164

is

far cleverer

than

I.

(3)

The superlative of adjectives. superlative in Russian. (a)

(b)

There

are

two kinds of

The compound superlative. The short (or suffixal) superlative. The Compound

is formed by putting form of the adjective caMwii. which declines itself like an adjective and agrees in case, number, and gender with the adjective.

(a)

before

the

Superlative

positive

caMan CKyiHan HKHb'i

He who knows clever

Hbiii tieJioBeK.

MHe

this

a

is

man.

Those who want must give

me

to

go

the money.

flaTb fleHbrii.

After Bee 'everything' and to 'that', *rro Bee, ito Tbi

cKa3aji,

npaB-

is

used.

Everything you said

is

the

truth.

fla.

'All who' is translated in Russian by Bee, kto. verb goes into the singular or the plural. 1

66

The

TEKCT BecHa. Cojimje CBernT Bee Hp^ie. B Mockb6 OTKpb'uiach Bb'icraBKa OAe>KAbi. XyAO>KHiiKH crajiH totobiitlch k Bb'icraBKe 3a;j6jiro flo ee OTKpbiTHJi. MoAejibepbi 66jibme wecHija paSoTajin HaA MoaejiHMH. Ohh H3y^ajiH 3anpocbi ny6jiHKH, KOTopbie craHOBHTCH Bee TpeSoBaTejibHee c Ka>KAbiM roflOM. Tan, Hanpniviep, paSoTHHHBi

o#hoh dpaopHKH nonpocHJiH Uch-

C03AaTb HeCKOJIbKO HOBblX (bacoHOB oRe>Kjit>i ajih pa6oTbi, 66jiee npocrbix h yfl66Hbix, HeM paHbine, h b to >Ke BpeMH 66jiee KpacHBbix. B oTBer Ha 3tot 3anpoc Mo/jentepbi c63,zjajm HecKOJibKo 4>acoHOB nnaTbeB h koctiomob, KOTopbie 6b'uin ropa3#o y^66Hee ajih paSoTbi Ha (ba6pHKe; paSoTHHUbi TO>Ke c^HTajiH, trro ohh KpacHBee. Ha Bb'icraBKe noceTHrejiH vbh^cjih najibTO, nuarbH h KOCTK>MbI H3 pa3H006pa3HeHUIHX MaTepHH. KOHe^IHO, TaM Gojibuie ofl;e>Kflbi /jjih >KeHiHHH, qeM £Jih My>KMHH, xoth

TpaJlbHblH

flOM

MOfleJieH

6b'iJTH najibTO, rnwKaKH, 6pK)KH h Kocrioivibi ajth wy>KmiH. OAe>KAa Ha Bb'icraBKe SbiJia caMoro pa3HOo6pa3Horo Ha3HaqeHHH h (bacoHa: h jjjih flo.wa, h /jjih yjiHHbi, h 1 U,BeTa o,n;e>KAbi flJiH paSoTbi, h ajih TeaTpa h Be^iepoB. TOHkho 6b'uio yBH^eTb TaK>Ke iujinnbi, nep^iaTKH, cyMo^iKH, rancryKH, 66yBb 60THHKH, Ty4>JIH, CaMblX H3HU4HbIX H OpHTHHaJIbHblX

Tai\i

(baCOHOB. 1.

The word Be^ep also be

(pi. Beyepa), apart from meaning 'evening', can used for 'party'. The word BeMepnHKa likewise means

'party'.

ynPA>KHEHHH i.

Put the adjective or the adverb in the following sentences (a) in the comparative and (b) in the superlative degree: (i)

Mbl >KHBeM B KpaCHBOM AOMC

(2)

Oh

H/jeT 6b'icrpo.

167

(6)

3tot MenoBeK SoraT. H KynHJi AemeBoe mhco. y Hee yAoSHbie h H3HiirHbie Ty4>JiH. TyT B 3TOH KOMHaTe XOJIOflHO.

(7)

MOH

(8)

y Hero xopoiiiHe

(3) (4) (5)

Add

6paT BblCOKHH. khhth.

suitable

a

second term of comparison to the

following

oh Bbime - oh Bbiiue mchh or yeM h.): rpaMMaTHKOH ... 3tot noe3A caMbra MeflJieHHbiH ... Tbi CTapme ... ? (e.g.

Oh

SoJibuie HHTepecyercH

(4)

Oh

KymiJi 66jiee HpKHii rancTyK

(5)

3tot MOflenLep ropa3AO opHTHHajiBHee

(6)

Oh

(1) (2)

(3)

JiyMuie nrpaeT Ha ponjie

... ...

...

Translate into Russian: (1)

He who

you

told

this

is

more

intelligent

than

I

thought. (2) (3)

Everything he knows is interesting. This tie is far brighter than his.

(4) I

am more

(5)

cinema. He asked

(6)

Why

interested in the theatre than in the

me

to

go a

little

quicker.

do you think that dress designers wear

brighter clothes than factory workers ? (7) I

went

to the

shop but was unable to buy either

trousers, gloves, or a jacket. (8)

(9)

(10) (11)

(12) (13)

asked me if cigarettes were cheaper in Russia than in England. My elder sister has fewer dresses than you have. Every year he works more and more on the book he started when he was twenty-two. She is the most intelligent and at the same time the most modest woman I know. Unfortunately she is not at all beautiful. What are you most interested in? Mind you don't forget your bag and gloves.

He

168

yPOK

23

CJIOBAPb aKTOBbiH

3aJi

assembly

>KHBonncHbiH

hall

3aHHMaTi>

acniipaHT m. research student, postgraduate student ayflHTopiiH

/.

lecture

room;

I

adj.

picturesque

(3aHHMd||K), -euib) to

occupy 3 jiaSopaTopiiH

/.

laboratory

audience 6accenH m. basin, pool 6armw /. {gen. pi. 6auieH) tower 6opo/ja /. (ace. sing. 66poay) nom. pi. 66poflbi) beard

oGcepBaTopHH /. observatory orpoMHbiH adj. huge

SoTamiMecKHH

njiouiaAKa/. (gen.

OTfleJibHbin adj. separate

naMHTHHK m. monument 4 ruiaBaHHe n. swimming

adj. botanical Beflymnii part, leading B03BbIUiaTbCH I (B03BbIUia||lOCb, -euibcn) to rise up By3 m. higher educational institution 1 reKTap m. hectare (10,000 sq. metres, 2.471 acres) ropoflOK m. (gen. ropo^Ka) little

pi. ruiomaAOK) ground] cnopTHBHan njiomaaKa sports ground, playing

field

nojiHbiH adj. (short form nojioH, nojiHd, -6; -bi) full

CKyjibmypa

sculpture] statue adj.

sporting;

sport(s) (attr.)

town

crojii'ma/. capital

rocyflapcTBeHHbin

adj.

CTopoHa /. (ace. sing. cropoHy, nom. pi. cropoHbi, gen. pi. cropoH) side

state

(attr.)

flecHTOK m. (gen. AecHTKa) ten 2 Aou6ht m. university lecturer

4-

/.

cnopTi'iBHbiii

By3 is an abbreviation formed from the initial letters of Bbicuiee VMe6Hoe 3aBeAeHne 'higher educational institution'. JJeorroK is not a numeral but a noun (like the English 'dozen') meaning 'ten' (of identical things). 3aHHMaTb means either to occupy physically (oh 3aHHMaeT Moe Mecro 'he is occupying my place') or 'to interest' (lweHH oieHb 3aHimaeT otot Bonpoc 'I am very interested in this question'). ITaMHTHHK is followed by the dative of the person or thing the

monument

represents:

naMHTHHK

169

IlyiiiKHHy.

TeppnTopHH /.

territory

yMentiH

learned.

adj.

xHMHMecKHH

adj. chemical, chemistry (attr.) uenbiH adj. whole, entire HBJIHTbCH I (HBJIH||K>Cb, -eiHbCfl) to appear; to be 5

As noun

scientist, scholar

(baKyjiiTeT m. faculty

(pH3HMecii&eM

mok>,

moch, mo£h, mo£h, Moen,

vtbfl

Hamy, mbk>

HameH,

m>eii

Hamefi, MBeii

Hamen, mbch Hamen, mbch

Singular Neuter

Plural All Genders

moS, Hame, mbS moS, Hame, m»e

MOH, HaiUH, 1BH MOH, HaiUH, MBH (MOHX, HaHIHX, MBHX) MOHX, HaUIHX, MBHX

Moer6, Hamero, iiBero MoeMy, Hameiwy, MBCMy" mohm, HamHM, mbhm mo6m, nameM, mbSm

170

MOHM, HamHM, MBHM MOHMH, HaUIHMH, MBHMH MOHX, HamHX, MBHX

tboh

'your' ('thy')

Bain 'you'

declined like

is

declined like

is

moh;

Ham.

As with

adjectives, there are alternative forms for the accusative masculine singular and the accusative plural:

moh, moh

the

if

noun

is

moh

inanimate (oh BH^en

^om, tboh khhth).

Moero, mohx

if

the

noun

is

whether masculine or feminine

animate (no matter in the plural) (oh

BcrpeTHJi Moero ^pyra, Hauinx jj,py36Pi). instrumental feminine singular of all pronouns also has an alternative form -eio which is rarely found

The

outside poetry.

Heib 'whose'

is

almost exclusively used for questions

and indirect questions: H.

He 3HaK>, Ha iteivi AiecTe oh chott.

I

don't

he

is

know whose

place

sitting in.

only very rarely used to translate 'whose' in a the genitive of KOTopwii is

It is

relative clause; instead,

used, see Lesson 21.

The Reflexive Possessive Pronoun cboh The reflexive possessive pronoun cboh, which declined like

means

'one's

moh, must be studied very own',

like

snus

in

is

carefully. It

Latin,

and

refers

usually to the subject of the sentence, whether this be 'I',

'you', 'he', 'we' or any other person - in other

words,

when

it

'I',

replaces 'you',

'my',

'your',

'he', etc.,

'his',

'our',

are the subject

etc.

of the

sentence:

H 3a6bm

cboh

I

/jeHbiTi.

Tbi jnoSmiib cbok> p6/rHHV Oh npimec cboh> KHHry.

Mm

yoi'i.Tii

cboh) co6aKy.

171

have forgotten

my money.

Do you love your country ?

He

brought his book.

We

killed

our

dog.

In the preceding sentences remember that cboh, while it refers to the subject, does not qualify it. In fact, it may be used in any position (e.g. with the direct or indirect object, after a preposition, etc.) pro-

vided

does not qualify the subject:

it

Oh

>KHBeT b

CBoeM

He

flOMe.

lives

in

his

(own)

house.

Are you writing

Tbi nHiiieuib CBoeiviy apyry

friend

?

to

your

?

Do

not be misled by the fact that 'his', 'her', etc., in while it may refer to the subject of the sentence, may none the less qualify the subject of a subordinate clause. In this case cboh may not be used. Thus in the sentence, 'he says that his sister is in Moscow', 'his'' must be translated by ero, because it qualifies the subject ('sister') of the clause: oh tobopHT, ^ito ero cecTpa b MocKBe. English,

Try

to

remember

these two rules:

cboh must refer to the subject of the nearest verb. (2) cboh must never qualify the subject of a sentence. Now in certain cases, even when cboh satisfies the

Si)

above two conditions,

it

need not necessarily be used.

When the subject of the sentence is h, mm, or bm, it can be replaced by moh,

nam,

or

Bam:

Mw

We

npHHecjiH Hauia (or cboh) khhth.

When tm

is

the subject, however,

brought our books.

it is

almost obliga-

tory to use cboh:

Tbi

cboio

qHTaeuib

TBOK))

When the subject ever, then

course,

it

Are you reading your book

(not

?

KHnry ?

it

is

of the verb

is

in the 3rd person,

obligatory to use

cboh

how-

(provided, of

hx would Thus, HB&H y6nji cboio

refers to the subject); er6, ee, or

mean 'somebody

else's'.

coSany means 'Ivan killed his (Ivan's) dog'; HBaH y6HJi er6 co6any would mean 'Ivan killed his (Nicholas's)

dog'.

172

If it is possible to omit the reflexive pronoun in Russian without spoiling the sense of the sentence, then omit it. Thus, to translate 'she loves her mother' there is no need to put in cbok>. OHa jiioSht MaTb is quite unambiguous.

Note: There are of course one or two occasions the above rules are broken and cboh subject of the sentence.

Cboh may,

used to stress ownership in y

y

ivieHH,

Oh

used in one or two

6jiHHKe 'same'

Oh

>KHBeT b

tom

'all',

'whole'

can also be used for

Mce (ca-

mom) aomc

Becb

it

is

man

very book

He lives in same house.

declined as follows:

stress:

the

(very)

Becb can mean BecB

Oh

either 'whole':

flOM 6biJi nojioH. no Bceif kom-

xoflHJi

The whole house was full. He walked up and down the whole room.

HaTC or, in

the plural,

'all',

'every':

ripHXOAHJIH CO BCeX KOH-

They came from

uob crpaHbi.

all ends of

the country.

The neuter singular Bee and the plural Bee can mean 'everything' and 'everybody': Bee roBopHT, mto oh xopomo noeT. Oh BceM HHTepecyeTCH.

Everyone

he

says

also

sings

well.

He

is

interested in

every-

thing.

-The

Compound Pronoun apyr

flpyra

In order to translate 'one another' used. Only the second element like a

noun. There

Ace.

is

is

npyr flpyra

declined,

is

and that

no distinction for gender:

TEKCT Mockobckhh rocy/japcTBeHHbiH yHHBepCHTeT HIYieHH JIoMOHOCOBa HBJIHeTCH BeAymHM Cpe^H BCeX COBeTCKHX By30B.

YHHBepCHTeT 3aHHMaeT HecKontKO 3AaHHH. Grapbie 3AaHHH HaxoAHTCH b caMOM u,eHTpe MocKBbi, HeAaneKO ot KpeMjiH. HoBbie 3,n,aHHH yHHBepcHTeTa HaxoAHTCH Ha bwcokom Sepery MocKBbi-peKH, Ha JIchhhckhx ropax. 3T0 HejIblH yHHBepCHTeTCKHH TOpOflOK, KOTOpblH 3aHHMaer TeppHTopnio b Tpncra RBajmarb rercrapoB. 1 B stom ropo^Ke HecKOJibKO acchtkob 3AaHHH. Ha njiomaAH MQTKffy HHMH CTOHT naMHTHHK JlOMOHOCOBy. Flo CTOpOHaM Sojibiuoro 6acceHHa, nepeA 3AaHHeivt 4)H3HHecKoro h XHMHqecKoro (J)aKyju.TeTOB, uiecTb CKyjibirryp pyccKiix yqeHbix - cHh3hkob h xhmhkob. B HOBbrx 3AaHH5rx yHHBepcHTeTa MHoro ay^HTopHH H jra6opaTopHH. B caMOM rjiaBHOM. 3AaHHH, KpoMe ayAHTopHH, HaxoflHTCH aKTOBbiH cnopTHBHbie 3ajibi.

3aji

Ha 1500 HCJIOBeK, 1 KJiyS,

MaCTS yHHBepCHTeTCKHX 3^aHHH 3aHHMaK)T KBapTHpbl npo4>eccopoB h aohchtob yHHBepcHTeTa. B Tex >Ke 3/i;aHHHx ecTi> h y/j66Hbie oTAejitHbie KOMHaTbi ^nn cryAeHtob h acnnpaHTOB. Ha TeppHTopHH yHHBepcHTeTa orpoMHbiH SoTaHHnecKHH caA h oScepBaTopHH, cnopTHBHbie ruiomaAKH h fljiH

SacceHHbi ajih njiaBaHHH. Caivio HeHTpajibHoe 3Aam-ie MPY, 2 BMecre c 6auiHeH, B03BbiuiaeTCH Ha TpncTa ceMHaAHaTs MerpoB 1 HaA MoCKBOH-peKOH. C 6amHH OTKpbiBaeTCH npeKpacHbiH bha Ha bck) CTOJiiHry. 1.

Note the idiomatic use of prepositions with numerals

in

the

following cases:

TeppiiTopnH b 320 reKTapoB aKTOBbiH 3an Ha 1 500 nejio-

Ben

3AaHne B03BbimaeTCH Ha 317 MeTpoB. 2.

an area of 320 hectares an assembly hall to seat 1500 people The building rises to a height of 317 metres.

MFY = Mockobckhh rocyAapcTBeHHbin yHHBepcHTe-r. 177

ynPAXCHEHHfl 1.

Put the words (i)

(2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

2.

Ha (*n>e) maMH? 3a

in brackets in the appropriate case:

Meere Bbi CH^ejiH co (Bee Baiun) TOBapn-

(stot) ctojiom cn;jeji IlaBeji; 3a (tot)

Mbi B^epa roBopHJiH o (Bee sto). ^to ohh flaim (apyr flpyra) ? AHHe xo^eTCH (caMa) CKa3aTt MHe 06

- MnxaHji.

(sto).

IlepeA (caMaa) JieKHHeii Bee CTyzjeHTbi BbiiujiH H3 ayAHTopHH.

Insert either caM or caMbiii in the appropriate case,

gender, and number: (1)

Eh

C

...

xoTejioch cjiyuiaTb jieKurno.

yTpa Mbi paSoTanH. (3) ... GacceuH HaxoAHTCH nepe# sthmh 3#aHHHMH, a ... cnopTHBHbie njioujaflKH 3a hhmh. -(4) Oh y^HTCH b tom >Ke ... KJiacce, Kan h. (2)

3.

...

Insert

cboh,

or,

if

this

is

impossible,

(1)

pronoun in the blank Mbi H#eM k ... #py3bHM.

(2)

Oh

possessive

roBopHT, *ito He 3Haer,

(3) Ojibra

...

a

suitable

spaces:

OTeu, 66jieH.

*ito

...

My>K paccKa3biBaeT o

...

>KH3HH. (4)

(5)

4.

GrapHK, KOTopbiii ch#ht h ^HTaeT ... Ahah. Tbi nojrymiJia nnctMo ot ... My>Ka?

...

KHHry, 6paT

Translate into Russian:

(2)

My aunt and my uncle were talking to each other about everything they could think of. Ever since morning he's been working in his

(3)

He bought

(1)

study. his suit

and 178

his shoes in

London.

(4)

In actual fact he doesn't

know whose bed he

slept in yesterday. (5)

She

said that her uncle

would spend two weeks

with her. (6) I

learned from the professor himself that the

was closed. Everybody knows when university

(7)

she's in the

swimming

bath. (8)

We've got our very own

flat in

London. Right

in

the centre too. (9) In the same faculty there are three professors. (10) I can't say that I'm particularly interested in (11)

this problem. This man's a professor, that one's a lecturer, and the one with the beard is a postgraduate student.

179

.

yPOK

24

CJIOBAPb GOHTbCH II (6oj|lOCb, -HIHbCH) +gen. to fear Bejiocime/j m. bicycle BeJiocuneflHCT m. cyclist BMecro pr. (+gen.) instead of

B03BpameHHe Bbie3HKa||io, -euib)

3aHU m.

to ride out, drive out I pf. (Bb'ipacT||y, -euib, tense Bb'ipoc, -na, -jio;

-jra) to

-euib) to

1

(gen. 3aHua, pi. 3afmbi)

hare

Bb'ipacTH

past

(3ae,ii||y,

on

visit, call

HMeTb

(nMe||io, -eun>) to

I

jrecHHK

grow up

m.

(gen.

have 2

jiecHinxa)

forester

rocTHTb II (romy, rocniuib) to stay, be on a visit

rpynna/. group ry^oK m. (gen.

ry^na) hoot, hooting; horn, hooter rycToii adj. thick aeno n. (pi. flena) matter, busi-

MeflB^flb m. bear

Ha^oecTb

pf. (HajjoeM, see ecrb) to bore 3 HaAOJiro adv. for long 4

HaAoenib,

Ha3aA adv. back, ago 5

HapymaTb

I

(Hapyrua||io,

-eun>)

to break, disturb

ness, affair 1

3aexaTb (imperfective 3ae3>naTb) k + dative means to call on somesome form of transport). For visiting on foot 3anTH (3axo£HTb) is used. 3aexaTb, 3aHTH 3a + instr. means to call for (and fetch) someone: '

one', 'to visit' (by

Oh

3aineji 3a

mhoh.

He

called for

me.

2.

IlMeTb 'to have' is rarely used to express simple possession - for this y MeHH, y Teon, etc. are used. It is, however, used in certain fixed formulas, such as iraeTb y/jOBOnbCTBHe 'to have the pleasure'; He HAieTb HHKaKoro noHHTiin 'to have no idea'; HAieTb Mecrb 'to have the honour'; n.\ieTb npaBO 'to have the right'; HMeTb .\iecro

3.

HaaoecTb

'to take place'.

usually used impersonally with the dative. AlHe 'I am bored, sick of ...'. It can have a subject (oHa MHe Ha,ijoejia) or can be followed by an infinitive: MHe Hafloejio CMOTpeTb Ha Hero.

Hafloejto

...

is

means

180

Heo>KHflaHHO adv. unexpectedly HHKaKOH pron. none, no, none ... whatever HHKyfla adv. nowhere Himeii pron. nobody's

nocnaTb I pf. (noniJi||ib, -eiin>) to send nocMOTpeTb II pf. (nocMOTpibj nocMOTpHurb) to look

OKOHHHTb

npoexaTb I pf. (npoea||y, -emb) to go by (not on foot), to drive by

npaBO

II Pf. (OKOHM||y, -HIHb) to finish (off)

OCTaHOBHTb

II

pf.

(oCTaHOBJIK),

npojio>KHTb

ocTaHOBraiifc) to stop

OCTaHOBHTbCH II pf. (oCTaHOBjnbcb, ocTaHOBHnibCH) to stop I pf.

II

pf.

(npojioKlly,

rrpojio>KHnib) to lay (of roads)

coBeT m. advice CTpaurHbiH adj.

{intrans.)

ocraTbCH

n. right

(ocTaH||ycb, -euib-

ful,

terrible,

dread-

frightening

ch) to stay, remain OTKpb'iTbra adj. open

Tanra

oxoTa/. hunt, hunting oxoTHTbCH II (oxo^ycb, oxoTHrubCH) to hunt oxothhk m. hunter noHHTiie n. idea, understanding, conception

THirnma/. quiet, silence y6eraTb I (y6era||io, -euib) run away qecTb/. honour

4. Haflojrro

means

'for long'

understood (see Lesson

Oh 5.

uiocce

mocpep

Ha3azt (or Toiwy Ha3aa)

mean

(wild

forest

when

n. (indeclinable) tn.

to

highway

driver

the intention of spending time

is

13).

He has gone away for a long time.

yexaji Ha/joJiro.

accusative to

taiga

/.

district)

is

used

after expressions of time in the

'ago'.

HeAejno (tomv) Ha3aa

a

week ago

Bfcipa>KCHIIH ca^i'iTbCH (cecrb)

b aBTOiuoGHJib

to get into a car

HH 3a MTO

not for anything (I won't go for anything; nothing would make me go) to hoot the horn to go hunting

(hh 3a mto He non/jy)

AaTb ryAOK H/FTl'l (xOAHTb) Ha OXOTy

181

TPAMMATHKA i.

(a)

Negative Pronouns and Adverbs The negative pronouns hhkto and hh^to. Hhkto 'nobody' and hhhto 'nothing' are declined in exactly the same way as kto and *rro (see Lesson 16). When they are used with a verb, no matter what case they may be in, the negative particle He is always inserted before the verb.

Oh hhKeHep, noexaji Ha boctok. 3to Sb'mo B TbICHMa fleBHTbCOT fleBHTOM TO/Ty. % OKOHMHJI CBOH ^ejia h nepe^ B03BpameHueM aomoh pemnji 3aexaTb b TaHry k OAHOMy jiecHHKy-oxoTHHKy. IIht£> Jier Ha3aA h tocthji y Hero h BMecre c hhm xoahji Ha oxoTy. HHKorfla, HHTfle HHHC KeM MHe He 6bIJIO TaK HHTepeCHO OXOTHTbCH, nan c hhm b Taiire.

K jiecHHKy Ha,a;o 6bmo exaTb ot ropo^a no^Tii /iBecTH KHJiOMerpoB. Ero ^omhk ctohji b Tanre, HezjaneKO ot h e,ny. CHanana flopora HfleT Me>K,zry 03epaMH. Ho bot mocce BxoflHT b rycroH nee. Hh^to He Hapymaer ero thuihhbi. HeMHO>KKO cxpamHo! Ka>KeTCH, hh 3a ^ito He ocraHeiHbCH 3,n;ecb Ha^ojiro o/thh. PaccKa3biBaiOT, mto ecrb Mecra b necy, r,zje Henb3H hh npoHTH, hh npoexaTb. IHocce HeAaBHO 3,n;ecb npono>KHJiH, h b nepBoe BpeMH 3Bepn HHKoro He 6oHJiHCb, hh ot Koro He y6erajiH: cboSoaho ryjiHUH 3aHH,bi h 6biJiH ,n;a>Ke MeflBeflH Ha uiocce. OflHEbKflbi Bbimen H3 neca MeflBe/rb, ocraHOBHJicfl iuocce. Ca>Kyci> b aBTOMo6HJit>

186

Ha mocce -hhhc Mecra! Illocbep flaji oahh ryAOK, .zrpyroH - nocHJiLHee,* TperaH - eqe CHJiLHee.f Hh^to He noMorajio. Hewero 6biJio /jejiaTt. HaKOHen, Bee sto, KEbKercH, eiwy Ha^oeuo, oh eme pa3 nocwoTpeji Ha aBTOMoSibiL, peuiHJi, mo jjeiiaib 6biJio He^ero, h noiueji b cropoHy. Ho TenepL Ha flopore He 6bi.no HHKaKiix 3aHD,eB, hhKaKHX Me^BCAeH. ToJIfcKO eA> T aBTOMOSHJIH H MOTOITHKJIbl. Bflpyr h BHH HHKoro Ha Benocnnefle. Jlec HeoHumaHHO KOHMaercH. H Bbie3>Kaio Ha oTKpbiToe Mecro. JI,6MHKa JiecHHKa Her. B.Mecro Hero nepe^o mhoh 6ojii>uj6h 3aBo^. HajieBo h HanpaBo /jomhkh c ca^aMH, a flajiBuie 6oju>uiHe /jo.ua, uinpoKHe yjiHUbi. B Tanre Bb'rpoc T

MOJIOflOH ropofl. * a little

louder

f

still

louder

ynPA)KHEHHfl 1.

Answer the following sentences

in the negative:

(2)

O kom bw roBopHJiH B^epa ? ^eiu Tbi BOCxHrnaeuitcH ?

(3)

Kyfla oh nouieji ?

(i)

(4)

KaKyio KHHry oh UHTaeT ? oh hocht ? O qtHX flp> 3I>HX OH 3a66THTCfl Ha iITO Tbi CMOTpHUIL ?

(5) ^Ilio uiJinny T

(6) (7)

2.

Fill in

the blank spaces with one of the negative pro-

nouns or adverbs given (1)

Kor^a h

(2)

HeKoro) Oh ... He

(3)

MHe

(4) (5)

?

npHuie.i,

in brackets: ...

He 6bino ^oMa. (HHKoro,

CHfleji. (hh c kcm, He c kcm) roBopHib 06 3tom. (HHKor,n;a, HeKor^a) Mbi ... He noiH.iH. (HHKVAa, Henyfla) Oh ... He HHTepecoBajicH, ho Hem>3H cKa3aib, mto eiviy

...

...

6biJio

HHTepecoBaTtCH. (roraeM, He^teM) 187

3.

Write out the following in (i)

(2) (3)

(4) (5)

4.

full:

The 27th street. The 133rd house. In the 4th house. In 1961, 1925, 1815. The 300th book.

Translate into Russian: (1)

He

called for

me

three days ago in his car.

(2)

Have you nowhere

(3)

The

(4)

anyone. Fear no one and you will have nothing to be

old

man

to go ?

never talks about anyone or to

afraid of. (5)

You

(6)

He went away

don't seem to have a clue about this affair. for a long time a year ago. no point in sitting in the library; let's There's (7) go to the cinema. "(8) She never takes care of her house. (9) On the fifth day he decided to return home. (10)

I'm

sick of listening to her singing.

188

yPOK

25

CJlOBAPb Ha3BaHHH MecnpeE

Names

HiiBapb January (peBpanb February

mom.

aBrycT August ceH'mopb September okth6pb October

MapT March anpejn> April

Man

of the months

July

May

HoaSpb November aeKa6pb December

HibHb June

All the months are masculine. Except at the beginning of a sentence they are always written with a small letter. The stress is on the last syllable throughout in HHBapb (i.e. HHBapn), cbeBpajit, ceHTH6pb, okth6pb, Honopb, #ei b HK)He, 6nTb

etc.

(6b K>, -euib) to hit, to

I

II

strike 1

BeK m.

(pi.

BecuTb weigh

II

Bena) century; age (Bemy, Becnuib) to

(intrans.)

BbicoTa/.

(pi.

BbicoTbi) height

Bb'iexaTb I pf. (BbieA||y, -euib) to leave, to drive away from ... rjiaBHfcin adj.

main, chief, prin-

KaMeHB m. (gen. sing. KaiwHH, pi. KaMHH, gen. pi. KaMHeii) stone kojiokoji m. (pi. KOJJOKOJia) bell

KOJioKOJibHH /. (gen. KOJien) bell-tower

KpeMJieBCKHH

ApeBHOCTb/. antiquity

KOJIO-

Kremlin

(attr.)

JieMb I pf. (jiHry, JiHweuib, past tense Jier, Jierjia, -jio; -jiw) to

cipal

flepeBHHHbiH adj. wooden

adj.

pi.

lie

down

MejioflHH /. melody, tune MHJijniOH m. million

3Be3fla /. (pi. 3Be3flbi) star i.

BnTb

'to strike', 'to hit' has as its perfective y/japnTb (II y,uap||io, -mub); when it means 'to strike' (of a clock) then the perfective is npo6nTb. Note that the imperative of 6nTb is 6en(Te).

189

Ha3biBaTbCH -euibCH)

(Ha3biBa||iocb,

I

be

to

to

called,

past

I

{gen.

/.

rrynieK)

pi.

cannon cjibiuiHbiH adj. audible 4

named 2 OTJIIITb

nyniKa

be

-euib,

(OTOJIb||K>,

pf.

tense

OTJiHJia,

otjihji,

otjihjio; -jih) to cast, to

||

to repeat

foot

n.

(of

(cOCTaBJIH||lO,

I

-emb) to compose, form coxpaHiiTbCH II pf. (coxpaH||ibcb, coxpaHi'imbCH) to be kept

cTpaHTma/. page cTpenKa /. {gen.

hand

hill,

pi.

crpejioK)

(of clock or watch)

TOHHa/. ton

statue)

no3AHO adv.

TpeyrojibHiiK m. triangle

late

noKa3biBaTb -euib) to

COCTaBJIHTb

mould

nepepfiB m. interval, break; nepepbiB Ha o6ea lunch break noBTopHTb I (noBTopn to, -emb) noflHonaie

co66p m. cathedral

(noKa3biBa||io,

I

show

nojiHOMb/. midnight 3 no^Ti'i adv. almost I (nOHBJ!H||lOCb, nOHBJIHTbCH -eiubcn) to appear, to make an appearance

yKpenjieHHbiH part, fortified ycTaHOBHTb II pf. (ycTaHOBnib, ycTaHOBHUib) to set up xojim m. {gen. xojiiwa pi. xojuvib'i) hill

uapb m.

{gen. ijapH pi. napi'i)

mhcjio

n.

{pi.

qiicjia,

HiiceJi) date,

number

Tsar

gen.

pi.

'to be called' Qpf. Ha3BaTbcn - Ha30Bycb, Ha30BeuibCH) is usually followed by the instrumental of what the subject of the verb is called (cf. Ka3aTbCH, HBJiHTbcn). In the oblique cases of nojmoqb, y (always stressed) is inserted between the ji and the h (nojiyHown, nonyHOHbio, etc.). The short form of cjibiuiHbiH (cjibimeH, cjibiuma, CJibimHo; CJib'iumbi) is frequently used to translate 'one can (could) hear ...'; what one can hear becomes the subject of the sentence (cjibimeH (6bui) kojiokoji). In the negative the neuter form is used impersonally + the gen. (He arcbiuiHO (GbiJio) KOJioKOJia).

Ha3biBaTbCH

4-

Bbipa>KeHHH ,ijo

chx nop

OT

+gen.

...

until this time, to the present j\o

from

+ gen.

...

no + ace.

from

...

day

(with expressions of

...

to

...

(and inclusive of)

to sleep soundly

KpenKO cnaTb KoTopbiii Mac no BanniM MacaM jieMb cnatb

to

time)

C c

...

?

What's the time by your watch go to bed

to

190

?

TPAMMATHKA i.

The Declension of Cardinal Numbers In Russian all cardinal numbers decline. A certain amount of difficulty may be experienced by the student at first, owing to the fact that both the numbers and the nouns to which they refer decline, the nouns in the plural (except after

'one').

In other words the

cardinals are treated in the oblique cases like plural

though their endings are not adjectival. perhaps be simpler to take the numbers indi-

adjectives, It will

vidually, or

(a)

by groups.

OflHH

As has already been mentioned (Lesson OftHa, o#ho is declined like 3tot, with

23), orhh, a mobile h

disappearing throughout, except in the nominative masculine singular. It agrees in case and gender with the noun, which is always in the singular: b o/jhom flOMe; c o,iih6h >KeHmHHOH; h BH>Ky ojjHoro ywemiKa.

Oahh also has a plural (oahh, oahhx, etc.) which is used with nouns which have no singular (e.g. oahh nacb'i - 'one watch'). It can also be used as a plural pronoun meaning 'alone' (just as it

can in the singular): Ohi'i

npmuJTH o^hh.

They came

OHa

Bb'iuiiia oflHa.

She went out alone.

(b) Jlpa (flBe),

Tpn,

le-riirpe

These are declined Norn.

alone.

as follows:

qeTBipe JieTBipe tneTbipex iqeTbrpex

qer-bipeM

leTbipbMH Herbrpex

All the above

when

in the nominative or (except with

nouns denoting human beings) in the accusative are followed by the genitive singular: flBa crona, ^eTbipe KHHTH, TpH COSaKH, /me flBepH. In the oblique cases {gen., dat.,

instr., prep.,

and, with

nouns denoting human beings but not animals, the accusative) the noun will be in the same case as the numeral and in the plural: jjbvmh floiwaMH; Tpeiw PvSjihm; flByx, ^eTBipex >KeHLijHii (ace. or gen.);

TpeX MHHyT. that there is no differentiation for gender, except in the nominative and accusative of npa which has a feminine form

Note flBe.

OSa

'both', however, distinguishes gender throughout:

The

stress

where

it

is

stays

on the end except for 11-19 inclusive, where it is in the nominative (TpHHa/i-

ijaTBio, BoceMHaflijaTH).

The same

rules apply as

that in the nominative

above in (b), except, of course, and accusative the noun is in

the genitive plural.

The

following paradigm

may

help:

py6n£n

Nom., Ace.

ABenaaijaTfe

Gen. Dat.

ABeiiaAuai 11 pySnea RBenaRijaTH pySjiHM RBeHa/rcaTbK) pyGjiHMH uneiiaAnaTii py6jiHx

Instr.

Prep.

Note that there is rarely any distinction between the nominative and the accusative, even when the noun is animate and denotes a

human %.

Thus

being.

BHHKy flB4waTb ABe >KeHmHHbi (not ABaAuaTH AByx weHiipffl).

(d)

Jlpajmarb o^hh - Tpn^naTt fleBHTb Both elements the case, the c

Tpn^uaTBH)

With

and 31, no matter what always in the singular:

decline. After 21

noun

is

oahhm flOMOM

with 3 1 houses

other numbers from 22 to 39, in the oblique noun will be in the plural. RBaHpaTii TpeM ^oiviaM (dat.); Tpn^i^aTii

all

cases, the

Thus: aeEHTii flOMax

(e)

(prep.).

C6pOK, ^eBHHOCTO, CTO All the oblique cases of these numerals

copoi TbicHiia

AeBHTbCOT BOccMHaAUaToro

rofla

J

b Tbioma ^eBHTtcoT BOceMHdff[^aTOM 1918' - see Lesson 24). Note the following abbreviations used: (cf.

7-e (ceflbMoe) Man 5-rO (iIHTOro) HK5HH 1961-ii r. (nepBbiii ro«) b. (nHTHafluaTbiii Ben).

XV

196

ro^y

'in

TEKCTW i.

b flpeBHocTH Ha3biBanaci> neHTpajibHan ropo#a, yKperuieHHaH CTeHaMH h 6aniHHMH. KpeMJiH cranH iiohbjiht&ch b OAHHHaAnaTOM Bene. MOCKOBCKHH KpeMJIb H&MajIH CTpOHTb B TbICOTa CTO nHTbAecHT mecTOM ro/jy. 1 Oh HaxoAHTCH Ha Sepery KpeMJieM nacib

M0CKBbI-peKH, Ha BblCOKOM XOJIAie, H COCTaBJIHeT TpeyrojibHHK. Ha Ka>K^OH H3 Tpex cropoH xpeyrojibHHKa ceMb 6auieH, h hh o#Ha H3 sthx ceMH 6ameH He noBTopneT /opyryio; Bee ohh pa3Hbie. K ce/JtbMOMy HOflSpn TbiCH^a ^eBHTbcoT TpH/jnaTb ce^bMoro ro^a Ha rraTH rjiaBHbix Sanmnx ycraHOBHjiH orpoiviHbie 3Be3£bI, KOTOpbie CBeTHT HO^bK). CHa^ajia creHbi Mockobckoix) KpeMjra Sbiira flepeBHHHblMH. B TbICHMa TpHCTa HieCTbfleCHT CeABMOM roAy nocTpoHjiH CTeHbi H3 Sejioro KaMHH. HoBbie creHbi, KOTopbie coxpaHHJincb #o chx nop, nocTpoHjiH b KOHue nHTHa\zwaToro Bena. rioceTHTejiH npoxo^HT Mepe3 BopoTa 3a CTeHbi KpeMJiH. Ohh ocTaHaBjiHBaioTCH y kojiokojh>hh HBaHa BejiHKoro. 2 3Ty KOJioKOJibHK) crpoHjra no^TH cto Jier, c TbiCH^a nHTbcoT nHToro ro^a no TbicH^a mecTHcoTbin roA- Bbicora ee okojio BocbMHAecjrra AierpoB. nOAHOHKaeTCfl nojiHO^b. Bot Gojibiuan crpejiKa y>Ke noKa3biBaer 6e3 neTBepTH /jBeHajwaTknpomjio Tpn qeTBepTH flBeHawaToro ^aca. Cnopo nojmo^b. BojiBuian crpejiKa npH6jiH>KaeTCH k flBeHamjaTH. Bot y>Ke 6e3 iihth flBeHa/maTb ... 6e3 AByx MHHyT ... 6e3 o^hoh. IlpouiJio ^erb'ipe ^eTBepra Maca

Kor^a b MocKBe yacbi 6bK>T nojiHO^L, Ha /jpyroM Komje CCCP, bo BnaAHBOCTOKe, y>Ke yrpo. ^lacbi npo6njiH cejvu>. ^lepes flBa ^aca, Kor\n;a Sy^er asbhtl iiacoB yrpa, flera bo BjiaflHBOCTOKe noHflyT b iuKOjry, a MOCKOBCKHe .nera 6y,zryT eme KpenKO cnaTb. Koivja bo Bjia^HBOCTOKe jieroM Me>K,ny ^acoM h jmymn b Mara3HHax 6bmaeT nepepb'iB Ha often, b Mockbc 30JioTb'ie CTpejiKH noKa3bmaioT mecrb *iac6B.

ynPAJKHEHHfl i.

Answer the following (i) (2)

(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 2.

questions:

KoTopbiH *iac no BauiHM MacaM ? KoTopbiH Mac noKa3biBanH ohh ^eTBepTb naca TOMy Ha3aA? KoTopbiii ^ac SyzjeT Mepe3 Tpn MeTBepra naca ? B KOTopoiw Macy Bbi BcraeTe h 3aBTpaKaeTe ? B KOTopoM Macy Bbi y>KHHaeTe h jio>KHTecb cnaTb ? Kanoro MHCJia 6yaeT Bam cjie/ryiomHH ypon ? Kanoro MHcna bbi KynnjiH 3Ty KHHiy ?

Rewrite the following sentences in (1)

y Hero

(2)

Mbi yexanH b o-m qacy

full:

30 pySjien 15 KoneeK. 23 -ro MapTa

ro,n;a.

198

1961-ro

(3)

H3

oh paSoTaeT 6 KHdb. c sthmh 16 py6jiHMH ? B 3thx 217 AOMax >khbvt 2132 ^enoBeKa. Mli roBopHJin o 4 py6nHX 25 KoneHKax. j-u

flHeft

(4) ^Ito Tbi

(5) (6)

c/jejiaji

Translate into Russian: (1)

(2)

(3) (4)

In both these books there are more than five

hundred pages. At seven o'clock in the evening on January the third we arrived by plane in Moscow. In 1955 I left London; I had nothing to do there. Why was Ivan III called Ivan the Great? I haven't the slightest idea.

(5)

(6)

I

don't even

know

in

which century he lived. At ten minutes to six in the evening he lay down on the sofa and fell asleep. During the lunch break the clock struck half past two and the workers decided to return to the factory.

(7)

(8)

On what date and book?

in

what year did you

finish

your

This suitcase weighs about ten kilogrammes; too heavy for the aeroplane.

(9) Is

it

rooms

it's

true that four families live in these four ?

send a car at half past eight tomorrow morning. (11) In September there will be a conference in London. Will you be there? No, I have no time (10) Please

for attending (visiting) conferences.

199

yPOK

26

CJIOBAPb A^MHpajiTeHCTBo n. Admiralty GjiecTCTb II (6nemy, Gjiecrauib)

KOJiOHHafla /. colonnade jiecTHnna/. staircase

brilliant;

MeHHTb I change HacTOHundi

BeJiHKOJienHfeiH adj. {short form BeJTHKOJieneH, BejiHKOJienHa,

genuine o6pa30BaTb

to shine, sparkle GjiecTHiiurii

adj.

sparkling

-ho; -hbi) magnificent

BHHMaHne BnaAait

n.

I

to

attention

(Bna;na||io,

-euib) to

fall into, flow into (of a river) BneMatJieHHe n. impression

ropflocTb/. pride rpaHHTHbiH adj. granite (attr.) flBopeu m. (gen. ^Bopna) palace

aaM^THTb II pf. (3ajweMy, MeTHnn.) to notice

winter (attr.) H3yMHTejn>HbiH adj. amazing i.

adj. present; actual;

I

(o6pa3y||io, -euib)

to educate

n.

position,

situa-

tion

nojiyKpyr m. semi-circle nojryMHTb II pf. (nojiyny, nojry-

Mmub)

aa-

pf. (3acTaH.||y, -euib) to find in; to take unawares I

nojiOHKyj npoH3BOflHmb) to produce npocneKT m. avenue npH.Mon adj. straight

Tpy/jHTbCH

past tense poc, -Jia, -Jio; -jih) to grow CHJibHbiH adj. (sliort form CHJieH, CHJTbHa, CHJibHo; -bi) strong CMepTb/. death

ynpamaTb

pacTi'i I (pacr||y, -euib,

II

flHinbCH) to

to labour

and adj. TpyAHiniuiCH toiler, worker, working I

Tpy-

(Tpy>nycb, toil,

(yKpauia||io,

noun -euib)

to adorn, beautify

m. (gen. yiwa) mind, snoxa/. epoch yjw

intellect

Bbipa/Kcmia week week last week next week

Ha otoh He^eJie Ha toh Heaejie Ha npoiujioii HeAene na Syflymeil (oie/ryiomeH) Heaejie b 3tom rojjy, MecHue

this

b npouiJioiw rojjy, Mecnrje b 6y;jymeM ro/ry, Mecnue

last year,

npoH3Bom'iTb Bne^aTJieHHe Ha + ace.

that

month month next year, month to make an impression on this year,

...

npHBiieKaTb BHiiAiaHHe

to attract the attention

noflHiuwaTbCH crrycKaTbCH

to go

no JiecTHHne

up (down) the

stairs

TPAMMATHKA I.

Active Participles

The that

active participle in Russian is

to say,

it is

a

is

a verbal adjective,

form of the verb with an

adjectival

ending.

There are only two types of active participle in Russian - the present participle and the past participle; the latter can be formed from either the imperfective or perfective verbs. There are no future participles; the present participle, therefore, can only be formed from verbs in the imperfective aspect.

201

(i)

participles, (a) The Present present active participle is formed by replacing the final -t of the third person plural of the present tense with -iijhh. Thus the present participle

Formation of the active

The

Participle.

of

MjrraTfc

is:

IHTaio(T) + mHH - HHTaKtllHiH of nucaTh - nHiiiy(T) + lu,hh - miuiy ix|hh Of TOBOpHTb - rOBOpH(T) + mHH - rOBOpHILHIH.

There are no exceptions to this As participles are in fact verbal like adjectives. like

They

rule.

adjectives, they decline

are perfectly regular

and decline

xopoLUHH.

Thus

the accusative feminine singular of MnraioiuHH is *«rraiomyK>; the instrumental plural - ^HTaioiHHMH,

and so

forth.

The

present participle of reflexive verbs ends in -ch, letter is a vowel or a consonant. Thus (from BCTpe^aTtcn) - BCTpcjaioineMCH (prep. masc. sing.), BCTpe^aiomHMHCH (instr.

no matter whether the preceding

pi.), etc.

The as

stress

it is

There

on present

participles

is

usually the

same

in the 3rd person plural of the present tense. are,

however, a few exceptions

(e.g.

KypniuHH,

Tpy#HlUHHCfl).

Do

not forget that the present active participle cannot

be formed from a perfective verb. In order to form the past final -ji (if there is one) of the past tense (masculine singular) and replace it with (b)

The Past

Participle.

active participle,

remove the

-BIIIHH.

Thus (npo)MHTaTb

will

have as

its

past

participle:

(npo)^HTa(jl) + BUIHH - (npo)^HTaBUJHH (no)roBopHTb - (no)roBopxi(ji) + biiihh - (no)-

rOBOpHBUIHH. 202

If the past tense does not

end

in

-ji,

then simply add

-iiihh to the masculine singular form of the past tense:

(npH)HecTH - (npH)Hec + iiihh - (npn)HecuiHH (npn)Be3TH - (npH)Be3 + iiihh - (npn)Be3 iiihh

The

past participle of reflexive verbs always ends in

-CH.

Thus BCTpeTHBUJHHCH, BCTpeTHBUiaHCH,

There are a few exceptions

to the

above

etC.

rules, notably:

HATH - IIie^IUHH. BeCTH - BeftlHHH.

(2)

Use of the active participle. The active participle, both present and past, is, as in English, that part of a verb which has the function and construction of an adjective, in that it is always used to qualify a noun. The active participle is most frequently used to replace a relative clause. In the sentence

'The woman who

reading the newspaper is my aunt', the words ''who 7 can be removed in Russian, as in English, and is 'reading'' becomes a participle, or verbal adjective, agreeing in case (here nominative), gender (here feminine), and number (here singular) with the noun is

Qthe woman')

qualifies.

it

Thus:

)KeHmnHa, HHTaiouqaH ra3eTy, moh tcth.

The woman (who

read-

is)

ing the newspaper

is

my

aunt. (

= H >KeHmHH, mhtsuoiuhx ra3eTbi.

do not know the women reading the papers.

for the tense of the participle

fective past or perfective past), it

I

(i.e.

it is

present, imper-

usually the

same

as

Thus in the sentence: HiiTaioinHH KHHry, moh jjpyr - 'the man

would be

^ejioBeK,

in a relative clause.

reading the book is KOTopbiif qiiTaex.

my

friend', Hii-raiomiiH replaces

In the sentence: nejioBeK, inxaBiunH KHHry, moh - 'the man who was reading the book is my

jspyr

miTaBimra

KOToptiH

mi-raji;

and

in the sentence: HcnoBeK, npo*iHTaBiiiiiH KHHry,

moh

friend',

replaces

- the man who had read the book is my friend ', npo*mTaBiuiiH replaces kotopmh npovHTaji.

flpyr

'

that in the last two cases a participle cannot be used to replace the relative clause in English.

Note

Sometimes the active participle precedes the noun it which case no commas separate it from the

qualifies, in

noun: cnHiiine

sleeping children

/ictii

HeaaBHO npnexaBiniiH

student

a

who

arrived

recently

cryfleHT

But in general a participle, particularly one which is followed by an object of more than one word (nHraioihhh KHHry, npHexaBHiHH Ha stoh He/jene), tends to come after the noun it qualifies. Often participles are used purely as adjectives, such as GbiBuiiiii 'former' 'ex-' (Gbibiiihh yHHTent 'an exteacher');

SjiecTHmHH

'shining' or 'brilliant' (6jie-

cthii^hh CHer 'glistening snow'; '

6necTHUj,uu ym

expression nacTOHtqiiii 'present', 'actual', 'real' (b Hacrojiiijee BpeMH 'at the present time'; 3to HacToaman bo/ho 'this is brilliant

niimymafl

mind');

miiuyiijiiii

ManiHHKa

in

'typewriter';

204

the

:

real vodka').

Note

that the imperfect verb HacroHTt has

ceased even to exist.

In some cases what were originally participles are now used as nouns, e.g. HacTonmee 'the present'; 6y^ymee 'the future' (cf. npomjioe 'the past'); TpyaninHHCH 'worker, toiler'; KypaujiiH 'a smoker' (BaroH fljm Kypainnx. BaroH j\jw HeicypHiijHx 'a smoker' and a 'non-smoker' on the railways). In the last two cases, TpyrjflmnHCfl and KypHiunH can, of course, be used as participles as well. The following observations on the use of participles should be borne in mind: (a) The active participle can never be used as the complement of the verb 'to be' (e.g. 'I am sitting', 'he was playing' etc.). (b) The short form of the active participle cally never found in modern Russian. (c) is

is

practi-

The active participle is rarely used in speech; nearly always replaced by a relative clause. It

it

is

and should not be used to excess. In order to translate expressions like 'I saw him working', 'I heard her playing' etc. it is better to avoid a participle and to use the following construction with Kan: a bookish form (d)

7i BiifleJi,

KaK oh paSoTa.T. ksk OHa nrpa-

9i cjibnnaji,

him working.

I

saw

I

heard her playing.

na.

H

After 3aeraTb the participle

by

a

KaK oh

He 3ajweTHJi, Bomeji. 'to

find

may

I

didn't notice

ing

him com-

in.

take unawares', however, instrumental and not preceded

in', 'to catch', 'to

be used

(in the

comma)

R Si

roBopHinHM

I

c Heft b woeft KOMHaTe. 3acraji ee CHflHineii b

I

3acraJi ero

MoeM KaGimeTe.

found him talking to her in my room. found her sitting in my study.

would be

better to avoid a participle, particularly in speech: fi 3acraJi ero b Moeii KOMHaTe; oh roBopi'ui c Heft. 9i 3acra.T ee b MoeM KaGinteTe. It

205

2.

Inversion of Numerals and Nouns If a numeral is placed after the noun which the result is an approximate number: Eiwy

He

neT copoK.

this

about

father

governs,

40.

had about 50

roubles.

AecHT.

By

is

My

y crua 6bmo pySn^H ohtb-

it

method one can

often avoid using okojio

which has to be followed by the genitive of the numeral and the noun. However, another way of avoiding putting the numerals into an oblique case is to use the adverbs npH6jiH3HTejibH0 and npHMepHO both of which mean 'approximately'. If there is a preposition with the numeral and noun, ('about')

then,

if

inversion takes

place,

the preposition will

remain immediately before the numeral.

Mbi >KHBeM KHJiOM&rpax b nHTHAecHTH ot Mock-

We

live about 50 kilometres from Moscow.

Bbl.

TEKCT JlenHHrpafl

Ha ceBepo-sanatfe 1 CCCP, Ha Seperax mnp6KOH peKH HeBbi, Bna#aK>meii b Ohhckhh 3ajiHB, 2 ctoht offtm H3 CaMblX KpaCHBeHUIHX ropoflOB Mupa - HeHHHrpafl. ropoA 3TOT ABa pa3a mchhji CBoe Ha3BaHne. Ot napn, ocHOBaBmero ero, oh nojiy^HJi nepBoe Ha3BaHHe neTep6ypr; b Tbicn^ia /jeBHTbcoT MeTtipHa^uaTOM rofly oh nojiymiJi Ha3Baiuie nerporpafl, a b Tbicn^ia #eBHTbcoT /jBaAuaTb MerBepTOM roAy, nocjie CMepra JleHHHa - Jlemmrpafl. 1.

The

intermediary points of the compass are:

ceBepo-3anaA ceBepo-BOCTOK

north-west

K>ro-3ana/j

south-west

ibro-BOcroK 2.

Ohhckhh

3ajiHB

north-east south-east

- the Gulf of Finland.

206

IleTepSypr Hawaii CTpoHTbcn b TbiCH^a ccmlcot TpeTbeM ro,zry. Oh poc omchb 6bicrpo h CKopo craji r6p,n;OCTbK) BCeH PoCCHH. Oh HPOH3BOAHT H3yMHTejitHoe Bne^iaTJieHHe h cbohm nojiOKeHHeM, h apxnTeKTypOH 3flaHHH, H CBOHMH AJIHHHblMH IUHpOKHMH yJIHI^aMH, H OrpOMHblMH nJIOmaAHMH, H KpaCHBblMH naMHTHHKaMH. IlInpoKaH HeBa, HecymaH cboh boam b Mope, rpaHHTHbie Sepera, KaHajibi, MOCTbi, coeflHHHiomHe ocTpoBa AejibTbi HeBbi h ee 6epera, oneHb yKpauiaioT ropofl. TjiaBHaH yjinija JleHHHrpafla - Hcbckhh npocneKT, Ha^HHaiomHHCH y A^MMpajiTeHCTBa, 3aMe^aTeju>Horo 3flaHHH anoxH IleTpa nepBoro. 3to innpoKaH npflMaa

Beflyman k B0K3ajiy. IlpeKpaceH Ka3aHCKHH co66p 3 c KOjioHHaflOH, o6pa3yiomeH nojiynpyr. KpacHBO 3#aHHe 6h6jihotckh HMeHH CajiTbiKOBa-lUeAPHHa, 4 BenHKOJieneH npHMbiyjiHHa,

KaiomHH k HeBCKOMy npocneKTy 3hmhhh .ZTBOpeu, 5 c yKpamaiomHMH ero CKyjibnrypaMH, 3aMe^aTejieH Tearp HMeHH IlyuiKHHa. B JleHHHrpafle Tan MH6ro npeKpacHbix naMHTHHKOB apxHTeKiypbi, npHBJieKaiomHx BHHMaHHe noceTHTejiH, hto Henb3H hx Bee nepewncJIHTb.

The Kazan Cathedral, or Kazan, is named after the

3.

4.

the Cathedral of the Virgin of celebrated ikon of the Virgin of

Kazan. Mikhail Yevgrafovich Saltykov-Shchedrin (1826-89) was a novelist and satirist of some merit. His real name was Saltykov; his

pen-name - Shchedrin. Palace was formerly the residence of the Tsars.

The Winter

5.

ynPAJKHEHHJl 1

.

Replace the relative pronouns and verbs in the relative clauses with participles: (1) (2)

Oh

b3hji KHHry, KOTopan jie>Kajia Ha crojie. OcbHHHaHTKa, Kox6paH npHHecua jvme KO(be, o^eHb KpacHBaa.

207

(3)

Oh

roBopiiJi

c

cecrpon,

KOTopan ye3>Kajia Ha

Ypaji.

KOTopbie

(4) .Hera,

cnHT y

b

Hac

flowe,

Bcer^a

3acbinaiOT o^eHt paHO. (5)

Ham

aom ctoht Ha

yjiHue,

KOTopan

Be,n;eT

k

BOK3aiiy. (6)

Oh

npuexaji c noe3AOM, kotopbih

ABa^HaTH

npHmen

6e3

iuecTb.

y

uenoBeKa, kotopbih Hanncaji stot poiviaH, 6jiecTHmHH yM. (8) Tbi BHAeJia sth AiajieHbi-aie ocrpoBa, KOTopbie o6pa3yiOT nojryKpyr b Mope ? (9) Aloft opaT, KOTopbift He Kypi'm b npouuioM ro,n;y, Tenept KypHT nannpoc TpHAuaTb b /jeHb. (10) 3HaeTe jih bbi hmh HtenmnHbi, KOTopan OTneMaTana sto Ha niiHiymeft MamiiHKe ? (7)

2.

Form

the present and past active participles from the

following verbs:

Be3TH,

bo3htb,

SpaTb,

HaGjuoAarb,

jiereTb,

ryjiHTt,

Tpy^HTbCH, Ha^HHaTLCH, 6jiecreT&

3.

Translate into Russian: (1)

The man

(2)

been to prison. Children sitting

selling

wine

at this

at table

counter has twice

ought not to speak so

much. (3)

Have you heard about the bridge sides of the

joining both

bay ?

(6)

I'm afraid to say that you've not got a brilliant mind. When she was about twenty she used to make a strong impression on men. Did you notice your sister coming in last night ?

(7)

The

(4)

(5)

old man going up the of vodka in his bedroom.

208

stairs

has got a bottle

don't smoke; this carriage is for nonsmokers. (9) Last week he was in Moscow; this week he is in London; next week he will be in Leningrad. Where will he be next year ? (10) Buildings which usually impress visitors do not (8) Please

attract

me.

209

yPOK

27

CJIOBAPb Beccapa6nH /. Bessarabia BOccTaHHe n. uprising, rebellion Bcrym'mb II pf. (Bcrynjub, Bcryraiuib) to enter; BcrynHTb na npecroji to come to the throne BbiroiTb I pf. (Bbinb]|io, -emb) to drink (up)

AenaGpHCT m. Decembrist 3aKOHMHTb II (3aKOHM||y, -HlUb) to finish, to round off 3aKpb'iTb

(3aKpo||io, -euib)

I pf.

Mbicjib/. thought

HaiiTH

I pf. (Haft/* y, -euib, past tense Hauieji) to find |]

HanojTHHTb

II

-Hfflb) tO

fill

o/jeTb

tense 3aHHJi, -a, 3aHHJio;

past

3aHH-

I

pf.

(3anp||y,

-enib)

to

3anep,

tense

HHOCTpdHHbin

-Jia,

3a-

adj. foreign

II pf.

OTKpb'iTb I pf. (otkp6||k>, -emb) to open

(Ka3H[[ib, -iimb)

jm6epaJibHbiH adj. liberal jiHiten m. Lyceum (high school in pre-Revolutionary Russia)

Ministry of foreign

ohihGok)

||

AaBHmb)

MHHHCTepcTBO n. ministry; MhHHCTepCTBO HHOCTpaHHblX fleJI

pi.

I (nepeBeA y, pf. -emb) to translate; to transfer 1 nncaxenb m. writer no^aBHTb II pf. (noflaBJiio, no-

to crush, to suppress

I pf.

(nOJTHHMy, nOAHH-

Memb, past

tense noflHHJi, -a,

nOflHHTb

critic

{gen.

nepeBecTi'i

to execute

kphthk m.

/.

mistake

-euib,

nepjio; 3anepjin) to lock Ka3Hi'iTb

(oAeH||y,

pf,

OKOH^aHHe n. termination, ending; OKOHMaHne yHHBepcn-

omnGKa

occupy

3anepeTb past

I

dress, to clothe

TeTa graduation

I pf. (3aHM||y, -enib,

jih) to

(Han6jm||io,

o6pa30BdHne n. education 66mecTBo n. society

to shut

3aHHTb

pf.

noflBHJio; noAHHJin) to

lift,

to pick

to raise,

up

noKa3aTb I pf. (noKa>Ky, Ka>Kemb) to show

no-

affairs

IlepeBecTii (imperfective nepeBO^HTb) can mean either 'to translate' from (c+gen.) one language to (Ha + ace.) another; or 'to transfer', 'to move': ero nepeBejn'i Ha Apyroe Mecro - 'he was transferred to another job'.

210

-

noHHTb

(noHM||y, -euib, I pf. past tense noHHJi, -a, noHHJio;

-h) to understand nopa3HTb II pf. (nopawy, no-

pa3nnib) to strike, to astonish

noTepHTb

I pf.

(noTepH||K>, -euib)

to lose

(noTHHy, noI pf. THHenib) to draw, to drag noaT m. poet rrpaBHTejibCTBO n. government npecT6ji m. throne

noTHKyrb

npHBecTH

pf. (npiiBeAlly, -euib)

I

to bring (leading

on

to attract 2

npHflB6pHbiii adj. court

(attr.);

as noun courtier

npHKa3aTb

I pf.

(npuKa>Ky, npu-

npoKOHOTb

I

pf.

co>Krjia, -6; -h) to

2.

burn 2

CuGiipb/. Siberia cocjiaib I pf. (couiji||k>, -euib) to exile

cnacra

I

pf. (cnac||y, -euib, past -Jia, -ji6; -jih) to

cnac,

save

cthx m. (gen. cnixa) verse; cthxh verses, poetry cyTKH m. pi. (no sing., gen. cyTOK) period of 24 hours cKoiceT m. subject yiwepdib

I (yMp||y, -euib, pf. past tense yjwep, -Jia, yMepno;

yirtepjm) to die

||

uapcKHH

(npoKomb, npo-

KOJieuib) to puncture

revolu-

pynoBOAHTeJib m. leader ceno n. {pi. cejia) village one^b I pf. (co>Kry, conoKeurb co>KryT, past tense oner, ...

Ka>Keuib) to order 3

npHHaflne>KaTb II (npimaAJioK y, -iiuib) to belong

adj.

tionary

tense

...

(pa3peui||y,

pf.

peBOjnouHOHHbiH

I pf.

BJieqeuib

II

-raub) to permit 3

foot)

(npuBJieny, npunpuBJienyT, past tense npuBJieK, -ji&, -jio; -jih)

npHBJieub

pa3peuiHTb

adj. tsarist, tsar's

niHHa/. tyre 3HiuiKJion6flHH

/.

encyclopedia

There are

a few verbs in Russian of the first conjugation with ending in -Mb. In the present tense of these verbs the 1st person singular and the 3rd person plural end in either -ry, -ryr, or -Ky, -KyT; the r and the k change to >k and m in the 2nd and 3rd person singular and the 1st and 2nd person plural. In the past tense the ending is -r, -rjia, -rjio; -rjni; or -k, -KJia, -kjio; infinitives

-KJIH.

Among

the r type verbs are MOMb, (c)>Ke*ib, jie*ib (with a change of vowel in the present tense and in the imperative - jrary, JW>Keuib; jinr(Te)). 3.

Among

the k type verbs

is

(npH)BJie^b.

ripHKa3aTb (imperfective npHKa3biBaTb) and pa3pemHTb (imperfective pa3pemaTb) are followed by a dative and an infinitive: oh npuKa3aJi eiwy BbiiiTH H3 KOMHaTbi - 'he ordered him to leave the room'; oh pa3peiUHJi einy ocraTbCH - 'he allowed him to remain'. They can be used impersonally in the passive (eiwy Sbijio npuKa3aHO, eMy 6b'mo pa3peuieHo).

211

TPAMMATHKA i.

Passive Participles

The

passive participle in Russian

is,

like

the active

an adjectival ending and can be used attributively in the long form or participle, a verbal adjective. It has

predicatively in the short form. Again, there are two types of passive participle in Russian - the present passive participle, which can only be formed from imperfective verbs, and the past passive participle which is formed almost exclusively from perfective verbs. The present passive participle is very rarely found in colloquial Russian; the past participle is very frequently found both in speech and in literary Russian.

(a)

Formation of Passive Participles The present passive participle. The easiest way the present passive participle

is

to

add -bih

to

form

to the ist

person plural of the present tense: thus the present passive participle of ihthtb is iHTaeM + Biii - *mTaeMbifi; of roBopHTB - roBopii m + bih - roBopHmbih. The only exceptions to this rule are verbs in -aB&TB which have the present passive participle in -aBaeMBift, not -aeMbiH (flaBaeMBiii). The stress is normally the same as in the ist person singular of the present tense. Thus: juoShm + bih - jhoGhmbih (jik>6jik>); nnaTHM + biH - njiaraMbin (roiaqy).

A

few verbs which have the ist person plural ending in change the e to an o in the participle:

-eiw

BecrH - Be^eM - Be^OMbm HecTH - HeceM - HecomwH These, however, are few in number.

Note

that several verbs in Russian have no present passive participle, notably nncaTb, 6paTb, nnrb, nerb,

KJiaCTb.

212

The

present passive participle

declined exactly like

is

an adjective ending in -mh (MHTaeiwaH, qHraeM&iMH, etc.); the short form is the same as the short form of the adjective, except that the stress

long form. miraeMbi. in

(b)

the

E.g.

is

qffraejw,

always the same as ^HTaeMa, HnraeMo,

The past passive participle. This unfortunately is more complicated than the present participle, and, as it is far more widely used, it must be studied with great care.

There are two groups of past passive participle: those formed with the suffix -t-; and those formed with the SUffix

-HH-.

Participles

with the suffix

-t-.

The

following verbs

have a past passive participle ending in -tbih: All verbs with the infinitive in: -yri» (iIOTHHyTb -

nOTHHJTblH

i

-MTb (3aKpMTB - 3aKpbITbIH) -OTb (npOKOJl6Tb - npOKOJTOTfclil -epeTb (3anepeTb - 3anepTbiH> All monosyllabic

1

verbs in -htb or -era:

BbinHTb - BblUHTblH - OReTblH y6HTb - ySHTblH

Ofl^Tb

All verbs

which have an unexpected h or

m

throughout

the present/future tense: HaMaTb (HaMHy, HaMHeiiib) - HaiaTbiii 3aHHTb (3anMy, 3aiiMeiiib) - 3aoHTbm CHHTfc (CHHMy, CHHMeillb) - CHHTblH

As can be past i.

And, of

seen,

passive

all

the above types of verbs form their by replacing the infinitive

participles

course, their prefixed

compounds Bbi-nim.,

213

o-fle-rb, etc.

ending -tb with -tbih (with the exception of -epeTB verbs which lose their final -e-). The short form is similar to the short form of an adjective (v6ht,

y6HTa, vShto; vShtm).

Participles with the suffix -hh-. All other verbs - the vast majority - have a past passive participle ending in

-hhbih. They

may be

listed as follows:

Verbs of conjugation I ending in -aTB or -htb. These simply replace the -tb of the infinitive with

(i)

-hhbih: npoMHTaTB - npo^HTaHHBifl ,iaTfe - RaHHblH nOTepHTB - UOTepHHHblH HaniicaTb - iianiicaHiibiii (2) Verbs of conjugation I ending in -cth or -3th. These replace the -y of the 1st person singular of the

present /future tense with -emiBiii: npHBe3TH: npHBe3(y) + chhwh - npHBesemibiii npHBecTH: npnBeA(y) + eHHbiH - npiiBCAeHiibiii npHHecTn: npHHec(y) + eHHbiH - npHiiecenHbiii (3)

Verbs of conjugation

replace the -eiiiB of the

I

ending in

2nd person

-%. These

singular of the

present /future tense with -chhbih:

+ eHHbiH - npiiBJieqeiiiibtii + eHHbiii - co^oKeHHbiH

npHBJie^b: npiiBJieM(enib)

okcib:

co>K>K(eiiib)

(4) Verbs of conjugation II in -htb and -eTB. These form the participle by replacing the -y or -10 of the

person singular of the present /future tense with -euiiBiH or, if the stress comes earlier, -eHHBiii:

1 st

BcrpeTHTb: BCTpe^(y) + eHHbiil - BCTpeieiiiibiii KynHTb: Kynjr(ib) + eHHbiH - KynneHHbiH peuiHTb: pem(y) + eHHbra - peiuemibiii noSjiaroAapHTb: no6jiaroAap(ib) + eHHbiii - noonaro;i;apeHHblH.

The

only exception

is

yBH^eHHBiii.

214

The

form of from the

short

different

all

participles

ending in

adjectival short

form

-hhmh

in that

it

is

is

reduced to one h (-Ha, -ho; -hbi). Thus the short of noTepHHHbin is: noTepjra, noTepjnia,

form

nOTepHHO: HOTepHHbl. The stressing of the past passive participles is difficult but the following rules may be of guidance: In verbs ending in -yn>, -OTb, and -epeTb, and in the HaMaTb 3aHHTb type verbs, the stress moves back one syllable from its position in the infinitive: noTHHVTbm, npoK6jiOTbiH, 3anepTbin, HanaTbiH, 3aHHTbiH. In verbs with a past passive participle in -aHHMH and -HHHbiii the stress is one syllable behind the a or h: npojiararbiH, noxepHHLLL.Il'i. npOMHTaHHblii. In verbs of conjugation II with the participle ending in -hhmh the stress is where it is in the 2nd person singular of the present/ future tense. Thus, KynjiemtbiH (cf. Kynranb); peuieHHbrii (cf. periiHiirb).

As

for the short forms, the stress tends to be very capricious. however, the participle ends in -etmbiH or -aHHtin (AaHHbrii), then the stress in the short form will always be on the last syl-

If,

lable:

pemeH, peuieHa, pemeHo; pemeHb'i. AaH, «aHa, flaHo; AaHb'i.

2. (a)

The Use of Passive Present

Participles

are very rarely used, form. Their use is almost exclusively attributive and can always be replaced by a

passive

especially

in

participles

the

short

relative clause: KHiira,

HHTaeMan BceMH,

o^eHb HHTepecHa.

The book being read by all is

very interesting.

(KHHra, KOTopyio Bee HHTaioT, o^eHb HHTepecHa) It

can precede a noun, just as the active participle can:

B neiaTaeMon hm

CTaTbe

MHoro ouniSoK.

In the article being typed by him there are many mistakes.

215

(b)

The

past passive participle can either be used, in the

form

long

only, as

with the noun

it

an

attribute, in

B OTneiaTaimofi mm

era-

In the

Tbe HeT oiiihSok. It can,

case

which case

it

agrees

qualifies:

typed by him no mistakes.

article

there are

of course, follow the noun it qualifies, in which separated from the main clause by commas:

it is

Okho, OTKpb'iToe hm, Bbi.H

The window opened by him

xoflHT Ha lor. He BHAeJi imcbMa,

nojry^eHHoro to66h Bqepa.

I

looks south.

did not see the letter received by you yesterday.

Of

course, in all the above examples a relative clause could just as well be used:

H or

it

He BHAeJi roicbMa, KOTopoe Tbi nojiy^HJi B^epa.

can be used,

ment of the verb

Moh

OTen rpoM.

6biJi

in the short

y6nT

th-

only, as a

comple-

must be remembered

My

father

was killed by a

tiger.

3Ta KHiira Sy^eT npoiiiTana bccmh. JlBepb 3anepTa. It

form

'to be':

This book

will

be read by

all.

The door

is

locked.

that in such cases the long

form

cannot be used.

3.

Collective

Numerals

from 2 to 10 are: ABoe, Tpoe, mecrepo, ceMepo, BoctMepo (AeBHTepo, AecHTepo). Only the first three are found frequently in modern Russian. The last two are more Collective numerals

leTBepo,

rorrepo,

or less obsolete.

216

HBoe and ^eTBepo Nom.

decline as follows:

Eme B

fleTCTBe OH HJWaJl IlHCaTL CTHXH, H HanncaHO MH6ro cthxob. Oh CKopo npHBjieK k ce6e BHHMaHHe noaTOB ^KyKdBcnoro h ,H,ep>KaBHHa 2 h nHcarejiH KapaM3HHa, 3 KOTopbie 6lijih IlJfriiKHH).

b

jiHD.ee

hm

6biJio

1

nopa>KeHbi H3yMHTejitHbiM ero TanaHTOM. B 1 817 ro,ny, nocjie OKOHMaHHH jnmeH, oh nocTynHJi

Ha cjiy>K6y b MHHHCTepcTBO HHOCTpaHHbix fleji. Oh npoflOJi>Kaji nucaTt, ho cthxh, HanHcaHHbie hm b sto BpeMH, 6b'iJiH HanojmeHbi JiH6epajn>HbiMH h peBOJiioHjioHHbiMH Mb'icjiHMH. ^iHTaeMbie BceMH, ero CTHXH craJiH oMeHb nonyjiapHbiMH, cjihihkom nonyjinpHbiMH Oh SbiJi cnaceH )Kyk6bckhm, flJiH npaBHTejibCTBa. KapaM3HHbiM h ^HpeKTopoM jiHi^en: oh 6biJi c6cjiaH He b Ch6hpi>, a Ha lor. Ilocjie Tpex jieT, npoBe^eHHbix b CKy^iHOM ropo,n;e KHHiHHeBe, crojiHue BeccapadHH, oh 6biJi nepeBe^eH b 66nee inrrepecHbiH ropofl O^eccy. Ho oh TaM ocrajicH Heflonro. B 1824 ro^y ijapb npHKa3aji eMy oinpaBHTbCfl b ceno MnxanjioBCKoe, 4 npHHaflJie>KaBHiee poAHTejraM noaTa. B MhxanjioBCKOM oh npoBeji flBa ro,n;a. 3Aecb oh 3aKOH*mji ra>ecy «BopHC roAyHOB», Ha^aTyio hm b #eiKeT ee b3ht H3 hctophh Pocchh. Oh To>Ke npoflOJi>Kaji 3Aeci> paGoTaib Ha^ pom&hom «EBreHHH OHerHH». B stom poMaHe b cTHxax, 3aK0HMeHH0M TOJIbKO B 183O rOJjy, nOKa3aHa >KH3HB p^ccKoro 66mecTBa Toro BpeMeHH. Kphthk EejiHHCKHH 5 Ha3BaJl 6 pOMaH «9HHHKJIOneJHieH pyccKOH >KH3HH». 1.

2.

3.

4.

Vasily Andreevich Zhukovsky (1783-1852) - one of the leading pre-Romantic poets of the early nineteenth century. Gavriil Romanovich Derzhavin (1743-1816) - the greatest poet of the eighteenth century, famed mainly for his odes. Nikolay Mikhaylovich Karamzin (1766-1826) - leading Russian historian and novelist of the late eighteenth century

and early nineteenth century. village of Mikhaylovskoe

The

is in north-west Russia, in the of Pskov. Vissarion Grigoryevich Belinsky (181 1-48) - famous Russian

district

5.

critic 6.

and

thinker.

Ha3BdTb, to

call.

218

B

fl;eKa6pe 1825

ro^a yAiep uapb AneKcaH/jp

I.

Ha

npecroji fl6ji>KeH 6biJi BcrynHTb ero 6paT HHKOJiaH. Ho 14-ro AenaGpn Gbijio iioahhto b nerepSypre

BOCcraHHe, H3Becraoe no/j Ha3BaHHeM «BoccraHHe AeKa6pHCTOB ». BoccraHHe 6biJio nofldBJieHO. naTb pyKOBOAHTeneH BOCcraHHH 6bijih Ka3HeHbi, Apyriie 6bijm cocjiaHbi b CnSupb. B amerce Ka3HeHHbix, a TaioKe cpe^H OTnpaBJieHHbix b CnSiipb ^eKaGpHCTOB Gb'ijio MHoro 3py3eH nyiiiKHHa. npomjio HecKOJibKO MecHiteB nocne BoccraHHH. nyuiKiiH npnexaji b MocKBy. U,apb peiniiji cueuaTb H3 Hero npH/jBopHoro noaTa; eMy Sb'uio pa3peuieHO Hkho Kymrrb b 3tom Mara3HHe.

He

3Haio, r^e AeHbra, KOTopbie Bbi noTepnjiH.

(4)

nacTyx npHHec aomoh coGany, KOTopyio oh cnac. Majib^HK, KOToporo moh cecrpa npHBejia cero/jHH

(5)

B

(3)

b uiKOJiy, >KHBeT He,zjajieK6 ot Hac. nHCbMe, KOTopoe oh HanHcaji

OTuy,

MHoro

ouihSok. 2.

Put the following sentences in the passive, using a past passive

participle

coSany - co6aKa (1)

in

the short form

npaBHTejibCTBO cocjiano hx b CnSiipb.

Kto nocjian ero Ha

BOK3aji ? 3aKpbijra h 3anepjiH ABepb. (4) Moh TeTH 3aHHJia ero Mecro. (5) Bee npoHHTajin 3Ty craTbib. (6) Oh peuiHJi Bonpoc.

(2)

(e.g.

6biJia ySirra hm):

(3)

219

oh y6nji

(7)

Ohh romero

(8)

Kto

(9)

(10)

ee

He KymiJiH.

ojjeji ?

IleTp I ocHOBaji IIeTep6ypr. Oh yn, noHHTb, nepeBecTH, flaTb, npoAaTt, y6HTB, BCTpeTHTB, npHKa3aTb;, OTKpblTk, BbinHTt, npHBC3TH. Translate into Russian: (1)

When

(2)

windows were open. Have you seen the books which

I

passed her

flat

yesterday

I

noticed that

the

are being sold in

shop ? For two days and nights he was very ill. When he returned he found that his tyre had been this

(3)

(4)

punctured. (5)

My

sister

had four children and

my

mother had

ten. (6)

Those who

(7)

Which

(8)

When you

(9)

sleep soundly usually go to

bed

early.

novels have been translated into English

from Russian ? go downstairs please shut the window and lock the door.

How many

mistakes are there in the letter typed

by her ? (10) I have got

all

the novels written by Dostoevsky.

220

yPOK

28

CJIOBAPb thanks to the fact that 6jiaroaapH pr. ( + dat.) thanks Sjiaro to;

cj.

h6o

SjiarozjapH

HHTpiira/. intrigue MeAHbiii adj. copper

TOjwy

hto

cj.

thanks to the fact that

cj.

for

Ha;je>KAa/. hope

6ojie3Hb/. illness

Ha3Baxb

I pf.

eattCHMH adj. important bbhay pr. (+gen.) in view of; BBimy Toro mto cj. in view of

Ha3bmaTb

the fact that Bocrr6p>KeHHbiH

HaMano adj.

enthusias-

tic, enraptured Bca\oHHK m. rider, horseman BCTaTb I pf. (BcraH||y, -euib) to

get up BbicTpejuiTb II pf. (Bbicrpeji K), -mm.) to shoot, to fire ayam. /. duel eflBa adv. cj. barely, scarcely ||

&

HKeHibcb, »ceHHuibCH) to marry 1

call,

(Ha30B||y, -euib) to

name (Ha3biBa||io,

I

to call, to

-euib)

name

n. beginning HeHaBii^eTb II (HeHaBHHKycb, OKa>Kembcn) to turn out to be, 2 to prove OKpecTHOCTb /. (usually in pi.) surroundings

onpaB^aTb

I

pf.

(onpaBfla||io,

-euib) to justify

OTHomemie

n. attitude, relation

>KeHirrbCH is only used of a man marrying a woman (HteHHTbCH Ha +prep.), or of two people getting married (oh wchhjich Ha HeH. Ohh >KeHHJiHCb). For a woman marrying a man the expression bmhth (imperfective BbrxoAHTb) 3aiwy>K 3a + ace. is used; 3&My>K may be omitted (oHa Bbiuuia 3a Hero). 'Married to' is either HK,iie neM cj. before npnTJiacuTb

II

pf.

3.

n.

continuation

cj.

as

TBopMecKiiii adj. creative Tpare/rHH/. tragedy

yexaTb

I pf. (yefl||y,

-enn>) to

go

away 3 ynacrb

I pf. (ynafl||y, -eirib, past tense ynaji) to fall

(npHTJiaury,

npHTJiacraub) to invite npo;joji>KeHHe

ccb'urKa/. exile

TaK KaK until

wound

poflHTbCH II pf. or impf. (po>nycb, poAHiribCH) to be born II cocTOHTbCH or impf. pf. (coctohtch, coctohtch) to take place

xojiepa/. cholera mt66bi cj. in order to

that the noun 'departure' is orbesfl, whereas the verb 'to depart, to leave is yexaTb (imperfective ye3>KaTb).

Note

'

4.

nepeexaTb (imperfective nepee3HKeHHJICH.

After he returned married.

'barely' 'scarcely';

KaK

he got

(or jihiiib)

as'.

3to cKa3an,

KaK

yiwep.

KaK

tojibko h y3Haio 06 3Tom, h Te6e cKank-

norofla

mo>kho

KynaTbCH

jjeHb.

with noTOMy mto,

to the fact that the

weather is fine, bathe every day.

if it is

we can

required strongly to empha-

pause may be made in speech before the mto, particular stress being laid on the word noTOMy: size the reason for a particular action, a

OHa He

npufleT noToiwy,

In writing, mto

is

...

preceded by a

mto ee oreu

comma

yiwep.

if this

particular stress

is

required.

Tan KaK

'as'. This conjunction is frequently used and spoken Russian. It is somewhat less heavy than noTOMy mo; Tan KaK Sb'iJio no3flHO, n As it was late I decided to

(b)

in written

peuiHJi ocraTbCH y hhx.

Note is

'so

that ...

fl.

if

there

as' 'just

is ...

a

stay with them.

comma between

as':

Hanncaji nucbMO TaK, KaK

I

...

irro 'so

wrote the

letter

just

as

you wanted.

Tbi xoTeji.

Cf. TaK

Tan and KaK, the meaning

...

that':

TaK paHO, hto hhKoro He 6wjio Ha yjuinax.

BbiJio

It

was so early that there was no one on the streets.

Like TaK KaK is h6o 'for' 'as' - a word, however, confined almost exclusively to literary Russian.

225

(3)

Adverbial clauses of purpose. In order to express aim or purpose in Russian, the conjunction it66m (or, more rarely, ito6) (sometimes jyra Tor6 it66m) + the infinitive is used, provided the subject of the subordinate clause is the same as the subject of the main clause ('he said this in order to impress me' - 'he said this in order that he might impress me ). ^toSbi is always preceded by a comma, unless, of course, it comes 5

the sentence:

first in

Oh

npHrjiaciiJi

He

mchh, it63#o-

invited

6w y3H&Ti» o TBoe'M

find

poBbe.

health.

me

in order to about your

out

Sometimes, generally when the main verb is a verb of motion, itoSbi may be left out and the infinitive {not preceded by a comma) follows the main verb:

Mbi

We've come

noceTHTt

npHuiJiH

6ojn>H6ro.

to

visit

the

patient.

"If the subject of the subordinate clause is not the same as that of the main clause, then *rr66i»i must be followed by the past tense:

H

npuriiacHJi hx, *jt66m 6mjio cjihuikom

I

h6

invited them so that it wouldn't be too boring.

CKyHHO.

Mt66w oh iiohhji (itoSm oh Mor noHHTb) 3to, Bbi

flOJDKHbi

eMy

In order that he should

understand must repeat

Bee

Use of ron and

you

everything

to him.

noBTopnTb.

2.

this,

ji£to

with Numerals

In order to translate 'year(s)' after numerals, rofl {gen.

sing,

ro#ax) plural

is is

ro^a;

used for

pi. all

roflbi

or ro^d, ro/jaM, roflaMH, when the genitive

occasions except

required. Thus:

r6«a; neTb'ipe ro/ia; TpHHaAUaTbio rosaMH (instr.) flBa

226

etc.

When

the genitive plural

is

required

(i.e.

after 5, 6, 7,

the nominative or genitive case; after 2, 3, or 4 in the genitive case) then ji6to (lit. 'summer') must etc., in

be used: nHTb jier ABa;maTH bocsmh ner Tpex ner (gen.)

(gen.)

Note

that the genitive case can be used in this person's age:

oh nocTynnn b yHHBepcHTeT. qejiOBen JieT copona

.IjBaflnaTH jieT

way

to describe a

At twenty he entered the university. a

man

of about forty

This genitive of description with numerals cannot be used for anything except expressions of age. '

'

The

only exceptions to the above rules concerning the use of rofl and ji6to with numerals are (a) expressions denoting decades, eras, in the genitive: HejiOBeK copoKOBbrx roflOB

(b) the

genitive

plural

after

a

man

of the forties

two

ordinals

in

the

genitive:

nocne rorroro h mecroro

after

the

fifth

and

sixth

years

roflOB

TEKCT AjieKcaHflp

CepreeBHi ITyiiiKHH (npoAOJixcemie)

Kan IlyiHKHH BepiryjiCH H3 ccbijikh, oh BocTopnceHHO BcrpeqeH b MocKBe. Ho oh He onpaBAan nanemn HnKOJiaji I, xaK KaK oh He craji npHflBopHtiM noaTOM. B Ha^ane TpHinjaTbrx roflOB nyuiKHH >KeHHncH h BCKope nepeexan b nerep6ypr. Ero OTHomeHHH c uapeM craHOBHjmcb Bee xy>Ke. ripHABopHbie HeHaBHAejiH ero. Hx hhtphth npHBejiu er6 ITocjie Toro

6biJi

k flyajm

c MOJioflb'iM (ppaHiry3CKHM ocpHijepoM jJaHTecom, nocrynHBuiHAi Ha cny>K6y k rjapio. XtysJit COCTOHJiaCb 27 HHBapH 1837 rOfla B OKpeCTHOCTHX

227

IIeTep6ypra. IlepBbiM 1 BbicTpemui J^aHTec,

h Flym-

khh, npe>Kfle ^eM oh Mor caM BbicrpejiHTb, ynaii Ha CHer, THHkhji, ppw> h home ctohjih TbICH*IH JHO^eH, npHXOAHBLUHX y3HaTI> O 3AOpOBLe jno6HMoro hmh noaTa. ^lepes flBa ,u;hh oh yjwep. 3a 3 roflbi c 1828 no 1837 IlyuiKHH Hanncaji MHoro npenpacHbix npOH3BeAeHHH. Ero nosMbi «IIojiTaBa»4 h «Me,n;HbiH bc&ahhk)) 5 oTpa>KaK>T Ba>KHbie crpaHHHbi pyccKOH HcropHH h noKa3breaiOT oflHoro H3 ero jnoSHMbix repoeB - IleTpa BejiHKoro. B Ha^ajie oceHH 1830 ro/ja IlyuiKHH nepeexaji b cejio Boji^hho; 6jiaro,n;apH TOMy *rro noHBHuact xonepa b oKpecrHOCTHX, OH flOJDKeH 6bIJI OCTaTLCH TaM TpH Mecnua.

3th Tpn Mecmja

OKa3ajiHC& 3aMe*iaTejn>Ho TBop^ecKHM oh TaM hchji, oh HamicaJi npoH3BeAeHHH, Kan «II6BecTH BejiKHHa», 6

nepHOAOM

fljm nosra. IIoKa

Tanne Tan Ha3bmaeMbie Majiem>KHe Tpare/niH 7 h «JI6mhk b KojioMHe». 8 KpoMe toto, Kor,n;a oh >khji b BojiflHHe, oh 3aKOHtmji poiwaH b cthx&x EBreHHH OHerHH, KOTopbiii MHorne 9 c^iHTaioT caMbiM BeuHKOJienHbiM H3 Bcex ero npoH3BeAeHHH. 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Note the instrumental: 'D'Anthes was the Note the expression y3HaTb o tom, mto ...

first to shoot.'

'to find out about the fact that ...'. 3a + ace. of words denoting time means 'during'. Part of the poem describes the battle of Poltava (1709) between the Swedes and the Russians, who were commanded by Peter the Great. Pushkin's great poem The Bronze Horseman, describing, inter alia, the flood of St Petersburg in 1824 and Falconet's statue of Peter I. The Tales of Belkin are five short stories; they are among Pushkin's most successful ventures into prose. The 'little tragedies' are four short psychological dramas written in verse. The Little House in Kolomna is a poem dealing with the lives of everyday people in St Petersburg. Note that MHoro can be used as an adjective in the nominative

plural to translate

'many people'.

228

VIIPA>KHEHIIH I.

Replace the pronominal expressions in the following sentences with adverbial clauses. (e.g.

(i)

(2) (3)

(4)

(5)

nocjie o6efla

OHa

Bbiuijia

Insert either

(2)

...)

3aMy>K flo ero B03Bpam,eHHH. C ee orbe3fla h He 6biji b khho. n6cjie OKOHHaHHH yHHBepcHTeTa oh cran aokTOpOM. Bbhtty 6ojie3HH oh He Mor npHATH ceroflHH. Ejiaroflapn aokak) Tern AHHa He Mo>KeT y>KHHaTi> y Hac.

number (1)

- nocjie Toro Kan oh noo6eflaji

ro,zj

or Jiero in the appropriate case and

in the blank spaces:

Oh Owen 3 b TiopLMe. Moh cbiH BepHercH ^epe3 ...

12

...

nocjie AByx ... TaKoft >kh3hh oh yexan. (4) riyHIKHH pOAHJICH B 1 799 ... (5) Oh 6kui ^ejioBeK flBa/maTbix ... (6) 3a CTOJioM CH^ejia >KeHm,HHa ... nHTH/jecHTH. (7) Oh /reyMH ... crapine MettH. (8) Oh >khji 3#ecb Sojibiue Tpex ... (3)

Translate into Russian: (1) (2) (3)

Don't get up until he orders you to get up. The earlier I go to bed at night the more work I do. As you're off to Moscow tomorrow you can take with you. brother got married

this letter (4)

(5)

(6)

My

last

year.

My

sister

married two years ago. Do you know who Anna's married to? Yes, she married my brother. I'm telling you this because I love you.

229

In order to find out about his health you've got to go to the hospital. (8) Sergey had barely left the room when Elena Ivanovna started crying. (9) The match will not take place today in view of the bad weather. (10) Talk to me while I'm sitting here. I hate it when you look at me and don't talk. (11) While reading the paper the old man fell asleep. (7)

(12)

They

(13)

My typewriter is

all

got

up

after finishing lunch.

so old that

230

it

doesn't work.

yPOK

29

CJIOBAPb A3hh/. Asia

H3o6pa>KaTb

apxiiB m. archives 6a6yiiiKa

/.

{gen.

6a6yrueK)

pi.

grandmother

HHflHHCKHH

Hhahh/.

oeHraJibCKHH adj. Bengal, Ben-

nyneu

m. {gen. pi. aeayuieK) grandfather .aeJierauHH /. delegation .aeflyiiiKa

I pf.

(floefl||y,

-euib) to

Indian

adj.

India

m.

Kymjb'i)

gali

^oexaTb

(H3o6pa>Kaj|K>,

I

-eim>) to depict, to portray

{gen.

Kynua,

pi.

merchant

.MaB30Jien m.

MOjma adv.

mausoleum

silently

MOjrqaTb II (MOjra||y, -Hun>) to

be

silent

reach, to go as far as 1 ;rpeBHiiH adj. ancient

MfciTb I (m6||k>, -euib) to

EBpona/. Europe eBponencKHH adj. European

HecMOTpn

>KypHajmcT m. journalist 3aBH3aTb I Pf. (3aBHHKHIUb) tO fold

abandon 3

npeACTaBHTejib

fabulous (CJIOKy,

adj.

II

TpyAHbm THHyTb

I

adj. difficult

(THHy, THHeuib) to draw,

drag (pi. n. nyAeca, gen. MyAec) miracle mpucpT m. type, print

yyAO

pi.

FIoAO>KAaTb (impf. >KAaTb) usually takes the genitive of the object (although it can be followed by an accusative of feminine nouns). IIoroAHTb, which has no imperfective, is more colloquial is always used intransitively (i.e. it cannot govern an object), mostly in the imperative (noroAi'i( Te )0 and the gerund (noroAH).

and

IIoKHHyTb (impf. noKHAaTb) 'to leave' is a transitive verb and can be followed by an object denoting a person, place, or thing: oh noKi'myji H pa66Ty. The verb ocraBHTb (impf. ocraBJiHTb) is used in a similar way. a transitive verb meaning 'to spend a certain time followed by the amount of time in the accusative (oh npo>KHJi TaM HeAerao). Note that >KHTb, which may be considered the impf. of npo>KHTb, can be used in the same way.

IIpo>KHTb living ';

is

it is

232

Bbipa>KeHHH He TOJibKO TOJIBKO ... HO H ... ho h nan Kan mo>kho 66jn>me 66jibe Kan mo>kho cKopee

not only as

much

...

but also

as possible

as quickly as possible

TPAMMATHKA 1.

The Gerund The gerund in Russian

is

a verbal adverb. It corre-

sponds to the English verbal form ending in -ing (singing, shouting, lying), but it never describes a noun; it only describes an action. There are two types of gerund in Russian, the present and the past gerund.

(1)

Formation of gerunds Gerund. The present gerund is most formed by taking the 3rd person plural of the present tense (imperfective aspect) (iHTaiOT, fl£pHcaT), removing the last two letters (raid-, ^ep>K-) and adding -a, or, if the stem ends in hc, *i, hi, or m, adding -a (iHTan, #ep>Ka\ The only exceptions to this rule are verbs ending in -asai-b, which have the gerund in -aBaa (^asaa). The present gerund of reflexive verbs ends in -cb. (a)

Present

easily

Thus: roBopHTt: roBop(HT) + h - roaopfl MyBCTBOBaTb: MyBCTBy(ioT) + a - HyBCTByH BcrpeiaTbCH: BCTpeya(ioTCH) + hci> - BCTpe^zaacb CMeHTbCH: CMe(K)TCH) + HCb - CMeaci. CJEb'nuaTB: cjib'mi(aT) + a - cjitmia 6paTb: 6ep(yT) + H - 6epa BC3TH: Be3(yT) + H - Be3H that some verbs in Russian have no present gerund or a present gerund which is very rarely used. For example: 6htb, rnrn>, neTb, Hce^n., exait, micaTb, Ttmyirb (and all verbs ending

Note

in -Hyn>).

233

As

for the stress,

the same as on the ist person

it is

singular of the present tense: CMOTpiO - CMOTpH (cf. CMOTpHT) Kypib - KypH (cf. KypHT) in Russian with the gerund ending in Except, however, for 6yAyMH (from 6t>iTb) 'being', these forms are archaic and are only used to give an effect of archaism. The gerund npuneBaio^H, used in connexion with the verb >KHTb - to live in clover - is now used quite frequently, but purely as an adverb.

There are a few verbs -ytnt, -k>mh.

'

'

(b) Past Gerund. The past gerund, which is limited almost entirely to verbs of the perfective aspect, is formed in the same way as the past active participle, the ending being -b or -biiih (the latter being slightly less common) for verbs with a past tense ending in -ji. noroBopHB(iiiH); nponpoiHTaB(uiH); Thus: HaB(imi). Reflexive verbs of this type, however, only end in -biiihcb in their past gerund. If the past tense does not end in -ji, then -inn the masculine singular form of the past tense:

must be added

to

npuHecTii: npHHec + mu - npHHecuiH

npHBe3TH: npHBe3 + mn - npHBe3uiH jieMt: Jier + niH - Jiermn (but npHflTii - npnuiemuri)

These forms are not found very frequently; they are usually replaced by a present gerund formed from the perfective aspect. Thus in order to avoid the archaic and slightly cacophonous npHBe3inH, npHmeAuin etc., the forms npHBe3H (npHBe3(yr) + h), npnflH (npim(yT) + h), etc., are used. This type of past gerund formed from the present perfective tends, in modern Russian, to be restricted to verbs of motion; verbs of seeing and hearing, however, can also have this form as an alternative form (ycjibima - ycjibiiuaB(mH); yBi'i^H - yBHAeB(mii)). There are as well one or two idiomatic expressions in which present gerunds formed from perfective verbs are used, such as:

Oh

chaht

cjio>Ka

pyKH.

He

sits

in

idleness

(lit.

having folded his arms). After a little while (lit. having waited a little)

HeMHoro noro/jn

234

(2)

Use of gerunds. Gerunds can only be used to describe an action or a previous verb; they cannot be used, as participles can, to describe a person. It follows, therefore,

that a

gerund replaces a clause

made up of a verb and a conjunction. In the sentence 'I asked him a question while I was doing up my was' can be removed in Russian and 'doing up' becomes a gerund, or a 'verbal adverb', describing how I asked the question. laces', 'while I

Thus

a gerund can replace:

a temporal clause - having read the paper ( = after he had read), he had supper'. (b) a causal clause - 'I read this book wishing ( = because I wished) to know more about the subject'. (c) a conditional clause - studying Russian ( = if you study), you may understand the Russians'. It is frequently used in the negative to translate 'without doing something', thus avoiding a clumsy subordinate clause introduced by 6e3 Toro, *rro(6bi) ... '

(a)

'

Hnqero He :iaMCMan, oh BcraJi.

Without

noticing thing he got up.

any-

The

subject of the gerund must always be the same as the subject of the main clause: e.g. 'having said this ( = when Olga had said this), Olga left the room'. It is impossible to use a gerund when the subjects are different: in the sentence Olga having said this, / left the room ', Olga having said this must be rendered by '

'

'

'when Olga had said

this'.

There are, however, one or two idiomatic usages of the gerund in which this rule is broken: (i) Sometimes when the main clause contains an impersonal expression (Hy>KHO, mo>kho, etc.) a gerund may still, though illogically,

be used:

ripoMHTaB

KHiiry,

Hy>KHO

ee OTHecrii b 6H6jiuoTeKy.

Having read must take library.

235

this it

book you

back to the

(ii)

Some gerunds

are used

more or

cy«H no + dat.

less as prepositions, e.g.

judging

from

(from

cy-

flHTb)

HecMOTpn Ha + ace.

in spite of (cf.

to,

mto

...

the fact that

Ha^HHan c+gen. KOHnaH + msJr. npHHHMaH (npHHHB) BHHMaHHe ...

beginning with ending with ...

bo

HecMOTpa Ha 'in

...

taking into consideration

With these expressions it is not necessary that the subject of main verb and the gerund should be the same, e.g. Cypfl no BceMy, MeHH.

bm crapiue

of

spite

...')

...

the

Judging by everything you are older than me.

As for the question of whether the present or past gerund is used in Russian, the following remarks should be borne in mind: (a) The present gerund is used to describe an action which goes on at the same time as the action expressed by the main verb. The tense of the latter can be present, past, or future; the aspect imperfective or perfective.

Oh (

Oh (

Oh (

Oh (

(b)

He

rynKH b napKe.

noeT,

= KOi\aa neji,

Thus: oh

sings walking in the park. He used to sing walking in the park.

ryJiHer)

rynAa b napKe.

= Kor^a, noKa oh ynan,

ryjiHJi)

He

fell down while walking in the park.

Tynan b napKe.

= KOi\na

oh

ryjiHJi)

6yAeT neTb, rynAa b napne. 6y#eT ryjiHTb)

= Koryja oh

The

He

will sing the park.

past perfective gerund

is

walking

usually

in

used to

which precedes that expressed by the main verb. Again, the latter may be in any tense or indicate an action

either aspect:

IIpoiHTaB KHHry, oh jio>khtch cnaTb. oh Jier cnaTb. oh JiHHceT cnaTb.

Having read (
KHH from Cepe>Ka, diminutive of CepreM) or from nouns of kinship (cecrpHH, 6a6yuiKHH, .aejryuiKHH, 6paTHHH } etc.) 3 are used to denote possession:

my sister's room cecrpHHa KOMHaTa in grandmother's book b 6a6yuiKHHOH khhtc In modern Russian the genitive (and even dative) masculine singular ending is often adjectival - 6a6yniKHHOro, 6a6yuiKHHOMy.

TEKCT JXpeBHHH KyjitTypa Hh^hh, ee TajiaHTjiHBbiH Hapofl h OMem. Soraran npnpoAa Bceryja HirrepecoBajiH h npnBJieKaiiH npe/i;cTaBHTejieH pyccKOH Kyjnvrypbi. Eme b iiiecTHAecHTbix ro^ax XV BeKa pyccKHH Kyneu. H3 ropo,o;a TBepn A(J)aHacHH Hhkhthh, 3a 30 Jier #0 BacKO p,sl Tima, coBepiiiHJi nyTeuiecTBHe b Hhzthio. IIoKHHyB b 1466 ro,oy ApeBHioio TBept, oh floexaji flo Hhzthh, H3BecrH0H ero coBpeMeHHHKaM KaK CKa3onHan crpaHa ny,n;ec. CyflH no ero onncaHHio, nyTeuiecTBHe 6bijio 6nem> Tpy^Hoe h onacHoe. 3aBH3aB ToproBbie oTHOineHHH c HapoAaMH Hhuhh, Ac^aHacHH Hhkhthh H3yHHJi hx KyjiLTypy h 3aMenaTeju>Hyio apxHTeKiypy CTapbix hh/jhhckhx ropoflOB. Bo3BpamaflCB /jomoh b 1472 ro^y, oh yMep, He /joe3>Kafl ao TBepn. M^HTan 060 BceM stom b ero npoH3Be,n;eHHH "XoK^eHHe* 3a Tpn Mopa", mbi bh,o;hm, mto A^aHacnn Hhkhthh 6biji He tojibko TajiaHTJiHBbiM nncaTejieM, ho h oneHt HHTepecHbiM nenoBeKOM. CoBpeMeHHbiH hhahhckhh nncaTejib Xa^>Ka AxMa^ A66ac, 3aHHTepecoBaBuiHCb nyTeiuecTBneM AcjpaHacHH HHKHTHHa, peuiHJi onncaTt ero fljin KHHocbnji&Ma. nncaTenb npo>KHJi hcckojilko BpeMeHH b KajiHHHHe, KaK Ha3biBaeTCH Tenepb ropofl TBept, 3HaKOMflCB c ero apxHBaMH, H3ynaH KocnbMbi XV Bena, Gece/rya c HayyHblMH pa60THHKaMH. * voyage (archaic)

238

B XVII Bene coBepuiHJi nyTeiuecTBHe b Hh/xhio jipyr6u nyTemecTBeHHHK - TepacHM JIe6e,n;eB. Oh co3AaJi b KajiLK^Tre TeaTp eBponencKoro THna, b kotopom nbecbi ihjih Ha 6eHrajitCKOM H3biKe. Bo3BpaTHO> b Pocchio, JIe6e#eB ocHOBaji nepByio b EBp6ne THnorpa(bHio c 6eHrajitCKHM mpncbTOM. P^ccKHe xyfl6>KHHKH XIX Bena o^eHB HHTepecoBajmcb Hhahch. JI,Ba pa3a noceTHJi Hhzthio H3BecTHbiH pyccKHH xy^6>KHHK BepemarHH. Ka>KflbiH pa3 B03Bpam,aHCb, oh npHB03HJi HOBbie KapTHHbi. Ocooemio 6ojibuioe Bne^iaTJiemie npoH3Bo,n,HT ero KapTHHbi: «MaB30JieH TaA>K Maxajia» h «Bca,miHK b J^HOHnype ». Ha^iHHaH c 1950 r6^a, Hhahio noceraji h pnp, cobctckhx xyAo>KHHKOB, KapTHHbi KOTOpbDC H3o6pa>KaiOT COBpeMeHHyK) >KH3Hb hhahhckofo HapoAa, BHflbi ropo^oB, naMHTHHKH apxHTeKTypbi h cKyjibnTypbi. B Hh#hh To>Ke 6b'uio mhoto cobctckhx nncaTejieH, y^ieHbix, >KypHanHCTOB h apTHCTOB. He tojibko nocemaiOT Hhahio coBercKHe noceTHTejin; b Pocchio *iacro h npHe3>KaiOT npezjcraBHTejiH HiurHHCKoro Hapofla, xyfl6>KHHKH, nncaTejiH, apTHCTbi. HeAaBHO npnexana b CCCP ,o,ejieraHHH napjiaMeHTa Hh/thh. ripoBe#fl HeCKOJIbKO JTHeH B MoCKBe, HHflHHCKHe TOCTH COBepiHHJIH Gojibuioe nyTeuiecTBHe no CoBeTCKOMy Coib3y. IIoceTHB Bojirorpa,n;, ohh noexann b Cpe/rHioio A3H10. Ilocjie 3Toro ohh 6b'uiH b KpbiMy h Ha KaBKa3e. IIotom ohh noexajiH b JleHHHrpaii, npe>K,ae MeM BepHyrbCH b Hh^hio.

ynPA)KHEHHH i

.

Replace with gerunds the verbs and conjunctions in the subordinate clauses of the sentences given below: (e.g. Koiyja oHa Aana MHe #eHbrH, OHa no6jiaroAapHJia MeHH - AaB(uin) MHe AeHbrn, ...) (1)

Tan KaK oh He

3HaeT TBoero a/jpeca, oh He M6>Ker

HariHcaTb Te6e. (2) Ilocjie

Toro KaK oh otbcthji Ha Bee Bonpocw,

HK,n,biH hoboh khhtoh.

Kor^a h

jifinh,

pa6oTaji Ha^

MaJIB^HK 3aCMeHJTCH, KaK TOJIbKO OH

(4)

BOIIieJI

B

KOMHaTy.

Kor^a

(7)

Bbi nyTeuiecTByeTe no Hh^hh, Bbi Bcer/ja Bcrpe^aeTe HHTepecHbix jiio/jeH. Mbl OCTaHOBHJIHCB B JYiaJieHbKOH rOCTHHHHe, Kor^a mbi AoexajiH pp ropo^a. rio^eMy ,o;eTH He cmciotch, nona ohh nrpaiOT ?

(8)

Kan

(5)

(6)

2.

tojibko

oh

o^ejiCH,

oh cnycrajicH no JiecraHue.

Replace the gerunds in the following sentences with subordinate clauses made up of a conjunction and a verb:

^H-ran ero nocneflHHH poMaH, h 3acHyn b Kpecne. 3aHHTepecoBaBiuHc& pyccKoft HcropneH, oh no-

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4) (5) (6)

3.

exaji b CoBeTCKHH C0163. IlpHBe3H ee' aomoh, oh nonpocHJi ee npnexaTb Ha cjieAyiommi Aem>. Eyiry^H yMHbiM, oh hh cjioBa He CKa3aji. Oh MOjman, Jio>Kacb cnaib. HanncaB iihcbmo, OHa nonAer ryjiHTt.

Give the present and past

(perfective) gerunds of the

following verbs: npHxo,rntn>; MbiTb; >khtb; oraocHTb; GjiaroflapHTb; nncaTt; npHBOflHTt; cubiinaTB; cnymaTB. 4.

Translate into Russian:

why

(1)

Talking to him, I suddenly understood his friends left him.

(2)

Taking everything into consideration, I think the government is right. Why do you work standing up ? Because it's much easier than working (use infinitive) sitting down. Let's wait for the Lavrins. They must have left their house by now and it's not far from them to

(3)

(4)

us.

240

all

(5)

Reading

this

book

I

was struck by the description

of Anna Pavlova. (6)

Do you realize that all these people sitting here and talking to each other are members of parliament?

(7)

Having got

as

far

as

Tashkent we decided to

return to Leningrad. (8) Judging from her books, your grandmother must be a remarkable woman. (9) Having completed their journey through Central

Asia the delegation returned to India. have been waiting for twenty-five minutes; when you are going to bring me the soup ? (11) The representative of the Soviet Union wants to make your acquaintance. (12) While studying Russian you must try to learn as (10) I

many words

a

day as possible.

(13) After finishing the university he the Foreign Office.

241

began

to

work

in

yPOK

30

CJIOBAPb ajn>nHHH3M m. mountaineering aJibrraHHCTCKHii m. mountaineering

(attr.)

6eSeryr) to run 1 6ojn>mHHCTB6 n. majority SopoTbca I (Gopibcb, 66penibCH) to struggle

6okht

...

adj. British

BepeBKa

{gen.

/.

pi.

rjiyrrbiH adj. stupid

AOBOJibHO

BepeBon)

adv.

(Bepj|io,

II

-HBlb)

rather;

suffi-

enough

AOCTaBJlHTb

(flOCTaBJTH||lO,

I

-euib) to deliver; aocraBJiHTb

rope

BepHTb

fulfil

rpamina/. border, frontier2 rpeSjin/. rowing ciently,

GpiiTaHCKHH

(BbinOJIHH||lO,

I

-euib) to carry out, to

Bb'ipa3HTb II pf. (Bb'ipawy, Bb'lpa3mub) to express

6acKeT66ji m. basket-ball 6e>KaTb mixed conj. (6ery, Honiib,

BbinOJIHHTb

+dat. to give

yAOBOJibCTBHe

to

pleasure to

believe

BH3a/. visa m. volley-ball Bocxo>KfleHHe n. ascent

wejiaHHe

Bb'i6paTb I pf. (Bbi6ep||y, -euib) to choose

3BOHHTb

BbmojoieHHe

n.

n. desire,

>KejiaTb

BOJieiiSoji

wish -euib)

(>Kejia||io,

I

(+gen.) to wish, to desire

(

+ dat.)

-I'lIUb)

to ring (up), to tele-

phone

fulfilment,

nrpa /.

carrying out

(3BOH||K),

II

(pi.

nrpbi)

game

Be>KaTb can be considered either as the definite, directional form of 6eraTb (' to run about ') with the meaning to be running (in a specific direction)' - oh 6e>KaJi b ca« 'he was running into the garden'; or as a perfective: oh 6e>KaJi b ca# 'he ran into the garden'. '

Note the

expressions: 'to go abroad' (lit. 'beyond the frontier')

exaTb 3a rpaHHiry

(ace.)

>KHTb 3a rpaHHueH

(instr.) (lit.

'to

abroad'

live

'beyond

the

fron-

tier')

npHexaxb H3-3a rpaHHUbi

242

(gen.)

'to

come 'from

abroad'

(lit.

yond the

frontier')

from be-

KaTaTBCH I (KaTa||iocb, -euibCH) to go for a drive, ride 3

nooroTOBKa

KOHbKH

n03BOHHTb

{gen.

pi.

KOHbKOB)

pi.

skates

-nuib)

jiarepb m.

jiarepn, gen. pi.

(pi.

camp

jiarepeii)

/.

preparation,

training II

to

(n03BOH||K), pf. ring (up), to tele-

phone

jid3aTb II(jia>Ky,Jia3Hiiib)to climb

noJie3Ht.iH adj. (short form noJie3eH, nojie3Ha, -o; -hi) useful

jierKHH adj. (short form JieroK, jierKa, JierKo; jierKii) easy

nonyjinpHOCTb /. popularity

jib'i>KH /. pi. (gen. jibi>k) skis

nocrpaflaTb

MapKa

(gen.

/.

(postage-)

pi.

MapoiKHTb II pf. (npe/ijio>Ky, npeAJio>KHuib) to suggest, to offer

oc66biii adj. special

OTBecHBin adj. steep, sheer OTAOXHyn. I (oTfloxH||y, pf. -euib) to rest

npeACTaBHTb II pf. (npeAcraBjno, npeACTaBHuib) to present; npeACTaBHTb ce6e to imagine

OTcibAa adv. from here nepeflBHraTbCH I (nepeABHra||-enibcn)

iocb,

-euib)

help

uihh injured

MecTHOCTb/. locality, place HacraHBaTb I (HacTaHBa||io, -euib)

OKa3biBaTb

noMomb /.

to

move

ist

pers.

(in-

trans.)

npoBOAHTb BOAmub)

(npoBOKy, npospend (time); to conduct, to hold (a competiII

to

tion)

noSe^HTb

II pf.

sing.

not used, no6efluuib, past. pass. no6e>KAeHHbiH) to conquer

paAOCTb/. joy pa3 m. time 5

part.

KaTaTbCH

(pf.

noKaTaTbcn) means 'to go for a pleasure ride' (no - in a car, on horseback (Bepxoiw), in a boat

direction implied) (Ha JioAKe), etc.

HacraHBaTb

The ing'

is

followed by na+prep. (h HacraHBaio Ha OTBeTe). means 'to achieve something by insist-

perfective HacroHTb

-

oh HacroHJi Ha BbinojmeHHH pa66Tbi

'he

insisted

on the work

being carried out (and

it

was carried out) '. 5.

Pa3

used with numerals

to translate '2, 5, 10, etc. times'. The the same as the nom. sing. (nnTb pa3, HecnojibKo pa3, MHoro pa3; cf. Tpn pa3a). It is also used in counting for 'one' (pa3, ABa, Tpn, MeTb'ipe ...). Note also the expression erne pa3 'once again'. is

gen. pi.

is

243

;

paccTOHHHe CKana /. (pi. cjiym'iTbCH

yBeJiH^HBaTb

n. distance

CK&Jibi) rock II

cjiynaTCH) to

co6HpaTbCH

I pf. (vitally, -enib, past tense ymeji) to go away

happen I

(yBejiHMHBaio,

vhth

(cJiyMHTca,

pf.

I

-enib) to increase

yxo^HTb II (yxo>Ky, yxo^rniiib) to go away yMacTBOBaTb I (yMacTBy||io,

(co6Hpaj|K)Cb,

-euibCH) to gather, to assemble 7 to be about to, to intend

cocTH3aHne n. competition TpeSoBaHHe n. demand TpeSoBaTb I (Tpe6y||io, -eiiib)

-enib) to take part

xoKKeii m. hockey to

demand

6.

In order to translate c

+ instr.

is

'

*ItO CJiyqilJIOCb C

7.

to

happen

to

',

cjiyniiTbCH (impf. cjiyqaTbcn)

used:

HHM

What's happened to him

?

?

CoGnpaTbCH (pf. co6paTbcH) is frequently used with the meaning 'to be on the point of ...' or 'to intend to ...':

Ohh fl

co6Hpajincb ynTH, nor-

n& ... He co6npaiocb h^th b TeaTp.

They were just about go when ... I

don't intend to go to the theatre.

Bbipa^emis roBopiiTb Ha AByx H3tiKax roBopHTb Ha aHTjrMcKOM H3biKe (cf. roBopHTb no-aHTjrMcKH) noOTHM^TbCH Ha ropbi

OKa3biBaTb

(pf.

to speak

two languages

to speak in English

(cf.

to speak English) to climb

OKa3aTb) nepByio

mountains

to give first aid

noMomb ABa-TpH, flBe-TpH KaraTbCH Ha KOHbKax

two or three

xoAHTb Ha Jibiwax Ha OTKpb'lTOM B63^yxe

to ski

to skate in the

244

to

open

air

TPAMMATHKA i.

The Conditional Mood The conditional mood in

Russian is formed simply by adding the particle 6m (sometimes, after a vowel, 6) to the past tense of the verb (imperfective or perfective aspect):

h (npo)qHTaJi 6w Mbi BCTajm 6m OHa 6biJia 6w

The

I would read (have read) we would get up (have got up) she would be (have been)

mood expresses a hypothesis, an which might have taken place, which might be taking place or which might take place in the future. In other words, it assumes that you understand, or will in fact add, if such and such a thing were to (have) conditional

action

'

happen(ed)'. There is only one tense in the conditional in Russian, though this may express present, past, or future condition in English. Thus h y6nji 6m coGany can mean: (a)

I

(b) I

or

(c)

I

would have killed the dog. would kill the dog (today). would kill the dog (tomorrow).

Em

need not necessarily follow the verb (although it it may follow any other word in the sentence, if it is required to emphasize that word. Thus: generally does);

H 2.

6bi v6hji cooaKv.

I

would

kill

the dog.

Conditional Clauses In a simple conditional sentence, when real, nonhypothetical condition is implied, both clauses are in the indicative: Ecjih k yBHMcy tbok) cecTpy, h AaM eft micbiuo.

245

your sister I will give her the letter.

If I see

If, however, the sentence is hypothetical, then the verb in the main clause will be in the conditional (h flan 6m en nnctMO 'I would give her the letter') and the verb in the secondary clause will be introduced by ecnH 6m (never separated) and will be in the past tense (ecjiH 6m n VBH/jeji ... If I were to {if I i

should) see

...').

6m oh no/joK/jan, OHa OTKpMJia 6m ;inepb.

Ecjih

Had he

waited she would

have opened (or:

the door.

'were he to wait she

would open the door')

These two constructions, the hypothetical and the non-hypothetical, must not be mixed up - in other words, if one clause has a 6m in it, then the other clause must have one too. Note: Sometimes ecnH first in

(6t>i)

can be omitted, the verb coming

the clause:

rio,ijo>KAaJi 6bi oh,

OHa OTKpbina

6t>i

flBepb.

rioao>KfleT OH, OHa OTKpoeT flBepb.

Often the main clause in a conditional sentence the particle to (cf. English 'then'): Ecjih bbi Jiib6HTe My3biKy, to a. coBeTyio BaM noiiTH

Ha KomjepT.

If

is

introduced by

you like music, (then) I advise you to go to the concert.

Sometimes ecnH 6bi + past tense (or ecjm + future) can be replaced by the 2nd person singular of the imperative of the verb followed by the subject in the nominative: Eyflb

o

h noaTOM, h rmcaji 6bi

3Be3/j;ax.

yiwpH Tbi 3aBTpa, mto co mhoh 6y«eT ?

EcnH 6m

Were

I a

poet

I

would write

about the stars. If you die tomorrow, what will

happen

to

me ?

can be used to express a desire or a wish in an exclama-

tory sentence:

Ecjih 6bi (TOJibKo) oh npnHieJi!

246

If only he

were

to

come!

Use of ht66w with the Past Tense It has already been mentioned (see Lesson 28) that in adverbial clauses of purpose, in which the subject of

the verb is not the same as that of the main verb, *rr66bi + the past tense must be used:

Ht66m

So that no one should know about this, we

hhkto He 3Haji 06 3tom, Ha;jo MOJiuaTb.

must be

*rr66i>i

+ the

silent.

past tense can also be used:

a wish or demand. After intransitive verbs expressing a wish or demand, ^T66bi + the past tense must be used:

(1) to express

%. (H.

xony xoTen 6m,

\Mhc

ht66m

I

bm

I

want would

like

I

you

xoTejiocB 6m,

to eat

more.

%.

>Kejiaio,

6ojitiue

I

%.

Tp66yio,

£jih.

I

J

desire

J

demand

that

you

eat

more. H.

nacTaiiBaio (Ha tom),

ht66m bm It follows,

I

3TO CA^JiajiH.

insist

on your doing

this.

+ the past tense will be used nouns >KejiaHne 'wish', Tpe6oBaHHe 'demand':

of course, that HToSbi

after the verbal

Oh Bb'ipa3HJi >KejiaHHe, hto6bi OHa yuiJia.

^TdSbi + the past tense can

also

He

expressed a desire that she should go.

be used after such transitive

verbs as (no)npoci'm>, npnKa3aTb, but it is more usual for to be followed by an object and an infinitive, e.g.:

Oh

(npn-

nonpocHJi ero Ka3an ejwy) yurii.

He asked him to

(ordered him)

go away.

After npeflJiOHoiTb 'to suggest', either construction

Oh

npeA-to>KiiJi, *n66bi

Mbi

Oh

npeAJio>KHJi

HaM vhth.

is

possible:

"\

fHe suggested

yniJTH.

them

J

247

that

we should

go.

:

(2) after verbs of fearing ft 60100.,

it66m

and doubting.

(KaK 6bi)

I'm

OHa Be npnimia. ft

(cf.

mo

6oibcbj

might

she

afraid

come.

OHa npHAeT. I'm afraid she will come, I'm afraid she won't come.)

ft

6oibcb, mto OHa He npHAeT.

f MToGbi BoiiHa ft

coMHeBaiocb,

< 1

(3)

„

»ITO

I

,'

BOHHa

doubt

if

after certain verbs in the negative. After

as

h He a^Maio, He

etc.,

there

a

war

will begin. 6

such expressions

Bepio, He noMHio, Hejn>3H CKa3aTb,

a tendency to use *rr66bi+the past tense,

is

rather than *rro

+ the

indicative. E.g.

Hejn>3H cKa3aTb, MT66bi oh

You

can't say he's stupid.

6biji rjryn.

4.

Concessive Clauses

A

concessive clause in Russian

is

usually introduced

by the conjunction xoth - the verb of the clause being normally in the indicative:

Xoth MHe

MHe

flanH BH3y,

Although they gave

He pa3peuiHJiH exaTb.

visa

they didn't

me a me

let

go.

can also be introduced by an interrogative adverb or Kyga, ito, kto, KaKOH, etc.) in conjunction with the particle hh and the verb in the It

pronoun (r^e, conditional:

6m oh hh cH/jeji, oh HHnero He bhacji.

Tjj,e

Wherever he

Sometimes, but not so often, the verb tive

(present,

Mto oh hh

past,

or

future

CKa>KeT, cjiyuiaii

248

is

tense,

he saw

in the indica-

without

Whatever he him.

ero.

sat,

nothing.

6bi)

says, listen to

Indefinite

Pronouns and Adverbs

pronouns and adverbs ('anybody', 'someformed in Russian by adding various particles to the interrogative pronouns kto, *ito, KaKofi, Hen, or to the interrogative adverbs Kor^a, rjje, icy^a, OTicyaa ('whence'), KaK. Indefinite

where', etc.) can be

(i)

The most common -iniGyflb,

The

or adverb.

fusing at

of these particles are -to and to the end of the pronoun distinction between the two is con-

which are added

first.

-to gives the pronoun or adverb the meaning of 'some-(one, where, how, etc.)'. It indicates ignorance, but not indifference, on the part of the speaker or writer, a definite but yet unknown object or person. It is usually confined to the past or present tense. (a)

Kto-to

meji no yjiime.

Someone

don't

(I

know

who) was walking down the street. r,ne

oTeii ?

Oh hya^-to

?

He's gone

somewhere.

nomeji.

Oh

Kaicyio-TO npHBe3 KHHry H3 GhSjihotckh.

Note

Where's father

He

brought

from the

some book

library.

and Koiyja-TO can have the meaning 'once', oflHa>KAM.

that Kan-TO

'one day';

cf.

One day

KaK-To paHO yrpoM.

early in the

morn-

ing.

(b) -HHGyjjfe (usually unstressed) also gives the pro-

meaning of 'some-(one, where, but lends an indefinite flavour, often implying ignorance and indifference. It is mostly

noun

or adverb the

how,

etc.)',

confined to the future. BbiGepnre AJifl

iTo-HH6yfli>

ce6a.

npHxoAHTe k

Choose

something

for

yourself. Haiw Kor/ia-

HHOyftfa.

249

Come and see us sometime.

Whenever it is required to translate the indefinite pronoun or adverb 'any-(one, where, etc.)', in the present, past, or future, then -hhGvab (or less commonly -jih6o, which implies complete freedom of choice)

added:

is

Kor6-HH6yflfc Bcrpe-

Bi>i

BOK3ane

qaJiH Ha

Were you meeting anyone at the station ?

?

Beware of using -HH6y;u>

a negative sentence to translate 'any-'; 'he did not see anyone' must be translated oh HHKoro He BH^eji.

(2)

The

in

Koe- can be added to some pronouns and

particle

adverbs, this time in front of them. It gives a meaning of distribution. Thus, k6c-kt6 means 'one or two people'; Koe-iTo 'a thing or two' 'one or two things'; Koe-rae 'here and there' 'in places' etc.

MHe

Hy>KHO BaM K6e-iTo

I've a

K6e-r/*6

CHflejiH jikwh.

Here and there were

means

Koe-KaK

thing or two

to tell

you.

CKa3aTb.

either

'badly',

people

sitting.

'slackly',

'slovenly',

'hap-

hazardly':

PaSoTa

6biJia

Koe-Kan cue-

The work was done haphazardly.

JiaHa.

or 'with great difficulty', 'just':

Ohh Note

Koe-KaK

Oh

He

They just managed

(with difficulty) to get here.

that if a preposition governs Koe-KTO or Koe-^To, then

will separate the

(3)

flouiJiH cioaa.

K6e c new noroBopi'ui.

(always

KOT6pbiH,

it

noe and the pronoun:

stressed)

Kor^a,

He

chatted to one or two people.

can be added to kto, ito, ckojibko to express in-

and

Heicro, He^iTO, and HeKor^a, in the of 'someone', 'something', and 'once', have already been discussed (see Lesson 24).

definiteness.

positive

meaning

250

HeKOTopMti can either be used in mean 'certain', 'some' {cf. Kanon-To): b

neKOTopoM

Oh

npoBeji

BpeMH

the singular to

a certain distance spent a certain time

paccTOHHHii

at

neicoTopoe

He

Taiw.

there.

or in the plural to

mean 'some

HeKOTopbie H3 mohx apy3en SbiJiH TaM. HeKOTopBie e3«HT 3a rpa-

(not

all)':

Some

of

my

friends were

there.

Some

people go abroad.

HHiry.

HecKOJitKo

means

'some'

'several'

'a

certain

quantity':

necKOJibKO pa3

several times

In the oblique cases

it

declined (as are MHoro and

is

ckojilko) like an adjective:

Oh roBopHT Ha h6ckojibkhx H3biKax. (cf.

Oh Ha

He

speaks guages.

roBopHT Ha MHornx H3bmax. CKOJIbKHX H3bIKaX OH TOBOpHT

several

lan-

?)

Adjectives and Numerals

When an adjective qualifies a noun following the numerals 2, 3, and 4 (and, of course, 22, 34, 73, etc.) it

usually goes into the genitive plural

is

masculine or neuter: flBa

Sojibmnx

neTbipe

two big

crojia

ManeHbKHx oKHa

four

when

the

noun

tables

small windows

When the noun is feminine, however, the adjective goes into the genitive or nominative plural: TP H MaJieHBKHxj

Tpn MajieHbKHej

^^ ^^ ^

^

With feminine substantivized only

is

adjectives the nominative plural

normally used:

yeTbipe CTOJioBbie

251

In the oblique cases, whether the noun is masculine, feminine, or neuter, the adjective follows the case of the numeral and the noun: c

TpeMH MOJioflbiMH TaMH

cojifla-

With numerals which

with three young soldiers

take the genitive plural of the

noun, the adjective will also be in the genitive ABdjmaTB niecTb pyccKnx khht

H6Bbrx

twenty-six

new

plural:

Russian

books

TEKCT MHoro coBercKHx juo^eH OTnpaBjiHeTca ro.ii; npoBO^HTL cboh oTirycK b ropbi. Ha KaBKa3e ecr& omchl KpacHBoe Mecro - THBep^a.

Ka>KAkiH

ropax Hax6flHTCH 6ojn>m6u ajiLmiHucrcKHH OTKpbiBaercH npenpacHbiH bha. Bonpyr jiarepn rycrbie, 3ejieHbie Jieca. TpaBa Ha cmioHax HpKaa, MHoro pa3Hbix iraeroB, a Bb'ime jiokht CHer. BbiJio 6bi Tpy^HO ce6e npeflcraBHTB 66jiee >KHBonHCHoe Mecro. HeKOTopbie npne3HKejiaiom;He 3aHHM&Ti>cji ajn>nHHH3M0M, nojryiaioT b jiarepe HyHaryio noATOT6BKy. Ohh y^aTCH noAHHMan>CH Ha ropbi, Jia3aTt no cnajiaM, xo,ijht& no Query, 0Ka3bmaTB nepByio noMomt nocrpaflaBiuHM. Ecjih 6bi cnopTCMeHbi He npOXOflHJIH TaKOH nO^TOTOBKH, HM TpyflHO 6bIJIO 6bl craTB HacTonmHMH ajitnHHHCTaMH. Kor^a KTO-nuftyjjjb no/jHHMaeTCH b nepBbiH pa3 Ha ropy, oh 3HaKOMHTCH c MecTHOCTBio. CnopTCMeHbi, y>Ke HMeiomHe noATOTOBKy, BbmojiHHtOT pnfl HOBbix ynpa>KHeHHH, y^aTCH nepe,n;BHraTi>CH no BepeBKe Haa peKOH, noflHHMaTBCH no oTBecHbiM cnajiaM h coBepmaioT oojiee TpyAHbie h BbicoKHe BOCxo>KAeHHfl. HHoryja ajitnHroicTbi ^ou>KHbi SopoTtcH c noroflofl; ho sto yBemi^HBaeT y^;o-

252

BOJiBCTBHe, KOTopoe flocTaBJiHer cnopT. Ecjih 6bi b ropax

Bee Sbijio npocro h jierno, to He Sbijio 6bi toh pauocru KOTopan 6biBaer y ajibiiHHHCTOB, coBepniiiBiiiHX Tpy/jHoe BOcxoK^eHne. CaAioe Ba>KHoe - sro romero He 60HTBCH. ECJIH ajrfclTHHHCT GoiITCH, MToGbl BOCXO>KAeHHe He OKa3ajiocs cjihhikom TpyijHbiM, to oh y>Ke no6e>K,aeH, aa>Ke npe>K^;e mcm oh oinpaBJiHeTCH. Eb'icrpo 6eryr «hh b anLiiHHHCTCKOAi jiarepe. Te, y Koro KOH^aercH OTirycK, noKHflaiOT narepb c co>KajieHHeM. Bee xotht, *rr66bi sth flBe-Tpn 3aMeMaTejn>Hbrx h He3a6biBaeMbrx HeflenH noBTopHjmcb b Sy^yme.M ro^y. no6ejxbi,

Ho KpoMe

aju>nHHH3Ma coBeTCKHe jhoah HHTepecyioTCH BceMH BHAaMH cnopTa. B 3HMHHe ^hh MHorne OTnpaBJDUOTCH B nOXOAbl Ha JlbDKaX, KaTaiOTCH Ha KOHbK&X, HrpaiOT b xoKKeii. KaK tojibko craHOBHTCH Tenjiee, Ha OTKpbiTOM B03flyxe Ha^niHaioTCH nrpbi b (J)yT66ji, a TaK>Ke b BOJieiiGoji, SacKerSoJi h tchhhc. Ha 6ojilihhx penax, 03epax h Mopnx cnopTCiweHbi 3aHHMaiOTCH nnaBaHHeM h rpe6jien.

CnopTHBHbie

3a6oTHTCH

66inecTBa

o

tom,

htoSm

no BceM BH^aM cnopTa. Oc66oh nonyjinpHOCTbio n6jiL3yK>TCH y coBercKoro Hapo^a (byrSoJitHbie cocTH3aHHH. TbicH^H Juo^eH nocemaioT craflHOHbi, Kanan 6bi hh 6bma noro/ja. CoBeTCKHe cnopTCMeHbi h KOAiaHflbi Macro e3,UHT B JjpyrUQ CTpaHbl, MTOGbl yMaCTBOBaTB B COCTH3aHHJIX 3a rpaHHueH. HHOcrpaHHbie cnopTCMeHbi TOHKaK)T B COBeTCKHH C0K)3; rpfi 6bl MaTMH HH HAieJIH MecTO, nx Bcer^a npHHHMaiOT h BCTpe^aioT c pa^ocTbio. cocTH3aHiiii npoBOAi'uiHCb

ynPA)KHEHHfl 1.

Put both clauses of the following sentences into the conditional (1)

mood:

Ecjih noH,n;eT Romjjh,

h He

Bbin/ry.

Eyflyr y MeHH /jeHLra, h Te6e Kyrunb 3Ty khhty. (3) JX&ni Moryr Kynartcji, ecjin noro/ja xopoinan. (2)

253

2.

the blank spaces with either -to or -roi6y,m>:

Fill in

(i)

CKa>KH

(2)

Oh

(3) (4) (5)

jvme *rro

o ce6e.

...

yBH^eji noro

b Jiecy. H n03HaKOMHJICH C nO3T0M. B 3tom roAy mbi noe^eM Ky^a ... 3a rpaHHuy. Bbi ^nrrajm nanne ... khhth 06 stom?

r^e

...,

KOrfla

...

...

(6) Bb'i6epHTe *rro (7)

K

... ajih ce6a. co>KajieHHK> mto ... cjiyqnviocb c

mohm aBTOMO-

SnjieM. (8)

3.

Bbi

Sb'ijih

Kor^a

Write out the following in (1) Thirty-three (2) (3)

4.

b Cobctckom Coio3e?

...

new

full:

houses.

Four blue hats. Twenty-one Soviet stamps.

(4)

He

(5)

With three

speaks five foreign languages. large black dogs.

Translate into Russian: don't want you to go, but I must tell you that rather late. (2) Whatever happens take someone with you. (3) If only you would give me a visa so that I could go to the Soviet Union! (4) Are you afraid of me ? No, I'm only afraid you (1) I

it's

might do something stupid. (5)

People

who

speak four or five foreign languages

are useful wherever they live. (6)

Did you row

(translate:

occupy yourself with

when you were at the university ? How many times must I tell you that the

rowing) (7)

British

delegation does not intend to go anywhere today ? (8) I suggest that (9)

He

told

me

(10) I can't skate (11)

we

stop in this hotel for a few days.

buy him several English stamps. and I don't like skiing.

to

Have you ever been

to

254

Omsk?

on your learning a few words every day. Ask your best friend to tell you why you are not

(12) I insist (13)

popular.

anyone telephones say that I've gone cinema or that I'm watching television. (15) Did you read any good books last year? (14) If

255

to the

GRAMMATICAL TABLES* THE NOUN I.

GENDER OF NOUNS

Masculine (a)

All

nouns ending

ctoji, cryji,

in a consonant or -h:

aom, ^ejiOBeK,

nau, repofi (b)

Many nouns

ending in

-t:

ymrrejiB, HHBapb, cjiOBapt, (c)

A

Me,zjBe,n;i>,

py6jn>

few nouns ending in -a and -a denoting animate

beings:

My>KHHHa, RHR91, AenymKa.

Feminine (a) Most nouns ending

in -a

KHnra, >KeHiuHHa, Tern, (b)

All nouns ending

and

-h:

hhhh

in -iih:

dpaMHJIHH

The majority of nouns ending in -h, including ending in -ctb (with the exception of rocn>): (c)

all

ho^ib, paAOcrt. *

various tables are not by any means exhaustive. It prove useful to the student as a guide and a reference.

The

256

is

hoped

that they will

Neuter All nouns ending in -o or

(a)

-e:

okh6, n6jie (b) All

nouns ending

in -He or -be (-te):

3flaHne, 3HaHne, BOCKpeceHBe, (c) All

nouns ending

pynae

in -ma:

BpeMH, HAW. 2. i.

DECLENSION OF NOUNS

Masculine Nouns Singular

Nom.

CTOJI

Ace.

CTOJI

Gen. Dat.

croJia

rep6n repoH repoH

CTOJiy

repoio

aBTOM06HJHO

Instr.

CTOJIOM

repoeM repoe

aBTOMo6HJiejw

Prep.

crojie

aBTOMo6Hjn> aBTOM06HJIL aBTOMoSHJIfl

aBTOMO^HJie

accusative of animate masculine nouns is the same as the genitive; that of inanimate masculine nouns is the same as the nominative. This also applies to the plural. (b) Masculine nouns ending in -a and -n are declined like feminines (see below) and have a separate accusative form in -y and -10.

Note:

The

When

(c) is

(a)

-om

the noun ends in >k, u, m, m, or m, the instrumental the stress is on the end, -eiu if the stress is not on the

if

end: ho>k6ih, otuo.m; (d)

The

stress is

TOBapnmeM, MeonjeM

instrumental singular of nouns in -b on the end:

is

-eM

when

the

CJiOBapb - oiOBape.M (e)

Some nouns have a prepositional ending in when a preposition indicating place where

stressed),

-y

(always

(b or Ha)

is

used:

b

Jiecy,

Ha nojry

A few nouns have a Lesson 18).

(f)

partitive genitive

257

ending in

-y, -10 (see

I.

Masculine Nouns:

Nom.

Plural

2.

Feminine Nouns Singular

Nom.

ra3era ra3eTy

hhhh

(haMHJTHH

Ace.

hhhk)

(haMHJIHK)

Gen. Dat.

ra3erbi ra3ere

hhhh rome

(J)aMHJIHH

MaCTL qacrL MaCTH

(haMHJIHH

tjaCTH

Instr.

ra3eTou HHHeii

4>aMHjiHeH

yacr&K)

(oio)

ra3eTe

Prep.

(eio)

HHHe

(era)

(J)aMHJIHH

Hacra

stem ends in r, k, x, >k, h, in, or m, then the genitive singular ends in -h: Knura - khhth. (b) If the stem ends in >k, u, *i, in, or m, then the instrumenta singular ends in -en (-eio): Kpb'nua - KpbmieH(eio). (c) Declined like hhhh are nouns in -bh (craTbH, cy;n>H). The soft sign follows the last consonant of the stem throughout, but disappears in the genitive plural, which is craTeH, cy/jen. (d) Man> and flOMb have in all cases (except the nominative and accusative singular) the stem iwaTep-, flo^ep-. Note:

Plural

(a)

If the

3.

Neuter Nouns Singular

THE ADJECTIVE I.

2. (a)

(b)

Soft Adjectives

Mixed Adjectives Singular

Plural

Masculine Feminine

Nom. Ace.

Gen. Dat. Instr.

P^cckhh fpyCCKHH IpyccKoro pyccKoro

pyccKOMy pyccKHM

Neuter

Genders

All

pyecnafl

pyccKoe

pyccnyio

pyccKoe

pyccKOH pyccKon

pyccKoro p^CCKOMy

pyccKHe pyccKHe pyccKHx pyccKnx p^CCKHM

pyccKoii

p^CCKHM

pyCCKHMH

pyCCKOM

PYCCKHX

(OK))

Prep.

pyCCKOH

pyccKOM

Like pyccKHH are declined all adjectives whose stem ends in r, k, or x; those with the stress on the end have -6ft for the nominative masculine singular only (floporoii).

Plural

Singular

Masculine Feminine

Nom.

xopouiHH x°P 6

™

xopomaa

xopouieM

xopomeii

Neuter

xopomee

All

Genders

xop6uine

fxopomue xopomyio xop6mee Aec. j txopoumx Ixopouiero xopomero xopoiuen xopomero XOpOUIHX Gen. xopouieMy xopomeu xopouieMy XOpOUJHM Dat. xopouiHM XOpOUIHMH xopouiHAi xopomen Instr. (eio)

Prep.

xopomeM

Like xopouiHH are declined stem ending in >k, n, ui, or

m

on the

xopoiuux

adjectives

with the

and with the

stress not

all

last syllable.

If the stress

is

on the

last syllable (6ojibuioh)

then the

e of the ending throughout is replaced by (6ojn>iuoe, 6oju>moMy, 6ojii>ui6m, 6ojibui6h etc.). first

263

o

4>

The Short Form of Adjectives The short form of the adjective is obtained by dropping the ending -bin, -oh or -hh in the masculine singular and by adding -a, -o, -u, or -n in the plural (see Lesson

8).

stem of the adjective ends in two consonants, then a 'mobile vowel' is inserted between them in the masculine singular only. The following rules govern the If the

choice of vowel: the adjective ends in -Hbifi and the preceding is a sibilant (>k, w, iii, or m) or 6, b, r, 3, m, h, p, c, or t, then -e- (or -e-, if the stress shifts to the end) is inserted: (a) If

consonant

Hy>KHbIH - Hy>KeH

- .lyiHHeH yMHbiH - yMeH

flJIHHHblH

between the last two conreplaced by -e- in the short form of

(b) If there is a soft sign

sonants, then

it is

the masculine: jiH6epajn>HbiH - jmSepajieH

all other cases an -o- is inserted between the two consonants (unless the penultimate consonant a sibilant and the stress is not on the end):

(c)

In

last is

KpenKHH - KpenoK TH>KKHH - TH>KeK (Note, however, cbctjibih - cBeTen; Teiuibiii - xeneji) It must be stressed that these rules only apply to the short form of the masculine singular. No mobile vowel separates the last two consonants of the stem in the feminine and neuter singular or the plural short forms.

264

THE PRONOUN i.

Personal Pronouns

Nom.

H Ace, Gen. mean MHe Dat.

Instr.

mhoh(io)

Prep.

MHe

Nom.

TBI

OH - OHO OHa

Te6n

(H)ero

Te6e (H)eMy to66h(k>) (h)hm Te6e HeM

(H)ee

(h)ch (h)ch(k))

Hen

3«

Possessive Pronouns Singular

(a)

Nom.

Masculine

Feminine

Neuter

moh (Ham)

moh (Hdma)

Moe (Hame)

mok) (Hamy)

Moe (Hame)

Moeft (Hameii)

Moero (Hamero)

|moh (Ham)

Ace.

iMoero (Hamero) Moer6 (Hamero)

Gen. Dat.

MoeMy (HameMy)

Moen (Hameft)

MoeMy

Instr.

mohm

MOHM

Prep.

MoeM (HameM)

MoeH(eio) (Hameii) Moefi (Hameii)

(HameMy) (HauiHM)

(HaUIHM)

MOeM (HameM)

Plural All Genders

Nom. Ace. Gen. Dat.

moh (Hamn) jmoh (Haura) Imohx (Hamnx) mohx (Hamnx)

mohm (Hamm) mohmh (HamHMH) Prep mohx (Hamnx) Like moh are declined tboh and Instr

Like

The (b)

Ham

is

cboh.

declined Bam.

possessive pronouns ero, ee, and

hx

are not declined.

4.

Demonstrative Pronouns Singular

Masculine

Nom. Ace.

Gen. Dat.

3T0T (tot)

Feminine

Neuter

3Ta (Ta)

sto (to)

(3TOT (TOT)

3Ty (Ty) sto (to) laToro (toto) 3Toro (toto) 3TOH (TOH) 3TOTO (T0r6) 3TOMy (TOMy) 3T0H (TOH) 3TOMy (TOMy)

Instr.

3THM (TeM)

3TOH (TOH) 3THM (TeM)

Prep.

3TOM (tom)

3TOH (TOH) 3TOM (TOM)

(OK)) (OK))

Plural All

Genders

Nom. Ace.

Gen. Dat.

5(a)

3TH (Te) 3TH (Te) 3THX (Tex) 3THX (Tex)

Instr.

3THM (TeM) 3THMH (TeMH)

Prep.

3THX (Tex)

(b)

THE NUMERAL i.

Cardinal Numbers

Nom., Ace. Gen. Dat. Instr.

Prep.

copoK copoKa copoKa copona copona

rorrtflecHT

rraTHAecHTH iraTiiflecHTH rwT&K>,n;ecHTi>io

nflTHflecHTH

Like copoK are declined fleBHHOcro and cto. Like nHTBACCHT are declined 60, 70, and 80.

Nom., Ace.

flBecra

Gen. Dat.

flByxcoT

Instr.

^ByMHCTaMH

TpeMcraM TpeMHcraMH

Prep.

flByxcrax

Tpexcrax

Nom., Ace.

MeTLipecTa qeTbipexcoT

iiht&cot

yeTbipeMCTaM qertipLMHCTaMH HeTbipexcrax

nHTHcraM nHTbiocraMH nHTHcrax

Gen. Dat. Instr.

Prep.

Tpncra TpexcoT

flByMCTaM

nflTHCOT

Like riHTLCOT are declined 600, 700, 800, and 900. mhjijihoh: are declined like nouns. Tbictma, however, has an alternative instrumental singular ending in -tio - Tb'iCHMLio (cf. TbicnqeH).

TtiCH^a and

2.

Ordinal Numbers Ordinals are declined in exactly the same adjectives.

270

way

as

THE VERB I.

FIRST CONJUGATION

Imperfective Aspect Infinitive:

mnajh

Present Tense

Tense

Past

Future Tense

h MHTaio

h

Tbi MHTaeuiL

Tbi tfflTan, -a

Tbi 6y,zieuib

OH

OH ^HITaJI OHa mrrajia oho ^OTTano

OH

Mbi

mm

OHa oho

"1

Wrraer J

Mbi mrraeM Bbi mrraere ohh mrraiOT

nuraji, -a

"1

Bbi

ohh

>iraTajiH

h

Syiry

"I

OHa >6yjxer oho J

miTaTb

Sy/reM

Bbi Gy^eTe

ohh

J

>

oyflyr

Imperative: UHTaH(Te)

Conditional: h qirran(a) 6bi, Tbi qHTan(a) 6bi, etc.

Participles: act. pres. act.

pass. pres.

Gerund:

mrraiomHH

past ^HTaBuiHH

mrraeMbiH

pres. Hwraa.

271

Perfective Aspect

Infinitive:

npoHHTaTb

Past Tense

Future Tense

h npoHHTaji,

h npoHHT&io

-a

Tbi npo^irraji, -a

Tbi npoMHTaeuiL

oh npotiHTaji OHa npoHHTajia oho npoMHTano

OH

MBI

mm

bbi

ohh

"]

OHa >npoHHTdeT OHO J

"]

npoMHTaeM

bbi npoMHTaeTe

>npo^HTa\rui

OHH npOHHTaiOT

J

Imperative: npo*iHTaH(Te)

Conditional: h npoHHTaji(a) 6bi, tbi npo*iHTaji(a) 6bi

Participles: act. past

npoMHTaBuiHH npoMHTaHHBiH

pass, past

Gerund: past npoHHTaB(uiH)

Note: In the same way are conjugated many verbs with the tive ending in -jm> (TepHTb, ryjuiTb) and -en. (yiweTb).

272

infini-

2.

SECOND CONJUGATION

Imperfective Aspect Infinitive:

crpoHTt

Present Tense

Past Tense

Future Tense

h 6yA>' Tbi 6yj\euib

H CTpOK)

h ctpohji,

Tbi CTpOHIIIL

Tbi ctpohji, -a

OH OHa OHO

OH CTpOHJI OHa CTpoHJia OHO CTpOHJIO

oh

Mbl CTpOHM

Mbl

Bbl CTpOHTe

Bbi

Mbi Sy^eM Bbi Sy^eTe

OHII

^

>CTpOHT J

CTpOHT

-a

"1

VcTpoHUH

OHii

^i

OHa >6yAer oho J

ohh oyAyr

J

Imperative: crpoiit/re)

Conditional: h crpoHJi(a) 6bi, Tbi CTponji(a) 6bi

Participles: act. pres. act.

CTpoHiHHH

past crpoHBUiHH

pass. pres.

crpoHMbiH

Gerund: crpoa 273

CTpOHTb

Perfective Aspect Future Tense h nocTpoio

Past Tense

h nocrpoHJi,

-a

nOCTpOHUIb

tbi nocrpoHJi, -a

Tbi

oh nocrpomi OHa nocTpoHJia OHO nOCTpOHJIO

OH

Mbl

Mbl nOCTpOHM

BBI

OHH

1

OHa >nocTp6nT OHO J

"|

Bbi nocrpoHTe

>nOCTpOHJIH

OHH nOCTpOHT

J

Imperative: nocrp6H(Te)

Conditional:

h nocTpoHJi(a)

Participles: act. past

6bi, Tbi nocTpoHJi(a) 6bi

nocrpoHBiHHH nocTpoeHHbiH

pass, past

Gerund: past nocTpoHB(uiH)

Note. In the same way are conjugated most verbs of conjugation II ending in -htl and -era; there are a few conjugation II verbs ending in -htl (6ohti>ch) and -ara (jie>Kara) which conjugate in the same way.

274

3-

REFLEXIVE VERBS

Imperfective Aspect (Conjugation Present Tense

Past Tense

h

h o^eBajiCH,

o/jeBaioci.

I)

-acb

tbi o/ieBaeuibCH

tbi OAeBancH, -acb

oh OHa oho

OH

"]

>0fl;eBaeTCH J

mbi o;;eBaeiviCH bbi OAeBaerecb ohh o^eBaioTCH

OfleB&JICH

OHa o^eBajiacb oho o/jeBajiocb MBI bbi

ohh

"I

H)AeBajiHCb J

Future Tense

h oyay Tbi Syzjeiiib

OH OHa oho

"1

>6yAeT

>0fleBaTbCH

J

mbi 6y#eM bbi 6yAere

ohh

6y,zryT

Imperative: o;jeBaHCH, o^eBaHTecb

Conditional:

h OAeBajicn

(-acb) 6bi, tbi oaeBajicn (-acb)

6bi

Participles:

pres. ofleBarouuracH past o/ieBaBHiifflCH

Gerund: oaeBaacb 275

MIXED CONJUGATION

4-

Infinitive: 6e>KaTb

Present: 6ery, 6e>KHinb, 6okht;

Sokhm, 6e>KHTe, 6eryT

Past: 6e>Kaji, 6e>Kajia, 6e>Kajio; 6e>KanH

Imperative: 6ern, 6eraTe Participles: pres. 6erym,HH; past

6e>KaBuiHH

Gerund: none

Infinitive: j\2cih

pf

%

Future: AaM, flauib, ^acr; fla^HM, Aa;jHTe,

£ aAyT

Past: ^aJi, flana, flano (and flano); j^ajiH

Imperative: /jan, flame Participles: act. past flaBuiHii; pass, past

AaHHbiH

Gerund: past AaB(uin)

Infinitive: ecrb

Present: eM, euib, ear; e^HM, e/jHTe, e/jHT Past: en, ejia, eno; ejin

Imperative: eiut, eim/re Participles: act. pres. c/jhiuhh; act. past

eBuinn

Gerund: none

Infinitive:

xoTerb

Present: xo^y, xo^euit, xo^e-r; xothm, xoraTe, xotht Past: xoTejr, xoTena, xoTeno; xotcjih Participles: pres.

xothiuhh; past xotcbuihh

Gerund: none 276

MISCELLANEOUS VERBS

5.

The following student at first: Infinitive:

verbs

SpaTb

often

present

difficulties

to

the

I

Present: 6epy, 6epeuib, 6epeT; 6epeM, Gepere, 6epyr Past: Span, 6pana, Spajio; 6pajiH

Imperative: 6epn, Gepnre Participles: act. pres.

Sepymnn;

act.

past 6paBiuHH

Gerund: 6epn Infinitive: SbiTb I Future: Gyiry, 6yflemb, Gy^ei ; 6yfleM, 6y^eTe, Gyzryr 1

Past: 6biJi, 6buia, 6b'uio; ob'ijih

Imperative: 6yAb, SyflbTe Participle: past

Sbibluhh

Gerund: Gy^y^H Infinitive:

Be3TH

I

Present: Be3y, Be3emt, Be3er; Be3eM, Be3ere, Be3yT Past: Be3, Be3Jia, Be3Jio; Be3Jin

Imperative: Be3H, Be3HTe Participles: act. pres.

Besymnn;

act.

past Be3iiiHH

Gerund: Be3H Infinitive:

Becra

I

Present: Be/ry, Be/jeinb, BefleT; Be#eM, Be/jeTe, Be/ryT Past: Ben, Bejia, Beno; Bejra

Imperative: Be^n, Be/jHTe Participles: act. pres. BeflymHii; act. past b£;uiihh;

pass. pres. Be,n;6MbiH

Gerund: Be/jn Infinitive: b3hti> I pf.

Future: B03bMy, Mere, B03bMyr

B03bMeuib,

B03bMer;

B03bMeM,

Past: B3HJI, B3HJia, B3HJIO; B3HJIH

Imperative: B03bMH, B03bMHTe Participles: act. past b3hbiiihh; passive past

Gerund: b3hb(luh) 277

b3htbih

B03b-

Infinitive:

BcraBaTt

Present:

Bcraio,

I

Bcxaei;

BCTaeint,

BcraeM,

BCTaere,

BCTaiOT Past: BCTaB&ji, BcraBajia, BcraBajio; BcraBajiH

Imperative: BcraBaii, BcraBauTe Participles: pres. BCTatomuH; past BcraBaBuiHH

Gerund: BcraBaH Similarly conjugated are AaeaTb (and

all

its

compounds) and

y3HaBaTb.

Infinitive: e3flHTb II Present: e3>Ky, e3Anmi>, e3Aux; e3AHM, e3AHTe, e3^HT

Past: e3flHJi, e3flHJia, e3flHJio; e3flHjm

Imperative: e3#H, e3AHTe

e3AHBiuHH

Participles: pres. e3j\fm$m; past

Gerund:

e3flH

Infinitive:

exaTt

I

Present: eay, e,n;emF>,, e^er; e^eM, e^ere, ejjyr Past: exan, exana, exajio; exajm

Imperative: (no)e3>KaH, (no)e3>KaHTe Participles: pres. 6jjym,uPi; past

exaBuinu

Gerund: none Infinitive:

yuenh

I

Present: >Kry, >KHK>KeT; xoiceM, HOKere, >KryT Past: >Ker, >KTJia, hctjio; >ktjih

Imperative: >kth, Harare Participles: act. pres.

HcrymHH;

act.

past rarely found

Gerund: none Infinitive: >khtt> I

Present:

>KHBy,

hchbcuil,

>khbct;

>KHBeM,

>KHByT Past: >khji, >KHjia, >khjio; >khjih

Imperative: >khbh, >KHBHTe Participles: pres. >KHBym,HH; past

Gerund: >khbh 278

>khbiuhh

>KHBeTe,

Infinitive: 3a6bin> I pf.

Future: 3a6yzry, 3a6yAeuu>, 3a6y,aeT; 3a6yfleM, 3a6yAeTe,

3a6y^yT Past: 3a6biJi, 3a6biJia, 3a6b'iJio; 3a6buin

Imperative: 3a6yflb, 3aoy,nbTe Participles: act. past 3a6biBiuHH; pass, past 3a6biTbiH

Gerund:

3a6b'iB(uiH)

Infinitive:

Future:

3aHHTb II

pf.

3aHMeim>,

3aHAiy,

3aiLweT;

3aHMeM,

3aHMere,

3aHMyT Past: 3aHJui, 3aHHJia, 3aHHJio; 3aHHJin

Imperative: 3aHMH, 3aHMirre Participles: act. past

3aHHBmnH;

pass, past

3aHHTbiH

Gerund: 3aHflB(uiH) Infinitive:

hath

I

Present: njxy, Hfleiut, H^er; H#eM, Hflere, Hflyr Past: meji, tujia, iiijio; uijih

Imperative: h^h, H^nre Participles: pres. imymirii; past uieAiiiHH

Gerund: h#h Infinitive: KJiacrb I

Present:

KJia#y,

Knafleuib,

mia^er;

Kjia^eM,

KJiaaeTe,

KJiaflyr

Past: KJiaji, KJiajia, KJiajio; KJiajm

Imperative: Kjia^H, KJiaaHTe Participles: act. pres. KJiaAyujHH; act. past KjiaBimoi

Gerund:

KJia,zjfl

Like KJiacrb

is

conjugated (y)nacrb

Infinitive: Jie*u> I pf.

Future: Jinry, Jin>Keim>. jmm&i; ji&KeM, JiHMKeim>, Moncer; MO>KeM, MO>KeTe, Moryr Past: Mor, Moraa, Morno; Morjra

Imperative: not used Participles: pres. MoryiuiiH; past

MoruiHH

Gerund: none Infinitive:

Present:

mbitb

I

mow, Moeim>, Moer;

Past: MbiJi, Mb'uia, mbijio;

Imperative: moh,

Aioejvi,

MoeTe, mokvt

mmjih

Mome

Participles: act. pres. mokjiuhh; act. past Mb'iBiiiHH

Gerund: moh Like MbiTb

is

conjugated KpbiTb, which

usually found in the

is

compounds 3aKpbiTh and OTKpb'm> Infinitive:

Future:

Ha^arb I pf. Ha*my, Ha*meim»,

Hammer;

HauHeM,

Ha^mere,

Ha^Hyr Past: HaMan, Havana,

Ha^ano; Haiajm

Imperative: Ha^HH, Ha^HHTe Participles: act. past HatraBiiiHH; pass, past

Ha^aTbiH

Gerund: HayaB(mn) Infinitive:

Hecrn

I

Present: Hecy, Hecemt, HeceT; HeceM, Hecere, Hecyr Past: Hec, Hecna, Hecjio; Hecjra

Imperative: Hecn, HecHre Participles: act.

pres.

Hecymnn;

act.

past

pass. pres. HecoMbiii

Gerund: Hecn Infinitive:

nen>

I

Present: noib, noeuib, noer; noeM, noere, noibT Past: neu, nejia, neno; nejin

Imperative: non, noirre Participles: act. pres. noibiuHH; act. past neBiiiHH

Gerund: none

280

hcciuhh;

nHT&

Infinitive:

Present: Past:

ra>io,

mm,

I

nbeuiL, nber; ra>eM, nBere, iiliot

rauia, rmjio; niiim

Imperative: nen,

neme

Participles: act. pres. nbibinmi; act. past iihbiiihh

Gerund: none In the same way are conjugated 6nTb (past tense, and three other monosyllabic verbs in -htb.

Gana, how-

/.

ever)

Infinitive: njieBart I

Present:

njnoib,

ruiioeiiiB,

ninoer;

runoeM^

ruuoeTe

njnoioT Past: nueBaji, njieBana, njieBajio; ruieBajm

Imperative: runon,

nmoHTe mnoibmHH;

Participles: act. pres.

act.

past mieBaBiiiHH

Gerund: ruiioH

noHTH

Infinitive:

I pf.

Future: noH/ry, noHjjeiub, noHfler; noHTryT Past: nomeji, nomua, nomn6; nomjin Imperative: non^n, noiiAHTe Participle: past nomeAiifflH Gerund: noii^n Infinitive:

noiifleM,

noH^eTe,

noflHHTt I pf.

noAHHMy, noAHHMemt, noflHHMere, noAHHMVT

Future:

nojrmiMeT;

noflHHAieM,

Past: noAHfljrc, no,n,Hfljia, noffHHJio; noflHHJiu

Imperative: noAHHMH, noAHHMHTe Participles: act. past noAHHBiiiHH; pass, past no^HHTbiH

Gerund: noAHHB(mn) Infinitive:

Future:

noHHTt

noiiMy,

I pf.

noHMemt, noHMeT; noHMeM, noHMere,

noHMyr Past: noHHJi, noHHJia, noHHJio;

noHHjin

Imperative: nofiMH, noHMHTe Participles: act. past

noHHBUiHH;

Gerund: noHHB(mn) 281

pass, past

noHHTtm

Infinitive:

pacra

I

Present: pacry, pacreiin., pacreT; pacreM, pacreTe, paciyT Past: poc, poena, pocno; pocjin

Imperative: pacra, pacrare

pacrymHH; past pocuiHH

Participles: pres.

Gerund: not used Infinitive: cecn> I pf. Future: enny, Cfln,euib, cHn,er; cnneM, CH^eTe, ckj\yT

Past: cen, cejia, cejio; ceiin

Imperative: chab, cflflbTe Participle: past ccbiiihh

Gerund: ceB(iun) Infinitive:

cnaTt

I

Present: mjiio, uineuih, iruier; injieM, iujiere, uijtiot Past: cjian, cnajia, cjiano; cjiajra

Imperative: imin, uiJiHTe Participles: act. pres. lujiioiuhh; act. past cjiaBiunii

Gewand: none Mainly used Infinitive:

in

its

cmchtbch

compound nocnaTb. I

Present: ciweibcb, CMeeimcfl, CMeeTcn; civieeMCfl, CMee-rect,

CMeiOTCH Past: CMeHJiCH, CMenjiacs, cmchjioci.; cmchjihcb

Imperative: cmchch, CMeftTect Participles: pres. civieibmHHCH; past CMeHBiuniicH

Gerund: cMencL Like CMeHTbca is conjugated Ha/jeHTtcH; the on the e throughout. Infinitive:

Present:

stress,

cnaTt II

cmuo,

cnHiiib, cnHT; cnnjvi, cmiTe,

Past: cnan, cnajia, cnano; cnajiu

Imperative: enn, enure Participles: pres. crramuH; past cnaBiuira

Gerund: none 282

cnnT

however,

is

Infinitive: craTb I pf.

Future: craHy, craHeniB, CTaHeT; craHeM, craHeTe, craHyr Past: craji, crajia, crajio; crajra

Imperative: craHL, craHBTe Participle: past craBiiiHH

Gerund: cTaB(uiH) Like cTaTb are conjugated BCTan. and oaeTb (ofleHy, oAeHenrb

Infinitive:

ywepeTb

...)

I pf.

Future: yAipy, yAipeuib, yAiper; yMpew, yAipeTe, yMpyr Past: y.Mep, yAiepjia, yaiepjio; yAiepnn

Imperative: VAipn, yAipnre Participle: past yAiepniHii

Gerund: yAiepnm Like y.MepeTb

Infinitive:

is

conjugated 3anepen>.

^yBCTBOBaTL

I

Present: ^ryBCTByio, ^yBCTByeuib, ^yBCTByer; ^vBCTByeAi,

tryBCTByere, ^ryBCTByioT Past:

tjyBCTBOBaji, iryBCTBOBajia, yyBCTBOBajio; yyBCTBO-

Bajra

Imperative: mvbctbvh, ^yBCTByiiTe Participle:

act.

pres.

MyBCTBytomnH;

act.

past

*ryBCTBO-

BaBuiHfi; pass. pres. ^ryBCTByeMbiH

Gerund: qyBCTByn

So conjugated are all verbs in -OBaTb and -eBaTb (if the last consonant of the stem is a sibilant) with the exception of 3,uop6BaTbCH (3AopoBaiocbj 3flopoBaeuibCH ...).

283

6.

CHANGES OF CONSONANTS IN VERBS OF THE 1ST CONJUGATION

The

following changes of consonants take place in certain verbs of conjugation I. This only affects the present tense, the imperative, and the present participle (very few verbs of this type have a present gerund or a present passive participle). The past tense is formed from the infinitive.

- >k: CKa3aTb - cna>Ky, CKa>Keiub ... CKa>Kyr - in: nncaTi. - ninny, nrimenib ... ninny t k - q: njianaTb - nnany, nnaK: XO/UiTb - XO>Ky, XOAHUIb ... XOHHT 3 - >K: B03HTI> - BO>Ky, B03Hinb ... B03HT n - mi: KyiiHTb - Kymnb, Kynnmi> ... KyriHT c - ui: hochtl - Homy, Hocnuib ... hocht ct - in,: SjiecreTb - 6jiemy, Sjiecrauib ... 6jiecTHT t - n: njiaTiiTb - iuiany, njiaTnmb ... njiaTHT

284

KEY TO THE EXERCISES ypoK

i

Moct

Bot ao.m. (4) Bot moct. (5) Bot IlapTa TaM. (7) FLiaH TyT. (8) 3to KapTa. (9) Bot Bojira. (10) KaHaJi Tyr. (11) Moct TaM. (12) 3to MocKBa ? (13) Bot JleHHHrpaa. (14) 3to KJiacc. (15) 3to KapTa ? (16) Jto.M h pena TaM ? (17) Bot cjiobo «moct». ,Hom Tyr.

(i)

jiaAina,

ypoK

(2)

cryji,

ctoji.

TaM. (3)

(6)

2

(1)

3to

KJiacc

(2)

TaM

3aji.

(3)

3to KapTa.

(4)

Oh

?

Ha, 11 a naib ypoK 3flecb 6paT lOpa noeT TaM.

(TyT).

Moh

Bojira 3necb. JJoh

Ta.M.

H#eT aoMoii, h h nay aomoh.

(5) Tfle

Ba3a ? OHa 3nea>. Tj\e moh GryfleHT roBopiiT no-pyccKH.

KHi'ira ?

(6)

Oh

(7)

XHMHK». r^e noeT xop (r^e xop noeT)

3to moh KapTi'ma ? 3to KapTHHa. Bot oyxTa n

(8) (9)

OHa

tsm.

tobopht:


ne/TaK>Ke moh KHHra). Bbi noHHAiaeTe sto ? (2) Bauia cpaMUJiiin - PlBaHOB ? % 3Haio, mto Bauia cecrpa - Bepa HHKHTHHa H MTO OH& BpaM. (3) Kor^a oh HnraeT no-aHrjiMcKH, oh HHTaeT oneHb xopouio; (i)

(4)

(5)

ho Kor^a oh MHTaeT no-pyccKH, oh HHTaeT nJioxo. Ho oh noHHMaeT, mto h roBopib. Hb&h IleTpoB He pyccKHit, xoth ero (paMHJiHH - FleTpoB. Oh He roBopiiT 11 oh He noHHiwaeT no-pyccKH. Moh HceHa 3HaeT, mto Bauia nceHa noeT onem. xopouio (oneHS xopouio noeT).

y>Ke HHHne paSoTaeT ? Kor.ua Mbi paGoTaeM, mm roBopnM TOJibKO no-pyccKH; mm He TOBOpHM nO-aHrJIHHCKH. (8) Tfle Bam crioBapb ? H He 3Haio. Kto 3HaeT, rvje oh ? H AyMaio, MTO Bbi 3HaeTC (9) 3Ta Beiub - KapanAam ? - roBopiiT yMnrejib. - HeT, sto nepo, - roBopiiT B&hh. (6)

Bam cbm

(7)

ypoK (1).

5 Bot 6H6jnioTeKa.

MywHHHM

miTaioT

ra3eTbi;

HceHiuHHM

MHTaiOT KHHTH. - aHrmiMaHe ? JI,a, aHrjumaHe. Ohh H3ynaioT pyCCKHH H3MK. Bot pyccKan. OHa yiweeT roBopi'iTb no-aHrjiriiicKH h no(ppaHuy3CKH. OHa Tonce noHHMaeT hcmh6>kko no-HeMeuKH,

(2) My>KMi'iHbi

(3)

ecjiH Bbi roBopi'iTe Me^JieHHO. (4)

(5)

Haui yMHTejib - pyccKHii. Oh cobctckhh rpa>KAaHHH. Oh AaeT pyccKHH ypoK ceroAHH. 3to He pojwaH, a cnoBapb. Bbi 3HaeTe, nan no-pyccKH 'dictionary ? JXa, ho h He 3Haio, KaK sto no-HeMenKH. '

ypoK

6

2. MHTaii,

noiiTe;

MiiTaiiTe; pa6oTau, pa66TaiiTe; nuuiu, miuiHTe; noii, hah, hahtc; chah, chai'itc; CJiyuiaii, cjiyuiaiiTe; OTBenaH,

OTBenaiiTe; Hrpaii, urpaiiTe. HbH sto KHnra ? - Moh. (2) Hbe sto nncbMO ? - Ee. (3) ^leii 3T0 cuoBapb ? - Ero, a He tboh. 4. (1) KyA& Bbi HAeTe ? Bbi HAeTe Ha ypoK ? HeT, Mbi UAeM aom6h. noTOM, (2) Bbi A^JiaeTe ycnexn ? - cnpauiHBaeT moh 6paT. kota& « OTBeMaio, oh cjryuiaeT. 3. (1)

286

OTBetj&HTe no pyccKH He cnyinaHTe, Korfla oh roBopHT, »ito xopoin6 roBopHTt to.tbko no-am- jihhckh. H BHacy, mto Bbi He nraneTe. no>KajiyHCTa, HHiiiHTe. Bee! Her, He roBopii, HBaH! nraHi'i AHKTaHT, h Sb'ierpo! Koraa Bbi o6*>acHaeTe npaBiuio, h nomiMaio Bee, mro Bbi roBopi'iTe. Ho Koraa Bbi roBopnre ob'icrpo, a He Bee nomiMdio. no>KaJiyHCTa. roBopHTe MenaeHHO, o^ero MenaeHHO. ^Ito aejiaeT ero cecrpa? Kyn,a imeT ee' nana? (Mto ero cecrpa aejiaeT? Kya.a ee aana nneT?) OHa HneT Tyna. Oh HfleT TVfla. Ohh Bee HayT Tyn.a. Xopomo! Tenepb Bbi aeaaeTe ycnexn. Her, a pa66Taio njioxo. Bbi He noraiMaeTe. R He yjweio yHHTb cjiobb. 51 ne 3HaiO, MbH 3TO KHiira.

(3)

!

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

ypoK 1.

7

KaKaa ooabinaa i-cmira! 3to pyccKoe cjiobo. Haina aoporaa poniiHa. Er6 XOpOHIHH aBTOMOSlIJlb. HX CHHHS TeTpa^b.

2. KaKi'ie

SojibUHie KHjira!

3th pyccKne

caoBa.

Haimi Aoporne poaHHbi. Ero xopoim-ie aBTOMoSibiH. Hx CHHHe TerpanH. 3. (1)

3flpaBCTByHTe,

HBaH HBaHOBHM! Hto bu aeaaere? OnaTb

CMOTpHTe Te;ieBH3op

?

H

KypiiTe

?

JXa.

TeaeBH3op oneHb

xopoundi.

Moa

cpaMHJDiH - BpayH; Moe hmh - JtacoH. Bot moh ceMba. a sto moh cecrpbi. XJb>H sto (3Ta) HOBaa nepHaa Terpaab h *ibii oto (oth) (3) KpacHbie KapaHaaun'i ? He 3h4io. Ho a 3Haio, mto ci'maa pynKa 11 30JioToe nepo .moh, a He Bainn. (4) Mto aeaaeT Baiua ceMba ? (mto Bauia ceMba aeaaeT ?) CeroflHa npa3AHHK. Ohh Bee ciiaaT BMecre a,OMa. Moh otch OTHbixaeT. Moii 6paT KypiiT h cmotpht TeaeBH3op. Moa cecrpa moneT ruicbMO. Moa MaTb HHTaeT aKeH CHfleTb AOMa. M6>kho Hrp&Tb b uiaxiwaTbi, noKaJiyiicTa ? Her, hcjh>3h. 5L xony hath ryjiHTb.

(4)

KaKan y Bac pynna

? Y MeHH HepHan pyqna; nepo - 30JioToe. cMOTpeTb TejieBH3op, KorAa tcmho. Ho ceroAHH y MeHH Sojiht rna3a h ropjio. R AyAiaio, hto h 66jieH. H AOJiHKHb'i 6b'uiH paGoTaTb. (7) ryjiHTb. (6)

Ohh

KypHTb. noroAa. 2.

(8)

Taiw

Sb'uio

xojioaho.

(9)

(3)

oneHb

Y

Hac

jiioShjih

Hejib3H Smjio CTOHJia xopoman

(3) MocKBe. (4) KOMHaTe. (5) KOHuepTe. KOHuepTe. (8) cpyTboji. (1) Bb'iJio oneHb xojioaho Bnepa. Oier men. y»ce 3HMa. (2) KorAa h 6bui b MocKBe, y MeHH 6biJi aBTOMoSi'uib. Y Bac TOHKAbiH ron. Ha KaBKa3 h bo3hx cecxpy

(7) xoflHT. (8) eAeiub. (9) 2. (1)

(2)

(3) (4) (5)

xyna. (6)

3aBTpa h

Jieny

Ha boctok. Bbi nacxo Jiexaexe?

JXa,

« oneHb

jhoSjik) Jiexaxb.

ypoK 1.

3.

12

BcraBan. (2) chhm, cnann. (3) npocbinaeMCH, BcraeM, yMbiBaeMCH, ofleBaeMcn; npocbmaJiHCb, BCTaBajni, yMbiBajracb, oaeBaJHicb. (4) 3aopoBaeTCH, BCTpenaeMCH; 3app6BajiCH, BcxpeHajmcb. (5) CMeexcH, cmchjich. (6) coMHeBaiocb, coivmeBaJiCH. (7) njnoex, CMeexcH; nneBaji, cmchjich. (1) Ilopa BcraBaTb, on.eBaxbcn 11 yMbiBaxbcn. (2) Koryja oxicpbiBaexcH My3eft ? H. He 3Haio. JTexoM oh oxKpbiBaercH paHO yxpoM 11 3aKpbiBaexcH paHO BenepoM. (3) BenepoM oh ynciiHaex; noxoM oh jio>khxch Ha nHBaH h ynxaex ra3exy. Oh jio>ki'itch cnaxb paHO 11 Bcxaex paHO. (4) CeiiMac Haex np>K,irb. Jlonc/Jb Bcern.a naex 3hm6h. Mbi He iwo>KeM h/xti'i ryjiHTb. M6>kho xaHueBaxb ? (mm MOHKflbiH fleHb h y*iy ypoK. (2) Mbi Sy^eM >KHTb He^ajieKo ot nonTbi Ha yjnme TopbHoro, okojio 3flaHH«, r&e tboh ah/jh paSoTaji. (3) Korfla Mbi CMOTpHM TejieBH30p, H o6bIMHO CHHKy H3 KOMHaTbi. 5\ 6epy

CTOJia OKOJIO OKHa H Hfly B CnaJIbHK) II HHTaiO. KaKoii AeHb mo>kho 6y#eT h^th b khho ? B weTBepr

KHHrH CO

B

(4)

Xopomo, h He pa66Taio b (5)

?

*ieTBepr.

IlapoxoA HfleT b nHTHHqy. 51 egy b JleHimrpaA Ha m6chu. MHe Haflo 6yAex MHoro MHTaTb o CCCP. Bbi 6bum b Pocchh ? JXa, .ijaBHO. 51 pa6oTaji Taiw flojiro.

(6)

(7)

Kor#a jnbflH TaimyioT Becb Beiep h cjihuikom MHoro nbioT, ohh oSb'iHHO MyBCTByioT ce6a njioxo Ha cjiejxyioiuHH #eHb. Pa3 b m6chu a nojiy^aio nucbMO ot cecTpbi. OHa y^HTejibHHi;a b uiKOJie okojio

ypoK 1.

15

(1) yHHTejibHHHbi, (4)

MarHHToropcKa.

aoKTopy, BaM.

khhth. (2) flo>iKy hh cecTpbi, hii SpaTa. (4) Ho>kh h bhjikh He Ha crone. MeHH HHKor«a He 6bmo hh flojwa, hh KBaprapbi. (1) (2) Kto MeiudeT Te6e paGoiaTb ? (3) K COHOJieHHK), MOH U,ARn JIOKHT B 6ojIbHHHe, H MOH TeTH cH/niT b nopbiwe. Si nocemaio iwoero fln;no pa3 b HeAejno, ho

y

nocemaTb Hejib3H. H3-3a n,oyKjsA Hejn>3H 6eraTb no

TeTio (4)

ca/jy cero/jHH.

Kto 3Tot nejiOBeK 6e3 uiJinnbi noAxoflHT k BameH cecrpe Ee iwy>K ? no^eiwy oh HHKorAa ne hocht mjumy 3hmoh ?

(5)

?

hto yHHTejno He xojioaho. Si 3Haio, hto b KJiacce He >KapKO, HO lie CJIHIHKOM nJIOXO flJIH 3HMb'l.

(6) SI HaAeiocb,

ypoK 1.

16

khhtoh,

(1)

OTHa. (2) Keiw, h&mh, hmh. Hen, hSm, Te6e. (6) TapejiKy.

(3)

HeM.

(4)

peKOH^

nojieiw. (5) 2.

Ka3ancH. cJiy>KHJi. KaHcercH, (2) cjry>KHT, (3) HHrepeHHTepecoBaJiCH. (4) efli'iM, ejiH. (5) jiokht, Jie>Kaji. (6) np£T, men. (1) Ecjih hhkto He flOBOJieH hm rum ero paSoTOii, oh flOJi>KeH (1)

cyiocb,

3.

CH^eTb AOMa. c ee SpaTOM o noro/je, OHa y>Ke uuna /jomoh. HflHTe 3a flOKTopoM flo oSe^a. Si nyBCTByio ce6a oneHb ruioxo. (4) Moh Se^HbiH Apyr 6bui y6riT cojiAaTOM, Kor/ja oh 6biJi b A(ppHiKajryHCTa,

(5)

^eiw Tbi o6biHHO nnmemb - KapaHAamoM hjih pynKoii ? npocpeccopa c HHTepecoM. Oh, Ka3ajiocb, roBopHJi yMHO. Oh yjweeT roBopHTb. CHanaJia oh 6biji cormaTOM, noTOM BpanoM. Oh 6biJi yMHbiH

(6) Si cJiymaJi

(7)

HejiOBeK.

YpoK 1.

2.

17

KHiirH jiok&t b uiKacpax. (2) y Hac He 6buio TOBapiimeH. (3) Othw repoeB AOBOJibHbi hmh. (4) Ha crojiax ho>kh h bhjikh, ho TapejioK HeT. (5) JIibflH npHXOAHT paccKa3biBaTb HCTopiiH. (6) JIoMa HaxoflflTCH Ha 6eperax pen. (1) TpHfluaTb onnA KHiira. (2) Copon BoceMb aomob. (3) B ceMb nacoB. (4) B nojiOBHHe BOCbMoro (nonoBHHa BocbMoro, b ceMb Tpii/jHaxb). (5) nHTb cjiOBapen. (6) BoceMHamjaTb nacoB TpnaHaTb TpH MHHyTbl. (7) UieCTbfleCHT RBC MHHyTbl. (8) JXbq cecTpbi (1)

291

Copon neTbipe py6jin n«Tb KoneeK. (10) riHTTpn KoneHKH. Ilo cySSoTaiw b ceMb nacoB Mbi Bcer^a xoahm (e3AMjw) b

h £Ba 6paTa. Ha/maTb 3.

(1)

(2) (3)

(4) (5)

(6)

(7)

(9)

py6jieii

KHHO. ToBopHT, hto y Hero TpH pynKH h uiecTb KapaHAaiueM. B 30onapKe a Biifleji JibBOB, rarpoB, cjiohob, bojikob h o6e3bHH. y Hee b KOMHaTe TpH nojioTeima. B uiKacpy (ecn>) MHoro TeTpa^eH h hcckojilko KHiir ,hjih MTeHHH. JJajieKO jih flo MocKBbi ? Her, toju>ko RBafmaih nHTb khjioMerpoB. 3a peKoii HeT >khjihih., ho Me>K,ay 63epoM h craflHOHOM ecTb

nOMTH nHTbfleCHT flOMOB. npuxoflHT cypj>H, Bee BCTaibT. oneHb nonyjiapeH. Cepren npoflOJiHKaJi HHTaTb ra3eTy.

(8) Korfla

(9)

ypoK 2

-

K

concajieHHio,

oh He

18

(1) py6JieH,

MOB, naio

(2) nannpocaMH. (3) caxapy (-a), rpaMrpaMMOB, KOJi6acbi, naneK, cnrapeT. (4) 6paTbeB, jnofleij, npoaaBnoB, nejiOBeK, pij6y. (6) eMy, ro/ia,

KoneiiKH.

(-n),

cecrep. (5) jieT.

3.

(r)

(2)

(3)

CKOJibKO ctoht 3Ta KOJi6aca ? Py6jib khjio ? 3to cjihhjkom Aoporo. JJaHTe MHe BeTHHHb'i, no>KaJiyHCTa. MeHH 6b'uio ABa^naTb nHTb py6jien b napMaHe cero/jHH yTpoM. Tenepb y MeHH t6jh>ko nnTb/jecHT KoneeK. CKoubKO ctoht 6th nannpocbi (cHrapeTbi) ? nanna ctoht ckojibko nannpoc (cnrapeT) b nanne ? BOceMHaflqaTb KoneeK. XtBaAHaTb.

y

M

(4) fl (5)

He

3Haji,

CKOJibKO rofl ?

(6)

(7)

pa66Tan jih oh. KanHTaHy KoiwaH^bi

JieT

Kor^a

?

T6jh>ko ABa/njaTb oahh

ejwy 6yfleT flBa/maTb jjBa ?

ctoht roBopHTb c hhm. Oh npo/jaeT Bee 6neHb jjoporo. Jlynme hjxth (xo,zjHTb) b SojibinoH Mara3HH 3a noKyrmaMn. noHcaJiyHCTa, flanre MHe nanny naH, 6aHKy HKpb'i, naTbcoT rpaMMOB BernHHbi n KycoK cwpy (-a).

He

nonyndTeJib roiaraT b Kaccy. He 6buio jnicTbeB Ha /jepeBbax 3hm6h. (10) Tbi CHHTaeuib ero yMHbiM ? (8)

(9)

ypoK 1.

19

(1) ynnJi,

Bbiynnji.

(2) ;jaBaji,

#aji.

AapHJia. (4) 3acMenjiCH. 2. (1) 6y;ry nocemaTb. (2) yBHflHM. (4) 6y,ny nHTaTb, nponHTaio.

292

(3) 6jiaro,zjapHJia,

(3)

B03bMere,

noGjiaro-

6y«y

6paTb.

(i) (2) (3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

R noroBopHJi c hhm Bnepa n ciKeTCH onem. xopomeii.

c HiiKOJiaeM (HHKOJian

BepcHTeT.

293

h h)

nocTyni'iJiH BAiecre

b yim-

Bu npHHecjii'i (npHBe3JiH) c co66ii nncbMO, KOTopoe oh HanHcaJi Baiw BHepa ? (6) B nanoM AOiwe bh >KHBeTe ? (7) CBeTano, Kor^a noe3A noAouieji (noAXOAHJi) k craHquH. (8) Kto 3Ta 3aMeMaTejibHaa weHiqHHa, KOTopan >khbct b TpeTbeM Aoiwe HaneBo ? Ax, sto ero cecrpa. Xothtc jih bbi (no)roBOpHTb c Heft ? (5)

(9)

MHe

xo^eTca TaHueBaTb ceroAHH BenepoM, ho He 3Haio, c

neM TaHueBaTb. (10)

He

aymaviTe,

mto

BocxnmaeTCH Tatcim njioxHM

ny6jiHKa

nemieM.

ypoK 1.

3.

22

KpacHBOM, caMOM Kpaci'iBOM (KpacHBeiimeM). (2) 6bicTpee, GbicTpee Bcex (HanGojiee 6b'icTpo). (3) Sorane, caMbrii SoraTbiii (SoraTeHHiHH, 6orane Bcex). (4) 66jiee aetueBoe, caiwoe AeiueBoe (AemeBeinuee). (5) 66jiee yfl66Hbie h 66jiee H3Hm,Hbie, (1) 66jiee

caMbie y^oGHbie h caMbie H3nmHbie. (6) xonoAHee, xojioAHee Bcero (HaH66jiee xojioaho). (7) Bbime, caiwbiH BbicoKiiii (Bbiuie Bcex). (8) Jiyquine, caMbie JiymHiie. (1) Tot, kto CKa3aji BaM sto, yMHee, *ieM h Ayjwaji. (?) Bee, *ito oh 3HaeT, HHrepecHO. (3)

3tot rancTyK ropa3A0

(4)

M

np^ie,

qeM

66jibuie HHTepecyiocb TeaTpoM,

ero.

neM khho.

Oh

nonpoci'ui mchh hath noSbicrpee. (6) noHeiwy Bbi AyMaeTe, mto (noyeiwy no-Bauieiwy) MOAejibepbi hocht 66jiee npnyio OAe>KAy, Meiw pa66MHe Ha cpa6pHKax ? (5)

%

nomeji b Mara3HH, ho He Mor KynHTb hh Gpion, hh nepnaTOK, hh nHA>KaKa. (8) Oh cnpocHJi MeHH, AemeBJie jih nannpocbi (cnrapeTbi) b POCCHH, MeM B AhTJIHH. mo6h CTapuieii cecrpbi jweHbrne njiaTbeB, HeM y Te6n. (9) (10) C Ka>KflbiM ro^OM oh pa66TaeT Bee 66jibuie (Sojibuie h SoJibiue) nan KHHroii, KOTopyio oh Hanaji, Kor^a eMy SbiJio (7)

y

(11)

TOJibKo /jBajruaTb ABa r6^a. OHa caiwan yMHan h b to >Ke BpeMH caiwan cnpoMHan >KeHm,Hcohojichhio, OHa coBceM (AaJieKo) He Ha, KOTopyio h 3Haio.

K

KpacHBan. (12) (13)

HeM Bbi 66jibuie Bcero HHTepecyeTecb ? He 3a6yAbTe cyMO^KH h nepwaTOK.

ypoK I.

23

MbeM, BCeMH BaiHHMH. (2) 3THM, TeM. Apyry. (5) caiwoH, stom. (6) caMoii. (i)

294

(3)

BCeM 3TOM.

(4)

ApyT

2.

(i) cajviofi. (2)

cdMoro. (3) caMbin, caMH. (4) caMOM. cbohm. (2) ero. (3) ee, cBoeii. (4) cboio, ero. (5) CBoero. Moh TeTH h moh «h«h roBopiijiH #pyr c npyroM 060 BCeM, o ^eM ohh Morjui no/jyMaTb. C caMoro yTpa oh pa6oTaeT b (cbocm) Ka6HHeTe. Oh Kyniiji (cboh) koctiom h (cboh) Sothhkh b JIohaohc B caMOM flejie oh He 3HaeT, Ha Mten nocrejiH oh cnaji BMepa. OHa CKa3aJia, mto ee' ahah npoBefleT ABe He.zje.JiH c Hen. H y3HaJi ot cajworo npotpeccopa, mto yHHBepcHTeT 3aKpbiT. Bee 3HaK>T, Kor^a ona b Sacceime. y Hac ecTb cboh KBapTiipa b JIoHflOHe. b caMOM neHTpe.

3. (1) 4-

(1)

(2)

(3) (4) (5)

(6) (7) (8)

B tom

H

caMOM (paKyjn>TeTe ecn> TpH npocpeccopa. He Mory CKa3aTb, mo n ocoochho HHTepecyiocb Stoh

(9)

>ne

(10) 51 npoSjieiwoH. (11)

3tot ne^OBeK - npotpeccop; tot - aoucht,

a tot c

6opo«6H -

acnupaHT

ypoK 1.

(2)

(3) (4)

(5) (6)

4.

hh o kom He roBopiin B^epa.

R HHMeM He BocxHmaiocb. Oh HHKy.ua He noiueji. Oh He HHTaeT HHKaKOH khhth (oh HHKaKOH khhth Oh HHWben uijuinbi He hocht. Oh hh o MbHX «py3bHx He 3a6oTHTCH.

He qHTaeT).

K HH

Ha HTO He CMOTpK). HHKOrO. (2) HH C ROW. (3) HCKOTAa. (4) HHKyn.3. (5) HHMeM, HeneM. (1) JjBaAuaTb ce^bMaH yjuma. (2) Cto Tpii.ziH.aTb TperaH aom. (3) B qeTBepTOM aomc (4) B Tbicnna .zreBHTbcoT uiecTbAecHT nepBOM ro«y, b Tbicana AeBHTbcoT ABa«HaTb nnTOM rosy, b TbicH^a BoceMbcoT nHTHafluaTOM ro,zry. (5) TpexcoTan Kmira. (1) Oh 3aexaji 3a mhoh Tpn ahh TOMy Ha3an. Ha cbocm aBTOMoGnjie.

(7) 2. (i)

3-

24

(1) H.

(2) (3)

BaM HeKy^a ihjth ? CTapHK HHKorAa He roBopi'iT hh o kom, hh c kcm. Hhkoto He 66hch, h Te6e He^ero 6y;jeT 6oHTbcn.

(4) (5) Bbi, (6)

(7) (8) (9)

(10)

Oh

Ka»ceTCH, He HMeeTe HHKaKoro hohhthh 06 3tom £ejie.

TOMy Ha3aa yexan Ha/jojiro. Henero CHfleTb b ShSjihotckc; noHfleM b khho. OHa HHKoraa He 3a6oTHTCH o cbocm .zjomc Ha HHTblH fleHb OH peUIHJI BepHyTbCH flOMOH. MHe Ha^oeJio cjiyinaTb ee neHHe (cnymaTb, KaK OHa toji

295

noer).

ypoK 25 2. (1) y Hero TpHAuaTb (2)

H3 ceMH

Tbioma

(2)

oh pa66TaeT uiecTb jpieH. c sthmh uiecTHafluaTbio pySjiHMH ? B 3thx flByxcrax ceMHa;maTH flo.uax HCHByT ppe tbichmh cto TpH;maTb ^Ba uexioBeKa. Mbi roBopiijiH o MeTbipex pySmix flBa;waTH nHTH KoneftKax. B o6eHx 3thx KHHrax 66jn>uie hhthcot crpaHHu;. B ceiwb *iacoB Be^epa TpeTbero HHBapn mm npnueTejiH b

(3)

B

(3) (4)

(5)

(6) 3.

py6jieH nHTHafluaTb Koneen. ydxajiH b mecT6M Macy flBafluaxb TpeTtero MapTa /jeBHTbcoT inecTbAecHT nepBoro ro^a.

Mbi

(1)

^Ito tbi

jiaePi

cflejiaji

MocKBy.

(4)

(5) (6)

(7)

Tb'iCHMa ^eBHTbcoT naxbflecHT nnTOM rofly a JIoHAOHa; MHe Hewero 6b'uio ,n;ejiaTb TaM.

"

H3

noMejwy HBaH TpeTHH Ha3biB£jicH Hbsihom Bcjihkhm ? IIohhthh He HMeio. H fla>Ke He 3HaK), b naKOM Bene oh >khji. Be3 flecHTH uiecTb Be^epa oh jier Ha flHBaH h 3acHyji. Bo BpeMH nepepb'iBa Ha o66fl Macw npoSiijm nojioBHHy xpeTbero, h pa6oMHe pemHJiH BepHyibca Ha (pa6praKaJiyHCTa, (9)

Ha

Tfle oh 6y«eT b SyaymeM roAy ? (10) 3flaHH«, KOTopbie oSbiHHO npoH3Box(HT noceTHTejien, He npnBJieKaioT mchh.

ypoK 1.

Bne^aTjieHHe

Ha

27

bc6mh. (2) noiepHHHbie Baiwn. (3) cnaceHHyio hm. npHBeAeHHbiii Moen cecrpoH. (5) HamicaHHOM aw oiuy. (1) Ohi'i 6biJiH c6cjiaHbi npaBHTeubCTBOM b CnGnpb. (2) KeM oh 6bui nocJiaH Ha BOK3aJi ? (3) JXBepb 6buia 3aKpb'iTa h 3anepTa. (4) Ero MecTO 6biJio 3aHHTO Moeii TeTeH. (5) 3Ta craTbH 6biJia npoHHTaHa bccmh. (6) Bonpoc 6bui peuieH hm. (7) HnHero He SbiJio KynjieHO hmh. (8) Keiw OHa SbiJia o^eTa ? (9) FleTepGypr 6biJi ocHOBaH IleTpoM nepBbm. (10) KHHra y>Ke SbiJia Ha^aTa hm. npomrraH; HanncaHHbiH, HanncaH; B3HTbiH, npouHTaHHbiii, b3ht; noHHTbiH, noHHT; nepeBeAeHHbiii, nepeBeAeH; AaHHbiii 3 AaH; npo^aHHbiH, npoAaH; yGnTbin, y6HT; BCTpeweHHbiH, Bcrpe*ien; npHKa3aHHbiH, npHKa3aH] OTKpb'iTbiH, OTKpb'iT; BbinnTbiii, BbinnT] npHBe3eHHbui, npHBe3eH. (1) KorAa h npoxofli'iJi mhmo ee' KBaprapbi BMepa, h 3aMeTHJi, MTO ee OKHa SblJIH OTKpblTbl. (2) Bbi bhacfih khhth, npoAaBaeMbie b 6tom Mara3HHe ? (3) JXboq cyTOK oh 6bui OMeHb SojieH. (4) Kor^a oh BepHyjiCH, oh HameJi, mto ero uiHHa 6biJia npono(1) UHTaeiwyio

(4)

2.

3.

4.

jioTa.

(6)

y Moen cecTpbi 6b'uio neTBepo AeTeii, a y MaTepn - AecHTb. Te, kto npenKO cnuT (Kperoco cnnmHe) o6b'iMHO Jio>KaTCH

(7)

Kanne poMaHbi

(5)

paHO.

(8)

6biJiH nepeBeAeHb'i c pyccnoro (H3bina) Ha aHTJIHHCKHH ? Koraa Tbi cnycTHiubCH no JiecTHHue, nowaJiyiicTa, 3aKp6ii okho h 3anpn ABepb.

297

(9)

Ck6ju.ko ouih6ok b imcbMe, OTnenaTaHHOM (HanenaTaHHOM) eio ?

(10)

y jweHH

ypoK

Bee poMaHbi, HanncaHHbie JJocroeBCKHM.

28

(1) npe>K,zje

1.

neM oh BepHyaca.

(2) c

Tex nop KaK OHa yexajia.

(3) n6cjie Toro KaK oh okohhhji yHHBepcHTeT. (4) BBapy Toro *ito oh 6biJi 66jieH. (5) 6jiaroAapa Toiwy hto (Saaro) #o>k,zh> haSt. 2.

(1)

roAa.

(2)

Jie-r.

(3) JieT.

(4) ro/ry.

(5)

toa6b.

(6) JieT.

(7)

roflaiwH. (8) Jiex. (1)

3.

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

He BCTaBafiTe, nona oh He npHKaaKeHHJiCH b npouiaoM roAy. Moa cecTpa Bbiujaa 3aiwy>K ABa ro^a TOMy Ha3aA. 3HaeTe jih Bbi, 3a new Aima 3aMyaK

(6) %.

(8.)

EABa Cepren

Bbiuieji

H3 KOMHaTbi3 KaK EaeHa HBaHOBHa

3aiuiaKaaa. (9)

(10)

MaTM He

coctohtch ceroAHH BBHAy njioxoii noroAbi. ToBopn co mhoh, noKa a TyT cnacy. Si HeHaBHHkhjich ... (6) KaK TOJibKO OHa HannineT ... npuxoAH, npHAH; Moa, Bb'iMbiB(nra); hchbh, npoakh6 6biTb, sawe-

(6) IToHHAiaeTe

(7) (8)

yaTeJibHan >KeHiiniHa.

CoBepuiHB nyTeiuecTBue no CpeAHeH A3hh, AcrierannH BepHynacb b Hhahio. (10) H >KAy ynkho 6ojn>uie cjiob b jjeHb. (13) OkohmhbCiiih) yHHBepCHTeT, oh HaHaJi paSoTaTb b MhhhcrepcTBe HHOcrpaHHbix fleji. (9)

ypoK 1.

30

6w

H He Bbimeji 6bi. y MeHH AeHbrn, h Te6e KymiJi 6bi 3Ty KHnry. (3) J^era Morjin 6bi KynaTbCH, ecjin 6bi noro,aa 6biJia xopoman. (1) MTO-HH6yab. (2) Koro-To. (3) r^e-TO, Kor^a-TO. (4) KyAaHnSyflb. (6) MTO-HnSyflb. (7) mto-to. (8) (5) KaKne-HiiSyAb. (1)

Ecjih

nouieji £C»KAb,

(2) Bb'iJin 6bi

2.

3.

Kor;xa-HH6y,m>. (i) Tpi'ljmaTb TpH HOBblX flOMa.

CHHHX (CHHHe) UIJIHnbl. J^BaAuaTb oflHa coBeTCKan MapKa. Oh TOBOpHT Ha IIHTH HHOCTp&HHblX H3bIKaX. C TpeMH GojnjUjHMH MepHbiMH coSaKaMH. %. He xoqy, *rr66bi Tbi yinna, ho h noji>KeH Te6e CKa3aTb, mto (y>ne) AOBOJibHO no3AHO. MTO 6bl HH CJiyMHJIOCb, B03bMHTe Koro-HH6yAi> c co66h. Ecjih 6bi TOjn>KO Bbi MHe AaJin BH3y, MT66bi h Mor noexaTb b Cobctckhh C0103! Tbi 6ohiih>ch mchh ? HeT, h TOJibKO Soiocb, mtoSm (KaK 6bi) Tbi He cflejiaji MTo-HH6y,ob rjiynoe. JIioah, KOTopbie roBopHT Ha neTbipex turn roni'i HHOCTpaHHbix H3bnkhjih. Bbi 3aHHMaJincb rpe6jien, Kor^a Bbi Smjih b yHHBepcnTeTe ?

(2) ^leTb'ipe (3) (4) (5) 4.

(1)

(2) (3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

299

(7)

CKOJibKO pa3 h fl6ji>KeH Baiw CKa3aTb, mto SpHTaHCKaa flejieraijHH HHKy^a He co6HpaeTCH ceroflHH (HHKyaa He coSnpaeTch (no)exaTb) ?

MT66bi mm ocraHOBHUHCb (h npefljiaraio ocraHOBHTbCH) B 3TOH rOCTHHHIje Ha HeCKOJIbKO ffaePl. (9) Oh CKa3dji MHe KynHTb eiwy HecKOJibKO aHTJiHHCiaix iwapon. (10) .3 He yivteio KaTaTbcn Ha KOHbKax h h He jho6jik> xo/n'iTb Ha (8) fl npeAJiaraio,

jibiHK^biH fleHb. (13) ITonpocHTe Bauiero JiyHUiero apyra CKa3aTb BaM (cnpocHTe Bauiero nytuuero flpyra), no^eMy Bbi He nonyjinpHbi. (14) Ecjih KTo-HH6y;n> no3BOHHT, CKa>KH, mto h nouieJi b khho, HJ1H HTO H CMOTpK) TeJieBH30p. (15) Bm MHTaJiH KaKHe-rai6yAt xopoume KHHru b npouiJioM (11) Bbi (12)

H

rofly?

300

VOCABULARIES Russian-English Vocabulary All Russian

words occurring

the Vocabulary. in

Numbers

in this

book can be found in

in brackets refer to the lessons

which the words or phrases occur.

Nouns The gender of nouns is indicated by the letters m., or n. If the noun has a 'mobile vowel' - e, e, or o in the last syllable which disappears in the declension (e.g. OTeu, - OTua) this is indicated by the genitive singular and

/.,

the nominative plural given after the noun: OTeu m.

{gen. OTua, pi. OTUb'i)

If there is any peculiarity, irregularity, or difficulty about any part of the declension of a noun, such as the nominative plural of a masculine noun in -a, or a difficult genitive plural, then this is indicated in brackets. E.g. 6paT m.

{pi.

AepeBHH /.

6paTbH, gen.

pi.

SpaTbeB)

{gen. pi. ;jepeBeHb)

ropofl m. {pi. ropofla)

on a masculine noun throughout its declension from the nominative, then usually the genitive singular and the nominative plural are shown in brackets: If the stress

is

different

ctoji

m. {gen. crona,

pi. crojib'i)

If the stress shifts to the end in the plural only, then only the nominative plural is given in brackets: uiKacp m. {pi. uiKaepbi)

If the stress shifts to the end only in the oblique cases of the plural (i.e. all cases except the nominative), then this is

shown by the

genitive plural only:

bojik m. {gen. pi. bojikob)

301

Any

peculiarity in the stressing of feminine in brackets. Thus:

nouns

is

also

shown

6opo.ua /. (ace. 66pofly; pi. ooponbi, gen. pi. 6op6fl)

implies that the stress is on the last syllable, except for the accusative singular and nominative plural. If the stress shifts in the plural only, then this is shown by the nominative plural: 3Be3,ija/. (pi. 3Be3/u>i)

The same

applies to neuter nouns.

Verbs Immediately after the verb the conjugation is shown by the Roman figures I or II, or by the words mixed conj. If the verb is perfective, the letters pf. follow this. Then in brackets are given the first and second person singular of the present (or future, if perfective) tense. The stress and the stem ending will be the same, unless indicated, as in the 2nd person singular for all the remaining parts of the tense.

Thus:

KynHTb

II pf. (nynjub, Kynraiib)

have the 2nd person plural Kymrre. irregularity, difficulty or stress problems in the past tense are shown immediately after the present tense. Thus:

will

Any

Ha^aTb

I pf.

(Hara||y, -eiub past tense Hawaji, Hanajia, HaMajio;

-H)

If the 1st or

2nd person

singular of a verb are not found or is given. This is always

rarely found, then the 3rd person

the case with impersonal verbs. E.g.: CBeTaTb

I

(cBeTaeT)

If a transitive verb takes any other case except the accusathis is shown after the verb in brackets: (+gen.),

tive, (

+ instr.). 302

The short forms of the adjectives are given they present any difficulty, such as the insertion of a mobile vowel in the masculine or change of stress, and are Adjectives

only

if

in common use. All other parts of speech are indicated

which can be found on

p. xxiii.

303

by the abbreviations

RUSSIAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 6ajrKOH (14) m. balcony a (5)

cj.

6aHKa (18) /. jar, tin, can

and

but;

aBTOMo6HJn>

m. car, motor

(5)

n.

(26)

Ad-

miralty

oamHH

aflpec (5) m. address

A311H (29)

/.

aKTOBMH

3aji

Asia

m.

6e>KaTi>

be running

ajibirnHHCTCKHH (30) adj. mountaineering (attr.) aHTJiMcKHH (5) adj. English aHTjnraaHHH (4) m. {pi. aHTJiHiaHe) Enghshman aHTjnrqaHKa (4) /. {gen. pi. aHTJiirqaHOK) Enghshwoman

6e3 (15) pr. {+gen.) without 6ejibiH (7) adj. white oeHraJibCKHH (29) adj. Bengal, Bengali oeper (10) m. {pi 6epera) bank, shore SeceaoBaTb (7) I (6ece«y!|io, -enn>) to converse, to chat Beccapa6H« (27) /. Bessarabia OH6jTHOTeKa (5) /. library

Ahtjthh (2) /. England anneTHT (15) m. appetite apracx (12) m. actor, artist, performer, artiste

6nTb (25)

apxHB (29) m. archives apxnTeKTop (13) m. architect apxHTeKiypa (13) /. architecture acrmpaHT (23) m. postgraduate,

-emb) to

hit,

ojiaro (28) that

cj.

thanks to the fact

ejiaro^apHTb

II (19) (6jiaro-imib) to thank 6jiaroflapn (28) pr. { + dat.) flap||ib,

aTanoBaTb (17) I impf. and pf. (aTaKy||io, -emb) to attack ayflHTopHH (23) /. lecture room; audience poster Africa

bill,

(16) /.

I (6b||io,

to strike

research student arana (17)/. attack

AKi'imb ... 6eryT) to run, to

mountain-

eering ajn>riHHHCT (8) m. mountaineer

adniiua (13)/.

(23) /. {gen. pi.

6eraTb (8) I (6era||io, -emb) to run (about)

assembly

(23) m.

(30)

6aHOK)

tower

hall

anBirHHH3M

pi.

6acKeT66ji (30) m. basket-ball oaccenH (23) m. swimming bath, pool

car

AflMHpanTeHCTBO

{gen.

thanks

to,

owing

to;

flapn TOMy q-ro (28) to the fact that

cj.

6narothanks

6jiecTeTb (26) II (6jiemy, 6jiecninib) to shine

6jiecTHnrHH (26) adj. brilliant 6jih3ko (14) adv. near

aapoflpoM (15) m. aerodrome

6oraTMH

(22) adj. rich 6oii (10) m. battle 66jiee (22) adv. more

6a6yniKa (29)

/.

{gen. pi. 6a6y-

meK) grandmother

6ojie3Hb (28)/. illness SojieTb (8) II (Sojiitt, 6ojiht) to

6aKajien (18)/. groceries

ache

305

BaHHan (10)/. bathroom Bam, Bama, Bame; Bamn

Sojib (15)/. pain 6oJibm'ma (15)/. hospital

6ojii>h6h

(8)

SoJibHa,

66jieH,

-6;

BBHAy (28) pr. {+gen.) in view of; BBH^y Toro hto (28) cj. in

ill,

-b'i)

sick

Sojibiue

(15)

adj.

bigger;

(3)

pron. your

form

{short

adj.

view of the fact that B/ipyr (17) adv. suddenly Be/ryiuHH (23) part, leading

adv.

more; 6ojibme He no longer SojibuiHHCTBO (30) n. majority SojibinoH (7) adj. large; EojibBolshoy TeaTp moit (14)

Be3TH (11)

theatre 6opofla (23) /. {ace. 66pojry, pi. Sopoflbi gen. pi. 6op6fl) beard GopoTbCH (30) I (Sopibcb, 66peuibCH) to struggle 6oTaHHMecKHH (23) adj. botani-

draw Ben (25) m. {pi. BeKa, gen. pi. bckob) age, century Bejn'iKHH (16) adj. {short form BejiHK, -a, -6;

(22) m. {gen. 6oTHHKa,

60TUHOK

BepeBKa (30)

to fear

pi.

{gen.

n.

6pk>k)

future

jiok) bottle

6yxTa (2) /. bay 6biBaTb (13) I (6biBa||io, -euib) to be (frequently); 6biBaeT (9) it happens

to

{

+ acc,

+prep.)

BaroH (14)

in.

all,

every

Bcrmraa (18)/. ham Beqep (12) m. {pi.

in,

(railway) carriage

BawHbiii (28) adj. important Ba3a (2)/. vase

conduct (on foot)

Becb, bch, Bee; Bee (19) pron.

6b'icTpo (6) adv. quickly I (6y,u||y, -euib) to be

at; to, into

-Hllli) to

tense Beji, Bejia, -6; -h) to lead,

6biTb (8)

B

Bepe-

BepHyTbCH (20) I pf. (BepH||ycb, -embcn) to return BepxoM (30) adv. on horseback Becejibin (22) adj. cheerful, gay BecHTb (25) II (Bemy, Becumb) to weigh {intrans.) BecHa (9) /. {pi. BecHbi) spring BecHon (12) adv. in spring Becra (11) I (Beflj|y, -euib, past

(26) adj. future 6yTbiJiKa (18) /. {gen. pi. 6yTbi-

(9) pr.

{gen. pi.

believe

6yAymHii

bo

/.

bok) rope, string BepHTb (30) II (Bep||lO,

trousers

6y;rymee (26)

magni-

adj.

Bejiocnnefl (24) m. bicycle BejiocnnefliicT (24) m. cyclist

6paT (2) m. {pi. 6paTbH, gen. pi. 6p3TbeB) brother 6paTb (10) I (6ep||y, -euib, past tense 6pan, -a, -o; -h) to take 6pnTaHCKiiH (30) adj. British (22)

great

-ii)

ficent

gen. pi. 6othhok) shoe 60HTbCH (24) II (6o||K)Cb,-IIIIIbCH)

6pioKii

-emt, past

(Be3||y,

BejiHKOjienHbm (26)

cal

b,

I

tense Be3, Be3ira, -no; -mi) to carry, to drive, to bring, to

Beqepa)

evening; (22) party BeHepi'iHKa {gen. (22) /. pi. Benepi'iHOK) party Be^epoM (12) adv. in the evening Berub (3) /. {gen. pi. Bemen) thing

306

B3pocnbiH (17) adj. (also used as noun) grown-up, adult B3HTb (19) I pf. (B03bM||y, -emb,

BOJieH66ji (30) m. volley-ball bojik (17) m. (gen. pi. bojikob)

wolf bojiocm

past tense b3hji, -a, -o; -h) to take bha (20) m. view; species

Bonpoc BopoTa

BHfleTb (6) II (BH>Ky, BHflHIHb) to see

BH3a (30) /.

visa

BHJina (10) fork

/.

bhh6

(18) n. (pi. BHHa)

BHceTt (13) to

hang

BHCHiub)

thusiastic, enraptured BOCXHLHdTbCH (2l) I (BOCXHIHa||iocb, -emben) ( + instr.) to admire, to be carried away by

(intrans.)

BJie3aTb (15)

I

(BJie3a||io, -euib)

climb in BMecre (7) adv. together BMecTO (24) pr. (+gen.) instead to

Bocxo>*c,a;eHHe (30) n. ascent (1) particle here (is), there (is)

bot

of

BnafldTb (26)

bhh3 (20) adv. down(wards) BHH3y (20) adv. below, down-

BneHaTJieHHe

BHHMaHne (26) n. attention Bo^a (1) /. (ace. BOfly, pi. b 6,1ml)

B03BpamaTbCH

(16) I (B03Bpama||iocb, -enibcn) to return

B03Bpan;eHHe (24) B03BbimaTbCH (23)

return (B03BbIUia

n. I

iocb, -enibcn) to rise, to

||

tower

up

convey bohhbi) war BOHTH (20) I pf. (BOH A Y, -eiHb, past tense Bomeji, BouiJia, -6; (pi.

II

-h) to enter, to

come

B0K3aJi

(u) m.

BOKpyr

(14) pr. (+gen.)

in

station

around

n.

pression pi.

pi.

Bpam'i) doctor, physician

BpeMfl (4) n. (gen. BpeiweHH, pi. BpeiweHa) time Bpo,ne (24) in the nature of Bca^HHK (28) m. rider, horseman

Bee (6) pr. pi. everybody Bee (6) pr. n. everything Bcer^a (8) adv. always (21)

adv. soon, shortly

after, in a short

time

BCnOMHHaTb

(18) I (BCnOMHHa||10, -emb) to remember, to recall, to recollect

to carry, to drive, to

BoiiHa (18)/.

(26)

npoH3BO£HTb

Bpar (14) m. (gen. Bpara, Bparn) enemy Bpan (3) m. (gen. Bpana,

BCKope

B03flyx (13) m. air; Ha OTKpb'iTOM B03flyxe (30) in the open air B03HTb (il) II (BOHKy, BOflHIHb) to lead, to guide (on foot) B03BpaTHTbCH (20) II pf. (B03Bpanrycb, B03BpaTHiHbca) to return

I (Bna;ja||io,

to fall into

stairs

water

bopot)

BocKpecdHbe (13) n. Sunday BoccTdHHe (27) n. uprising boctok (9) m. east BocTopHKy,

BbtXOAHUIb) tO gO OUt; Bbl-

B^epa

(9) adv. yesterday Bbi (3) pron. you

xo^HTb Ha

BbiSpaTb (30) I pf. (Bb'i6ep|ly, -euib) to choose

(28) to

(14) to overlook; BbDCOflHTb 3aMy>K 3a ( + acc.)

(24) I (Bbie3HKaTb to

ra3eTa (2)

(25) I pf. (Bbiefl||y, -euib) to leave, to drive out,

tense

tO 3a marry (of a

rfle

adj.

woman)

(20)

I

-euib) to fly out,

(BbiJieTa||io,

away

BbiJieTeTb (20) II pf. (BbiJieuy, BbiJiexmiib) to fly out, to leave (by plane)

Bb'inncKa (19) /. (gen. nucoK) extract

BbinHTb (27) I pf. -euib) to drink (up) BbinOJIHHTb (30)

pi.

Bb'i-

(place);

(30)

somewhere

reKTap (23) m. hectare repoii (4) m. hero rjiaBHbrti (25) adj. main, chief rjia3 (8) m. (pi. rjia3a, gen. pi. rjia3)

eye

rjiynbiii (30) adj. stupid

roBopHTb

(2) II (roBOp||ib, -iiuib)

to say, to talk

(Bb'inb||io,

I

(BbHTOJIHH||lO,

Bbipa3HTb (30) II

pf. (Bbipa>i) to express

where

anywhere; rfleHn6yflb (30) anywhere; r^e-TO

gO OUt; BblHTH +acc. (28) to

-H)

adv.

(2)

iyje-JHiGo (30)

Bb'miJia,

Bb'nueji,

3aMy>K

BbiJieTarb

(18)

delicatessen (attr.)

Bb'iHTH (21) I pf. (BbiHfl||y, -euib, -O;

in. tie

raerpoHOMHHecKHH

go out

past

newspaper

rapa>K (13) m. garage

Bbiexa-rb to

/.

raJicryK (22)

go out

ro,a (10)

m.

(pi.

roflbi or roAa,

gen. pi. roflOB) year rojiOBa (8) /. (ace. rojioBy, pi. rojioBbi, gen. pi. tojiob) head tojioc (12) m. (pi. rojioca, gen. pi. tojiocob) voice

308

ropa

(20)

ropbi)

/.

ropy,

(ace.

p& (1) particle yes AaBaTb (2) I Caa!|ib, -enib) to

r6p#ocTb (26)/. pride ropa3flo (22) adv. far, ropjio (8) n. throat ropHbiii

much

give;

rrbecy

.ijaBaTb

to

(13)

put on a play

mountain

adj.

(20)

AaBHO

(attr.)

ropofl (11)

a

pi.

mountain

hill,

ropoAa) town

in. (pi.

ropoflOK (23) m. (gen. ropOflKa, pi. ropoflKi'i) little

town

ropHMHii (10) adj. hot; fervent

rocTHHHua (13)/. hotel rocTHTb (24) II (ronry, rocniuib) to stay with; to be a guest rocTb (4) m. (gen. pi. rocTeii) guest

rocyaapcTBeHHbiH

state

(23)

(14) adv. a long time ago aa>Ke (5) adv. even ZiajieKo (11) adv. far AaJibuie (1 1) adv. further, farther «aTb (19) mixed conj. pf. (fla.M, flanib, «acT, AaflHM, AaflHTe, flajryT) to give Aaib see jjaBaTb Asa-Tpn, ABe-rpii (30) num. two or three jlBeph (12) /. (gen. pi. jxpepePi)

door

(attr.)

rocyAapcTBO (19) TOTOBHTb (13)

n.

flBopdu (26) m. (gen. ABopua,

State

II

(rOTOBJlIO,

roTOBHiub) to prepare, to cook rpa>KflaHHH (5) in. (pi. rpa>KaaHe) citizen rpa>KAaHKa (5) /. (gen. pi. rpa>KflaHOK) citizen(ess) rpaALM (18) m. gramme rpaHi'iTHbiH adj. granite (26)

flBoprrb'i)

aeBOMKa

«eBy-

pi.

girl

;ie,zryniKa

(29)

in.

(gen.

pi.

fleaymeK) grandfather AeKa6pncT (27) m. Decembrist flejiaTb (4) I (aejia||io, -euib) to

do, to

(attr.)

rpam'ma

(11) /. (gen. pi. fleBO-

MeK) little girl aeByuiKa (7) /. (gen.

men)

pi.

palace

make

(30) /. frontier; H3-3a rpaHi'mbi (30) from abroad;

aejia-rbCH

rpaHHuen (30) abroad (place); 3a rpamnry (30) abroad

come aejierauHH (29)

(direction)

aejio (24) n. (pi. aejia) business,

(16) -enibCH) to be

3a

rpe6jiH (30)/. rowing

rpy-

fleffi.

group

ryflOK (24) m. (gen. ry^Ka, pi. ryAKn) hooting; horn (ryjiflj|K>,

-euib) to

walk; to go for a walk

rycTon (24)

adj. thick,

delegation

(4)

m. (gen. «hh,

dense

pi.

j#m,

gen. pi. flHeH) day

lorry,

^eHbrn (18)

ryjiHTb (8) I

be-

to

AejrbTa (26) /. delta

truck (24) /.

(flejiajliocb,

made;

affair

rpoMKO (6) adv. loudly rpy30BHK (11) m. (gen. 30BHKa, pi. rpy30BHKH) rpynna

/.

I

pi. (gen. fleHer, dat.

AeHbraM, instr. /jeHbraMH, prep. aeHbrax) money AepeBHH (13) /. (pi. ^epeBHH, gen. pi. aepeBem,) village; country

AepeBO pi.

309

(14) n. (pi. flepeBbfl, gen.

aepeBbeB)

tree;

wood

flepeBHHHbiH (25) adj. wooden ;jep>KaTb (14) II (flepwy, Aep>khiiib) to

aecHTOK pi.

Aomhk

(24) m. little house flOMOii (2) adv. home(wards)

Aopora (11)/. road

hold

/ioporofi (7) adj. dear; expensive

(23) m. {gen. aecHTKa,

AOCKa (1) /. (pi. aockh, gen. AOcok) board, black-board

flecHTKH) ten

Aera (11)

(ace.

pi.

instr. dat. fleTHM, prep. AeTHx) children

Actctbo (10)

n.

aerea,

gen.

flOCTaBJIHTb (30) I (^OCTaBJIH||lO, -euib) to deliver; AocraBJiHTb

AeTbMH,

y^oBOJibCTBHe

childhood

pleasure AOCTpaiiBaTb

form AeuieB, AemeBa, AemeBo; -bi) cheap (22)

fleiueBbiH

Ahb&h

(short

adj.

flupeKTop (23) m. director, head (19) /. dissertation,

thesis

fljiHHeH,

{short

flJiHHHa,

form

ajihhho;

fljiHHHbi) long fljiH (15) pr.

(+gen.) for, for the

sake of

AHeM (12) adv. in the daytime AO (14) pr. (+gen.) before, till; as far as

fl66pbiH (13) adj. good, kind flOBOJibHO (30) adv. sufficiently,

enough

(20)

I

give

(AocrpaHbuilding

AOCTpoiiTb (20) II pf. (AOCTp6||K>, -Huib) to finish building II AOXOAHTb (29) («oxo>Ky, AoxoAHMib) to reach AOueHT (23) m. university lec-

(10) m. sofa (6) m. dictation

AJiHHHbiH (26) adj.

to

(30)

Ba||io, -euib) to finish

^HKTaHT

AHCcepTauuH

pi.

turer AO*ib (3) /. (pi. AonepH, gen. pi.

Aoyepeii) daughter (29) adj. ancient ApeBHOCTb (25) /. antiquity

ApeBHHH

(7) m. (pi. ApysbH, gen. Apy3en) friend Apyron (18) other, another

Apyr

AyiwaTb (4) think

I

pi.

(AyMa||io, -euib) to

AysJib (28) /. duel

Ahah

m. uncle

(3)

flOBOJibHbiii (16) adj. satisfied

;joe3>KaTb

(29) -enib) to reach

I

Qjoe3>Ka||io,

pf. (floeflly, -euib)

EBpona (29) /. Europe eBponencKHH (29) adj. European

flOKflb (8) m. (gen. ao>kah, pi. AO>kah) rain

eABa (28) barely, scarcely eAy see exaTb e3AHTb (11) II (e3>ny, e3AHiub) to

floexaTb (29) to reach

I

flOHTH (29) I pf. (flOHfl||y, -euib, past tense AomeJi) to reach /jOKJiaA (19) m. report ;;6ktop (9) m. (pi. flOKTopa) doctor (not necessarily medical) AOJiro (9) adv. for a long time flOJi>KeH,

flOJi>KHa,

-6;

must, ought, have to AOM (1) m. (pi. flOMa)

home

-bi

(8)

go, to ride, to drive ecjiu (5)

cj. if

ecTb (10) mixed conj. (eiw, emb, ecT, eAHM, eAHTe, caht; past tense eji) to eat

exaTb (3)

I

(eA||y,

-euib) to go,

to ride, to drive

house,

eiue adv. yet; too

310

still;

more;

also,

3K

3aBH3aTb

>Kajn> (13) adv. it is a pity; >Kajn>! What a pity!

(29) I pf. (3aBH>Ky, 3aBH>Keinb) to tie up; to start 3afl6jrro (22) adv. long (before) 3ae3>KaTb I (3ae3HK«aTb (29)

I (>Kfl||y 3 -enib),

-enxb) to call

past

3aexaTb (24)

tense >K/jaji, -a, -o; -h) to wait

to call

>KejiaHHe (30) «. desire, wish wejiaTb (30) I (>Ke.Tid||io, -eim>) to desire, to wish >Kejie3Haa aopora (21)/. railway

a

HKH

>KryT past tense >Ker, >ktjio; >ktjih) to

>khboh

(17)

(27) II pf. (3aKOHMJ|y, -Hun>) to finish, to round off

3aKptiBaTb (12) I (3aKpbiBa||io, -emb) to close 3aKpbiBaTbCH (12) I (3aKpbiBaeicn) to be closed

...

>KrJia,

burn

adj.

alive,

live,

adj.

pic-

3aKpb'iTb

(27) I -euib) to close

living

>KHBonHCHbiH

(23)

(3anfl||y, -euib,

3aKOHHHTb

woman

(>Kry,

I pf.

past tense 3auieJi) to call on

man) /.

on

3aHHTepecoBaxbCH

>KeHa (4) /. (pi. Hcenbi) wife >KeHHTbCH (28) II impf. and pf. (nKeHHiin.CH) to

marry (of

on

I pf. (3ae/i||y, -enib)

(3aKp6||io,

pf.

3a ji (2) m. hall 3ajrHB (26) m. bay

turesque >KH3Hb (4)/. hfe jKHJmuje (17) n. dwelling (place) >KHTb (10) I (»aiB||y, -euib, past tense yuan, -a, -o; -h) to live >KypH3Ji (7) m. magazine >KypHajnicT (29) m. journalist

3aMeTHTb (26) II pf. 3aMeTHnib) to notice

(3aMeMy,

3aMeMaTejn>HbiH (21) adj.

won-

derful 3aiwy>K see bb'ihth

3aMy>KeM (28) adv. married

(a

woman) 3aHHMaTb

I (3aHHMa||lO, (23) -enib) to occupy; to interest

3a (16) pr. ( + acc, +instr.) behind, beyond; at; for

3aHHMaTbCH

3a66THTbCH

(3a6biBa||io,

be engaged in, to be busy with 3aHHTb (27) I pf. (3aui\iy, -euib,

(3a6y,al|y,

past tense 3aHHJi, 3aHHJia, 3aHHJio; -h) to occupy

(24) II (3a66iyci>, 3a6oTmni>cfl) to take care

3a6biBaTb

(20)

I

-enib) to forget 3a5b'iTb

I (20) pf. -euib) to forget

3aBefleHHe (23) institution 3aBO^ (2) m. factory, works, plant 3aBTpa (11) adv. tomorrow 3aBTpaK (12) m. breakfast

(16)

I

(3aHH-

Ma||iocb, -euibca) to study, to

3ana« (9) m. west 3anepeTb (27) I pf. (3anp||y, -emb, past tense 3anep, 3anepjia, 3anepjio; -jih) to lock

3armcaTb (20)

3aBTpaKaTb (12) I (3aBTpaKaj|io, -enib) to have breakfast

311

I pf.

(3aimiiry, 3a-

mnneuib) to write down 3anp6c (22) m. inquiry, request,

demand

3aciweHTbCH (19) I pf. (3acMe||ibcb, -euibcn) to laugh (3acH||y,

3acHyTb (19) I pf. -emb) to fall asleep (26) I pf. -enib) to find (in) (12)

(3acbina||io,

I

-emb) to fall asleep 3axoAHTb (24) II (3axo>Ky, 3axoflmiib) to call

3y6

on

m. defender; (17) full-back (in football) 3aHn. (24) m. {gen. 3aHH,a, pi.

to ring up,

to tele-

phone 3flaHne (13) n. building 3flecb (2) adv. here (12)

I

-euibcn) to to exchange greetings 3,ijop6Bbe (12) n. health Ba||iocb,

3flpaBCTByn(Te) (5)

do?

(1)

(3flOp6greet,

how do you

hullo!

3ejieHbin (9) adj. green 3eMJiH (3) /. {ace. 3eMJiK>, pi. 36mjih, gen. pi. 3eM^Jib) earth,

land

pi.

3y6oB) tooth

cj.

and

to

play HflTii

(4)

tense

to

3Be3«a (25) /. {pi. 3Be3Abi) star 3Bepb (17) m. {gen. pi. 3Bepen) (wild) animal 3BOHHTb (30) II (3BOH||K), -IlUIb)

3flOp6BaTbCH

m. {gen.

h6o (28) cj. for nrpa (30)/. {pi. nrpbi) game nrpaTb (6) I (nrpa||io, -emb)

3annbi) hare

ring;

= 3oojiornMecKHH

H h

3amHTHHK

to

(8)

(

(17) zoo

(3acTaH||y 3

3acTaTb

3acbinaTb

30onapK napn)

H^y

I

(H;i||y,

men,

-emb, past mJio;

uiJia,

mjm)

go (on foot) see

hath

H3 (14) pr. {+gen.) from, out of H3BecTHbiH (21) adj. well-known; certain

H3-3a (15) pr. {+gen.) from behind; because of H306pa>KaTb I (H30(29) 6pa>Ka||io, -emb) to portray H3yMHTejibHbiH (26) adj. amazing

H3yMaTb (5) I (H3yMa||io, -emb) to study {trans.) H3yMHTb (19) II pf. (H3yyy, H3yHHmb) to study {trans.) H3HiirHbiH (22) adj. elegant HKpa (18)/. caviare hjih (3) cj. or

(12) n. {pi. 3epKajia, gen. pi. 3epKaJi) mirror, look-

HjweTb (24) I (HMe||io, -emb) to have; HiweTb Mecro (24) to take place

ing-glass

hmh

3epKaJio

3HMa

(9)

/.

{ace.

3Hiwy,

(4)

n.

HMeHa, gen.

pi.

3hmbi) winter

Christian

{gen. pi.

name

3hmhhh (26) adj. winter {attr.) 3hmoh (12) adv. in winter

hh/jhhckhh (29)

3HaKOMHTbCH (29) II (3HaKOMjnocb, 3HaK6MHinbCH) to make

HH^KeHep

Hhahh

the acquaintance

3HaHHe

(4) n. knowledge I (3Ha||io, -emb) to

3HaTb (4)

30jiotoh (7) adj. golden

know

hmchh, pi. hmch) name,

adj.

Indian

(29)/. India

(3) m. engineer HHorfla (16) adv. sometimes HHOCTpaHHbiH (27) adj. foreign HHcrpyKTop (15) m. instructor

HHTepec (16) m. interest HHTepecHbiH (8) adj. interesting

312

HHTepecoBaTbCH (16)

I

-euibcn)

cy||iocb,

oneself terested

to

interest

become

to

(in),

(HHTepe-

gramme

in-

KHJiorpaMM (18) m. kilogramme

HHTpi'ira (28) /. intrigue HCnOJIHHTb (2l) I (HCnOJIHH||lO,

-euib) to fulfil, to carry out

HCTopnH

KBapTiVpa (10)/. flat KHJio (18) n. (indeclinable) kilo-

KHJiowieTp (17) m. kilometre

khho (14) n. (indeclinable) cinema KHHOonepaTop (20) m. camera-

man

(16) /. history; story

KHHOCTyAHH

(20) /. film studio KJiacc (1) m. class(room); class KJiacTb (10) I (KJiafl||y, -emb,

K k

(15) pr.

(

+ dat.)

to,

towards

KaSiiHa (21) /. driving cab (in lorry), cockpit

Ka6nHeT (10) m. study KaBKa3 (9) m. Caucasus

>KenibCH) to

seem

(6)

Kor^a

adv. how;

cj.

as,

like;

Kan-TO (30) somehow, sometime; KaK TOJibKO (28) as soon as; KaK mo>kho 66jibiue (29) as

much as possible KaKoii (7) pron. what, which; KaKOH-JinGo (30) any; KaKoiiHn6yjrb

(30) any, Kofi-To (30) some

KaMeHb

(25)

m.

some; Ka-

(pi.

m. climate

(10) m. (gen. KOBpa, KOBpti) carpet

(Ka3H||lO, -HlUb)

II pf.

(9)

KOBep Ka-

to execute

Kan

KJiHMaT

KJiy6 (13) m. club KHiira (2) /. book

Ka>KflbiH (11) adj. each Ka3aTbCH (16) I (na>Kycb,

Ka3HHTb

past tense KJian) to put (horizontally)

(30)

(4)

pi.

adv. when; Kor,n;a-TO

sometime, once; Korfla-

HuGyirb (30) sometime Koe-rfle (30) adv. in places, here and there

Koe-KaK (30) adv. anyhow Koe-MTo (30) pron. one or two things KOJiQaca (18) /. (pi. KOJiSacbi) sausage (usually smoked) KOJIOKOJI (25) m. (pi. KOJIOKOJia) bell

KaMHn,

gen. pi. KaMHeii) stone KaHaJi (1) m. canal

KOJioKOJibHH (25) /. (gen. KOJiOKOJieH) bell-tower

KannTaH

KOJiOHHaAa (26) /. colonnade KOjrxo3 (11) m. collective farm KOjrxo3HbiH (21) adj. collective

(17) m. captain (3) m. (gen. KapaH^a-

KapaHflam

ma, pi. KapaHAamn) pencil KapMaH (18) m. pocket KapTa

(1) /.

farm

map

(adj.)

KOMaH/ja (15)

m.

team;

order,

command

KapraHa (2) /. picture Kapbepa (21)/. career Kacca (18) /. desk, till, cash counter (KaTa||K)Cb, I KaTaxbCH (30) -euibCH) to go for a ride, drive; KaTaTbCH Ha KOHbKax (30) to skate

pi.

KOMHaTa (2) /. room KOMno3HTop (21) m. composer KOHeii (14) m. (gen. Komja, pi. KOHUb'i) end KOHeMHO (22) adv. of course KOHcepBaTopnH (21)/. conservatoire, academy of music

313

KOHcepBbi fi8) m. pi. tinned goods KOHdpepeimHH (19) /. conference KOHuepT (9) m. concert KOHMaTb (19) I (KOHMa||lO, -euib)

Ky,ija

(19) I (KOHMa||lOCb, -euibcn) to finish (intrans.)

KOHMHTb

(19) II -Hiub) to finish

somewhere Kyjibiypa (14)/. culture I (Kyna||iocb, (13) -euibcn) to bathe, have a bath Kyneu, (29) m. (gen. Kynua, pi.

Kyrmbi) merchant

(KOHM||y,

pf.

KynuTb

(19) II pf. (KOHM||yCbj -HiiibCH) to finish (intrans.)

KOHbKOB)

(30) pi. (gen.

skates

Koneihxa (15) /. neeK) copeck

Konbe (17)

(gen.

pi.

(gen. pi.

n.

ko-

Konirii)

kitchen

(gen. KOCTpa, pi.

koctpm) camp

fire

koctiom (22) m. suit, costume KOT6pbiH (21) relative pronoun which, what KoBa,

pi.

jierKHii (30) adj. easy (9) m. (gen. Jib^a, pi. JibRbi)

(10) n. (gen. pi. Kpeceji)

KpecTbHHHH

(5)

m.

(pi.

KpeCTbH-

Kpy>KKu) (3) pron.

circle,

(8) /. lecture m. (pi. Jieca)

forest,

wood (24) m.

(gen.

JiecHHKa,

JiecHHKu) forester jiecTHHua (26) /. staircase pi.

Kpoiwe (22) pr. (+gen.) besides; Kpojwe Toro (28) furthermore Kpy>KOK (17) m. (gen. Kpy>KKa, /.

(8)

necHHK

(27) m. critic

pron.

lie

jiemuiH Jiec

He) peasant

Kpbinia (5)

ice

sound

arm-chair

(30)

lamp

jie>KaTb (8) II (jie>K||y, -uuib) to

KpenKHii (18)

kto

(namy, Jia3urub)

Jie,ij

KpeMJib (14) m. (gen. KpeMJin)

pi.

/.

(17) m. jibBbi) lion

jieB

(attr.)

kphthk

camp

pi. Jiarepeti)

jia3aTb (30) II to climb

jiaMna (1)

KpacHBbiii (7) adj. beautiful KpacHbrii (7) adj. red

(nynjub,

pf.

KypHTb (7) II (nypib, Kypnuib) to smoke Kypc (20) m. course KycoK (18) m. (gen. KycKa, pi. KycKu) piece, lump KyxHH (10) /. (gen. pi. KyxoHb)

spear

Koerep (13) m.

II

(19)

Kyrmuib) to buy

KOHMHTbCH

Kpeaio

anywhere, Kyaa-TO (30)

(30)

somewhere;

KynaTbCH

to finish

KOHMaTbCH

KOHbKH

whither, where;

adv.

(6)

Kyfla-Hn6yflb

group

jieTaTb (11) I (jieTa||io, -euib) to fly

jie-reTb

roof

who; KTo-HH6yflb anyone, someone;

kto-to (30) pron. someone

(11)

II

(Jieny,

jieTmub)

to fly

summer (attr.) summer adv. in summer

jieTHHH (11) adj. jiero (9) n.

jieTOM (12)

314

MaTH (17) m. match MaTb (3) /. (gen. MaTepn, pi. MaTepH, gen. pi. MaTepen)

jie^b (25) I pf. (jinry, JiH>Keiiib ... JinryT, past tense Jier, -Jia,

-no; -nil) to lie down jiH6epaJibHbiH (27) adj. liberal

jihmoh (16) m. lemon jihchh fox adj. (21)

mother (18) m. honey MeABe«b (24) m. bear Me«Be>KHH (21) adj. bear iwefl

(attr.),

fox's

jihct (18) m. {pi. JiHCTbH, gen. pi.

Me/yieHHO

jiiicTbeB) leaf

jiHuefi (27) in.

jihuo (8) n. jioBKirii

Lyceum

(gen.

(30) /.

Me>KAy (17) tween

boat JIO>KHTbCH

copper;

pr.

(

(28)

+ instr.)

be-

down

melody, tune MeHee (22) adv. less MeHbuie (22) adv. less

(gen. pi. Jioma-

Memo

-liuibCH) to lie /.

(jIO>K||yCb),

jrymne (15) adv. better jib'dkh (30) pi. (gen. jim>k) skis Jno6HMbin (8) adj. favourite;

beloved, loved

MeinaTb (15)

(8) II (juoGjik),

JubSnuib)

(

+ dat.)

(Mema||io, -euib) hinder, prevent,

I

to

to stop

to love, to like

inoSoBaTbCH (21) (

menu

(mchAWk), -euib)

I

MecTHOCTb (30) /. locality Mecro (2) n. (pi. MecTa) place MecHu (13) m. month

JiywuiHH (15) adj. better; best

-enibCH)

(10) n. (indeclinable)

MeHHTb (26) to change

horse

jnoGHTb

slowly adj.

jviejio/jHH (25) /.

II

(12)

nomaflb (20) Aeii)

jioaok)

pi.

(28)

BCaAHHK» The Bronze Horseman

adroit jioflKa

(5) adv.

«MeAHbIH

dexterous,

adj.

(8)

Me/jHbiH

face

(pi. jn'ma)

(attr.),

bear's

I

MHJiJiiiOH (25) m. million mhmo (14) pr. (+gen.) past,

(jiK>6y||iocb,

+ instr.)

to

admire

MHHHCTepcrBO

mbn.ii (13) pi. (ace., gen. montvi, dat. JiibflHM, instr. JiioAbMH,

by

(27) n. ministry;

MlIHIICTepCTBO HHOCTpaHHBIX (27) Foreign office, Mini-

prep, jijoahx) people

fleji

stry of foreign affairs

M MaB30Jieii (29) m.

Mara3im

Man

(4)

(14) m.

MHHyTa (15)/. minute jwnp (18) m. peace; world MHoro (8) adv. much; many

mausoleum

shop

MOflejib (22) /.

May

m.

MOflejibep

MaJieHbKHii (21) adj. little, small MaJio (18) adv. little, few

MaJibMHK

(7)

Mapna (30) stamp

m. boy /.

(gen.

pi.

iwapoK)

(22) /. matter; fabric

rial, cloth,

m.

(dress)

de-

signer

MOHkho (8) (it is) possible; nan mo>kho 66jibme (29) as much as possible

Macjio (11) n. butter; oil MaiepnaJi (19) m. material

MaxepnH

model

(22)

moh, moh, Moe; moh

my mate-

MOJioaoii (7) adj. young mojioko (11) n. milk

315

(2)

proti.

Ha3BaHne (25) Ha3BaTb (28)

MOJiwa (29) adv. silently MOiweHT (17) m. moment

Mope (5) n. {pi. Mopn) Mopo3 (9) m. frost

sea

(jwory,

I

(8)

iwo>Keuib

...

iworyT, past tense iwor, Morjia,

to be able My>K (14) m. {pi. My>KbH, gen. pi. my>KeH) husband my>KMHHa (5) m. man My3eii (12) m. museum My3biKa (16) /. music jio; -jth)

Mbi (3) pron. we MbiTb (29) I (mo||io,

-euib)

to

wash

mhmh)

Ha3biBaTb

(28) -euib) to call

na3biBaTbCH (25) I (Ha3biBa||iocb, -embcn) to be called Han66jiee (22) adv. most HaniweHee (22) adv. least HanTH (27) I pf. (Haiifllly, -emb, past tense Hameji) to find HaKOHeii (17) adv. at last HanpbiBaTb (7) I (HaKpbiBa||io, -euib) to cover; HaKpbiBaTb Ha ctoji (7) to lay the table HajieBO (10) adv. on the

Hanmueuib)

pi.

HanpaBO

{ace.

+prep.) on,

to write

at,

HapoA

pf.

on the right example

(9) adv. for

(29) m. people adj. (21)

-euib) to observe

(20) adv.

upstairs {mo-

tion)

HaBepxy (20) adv. upstairs Haa (16) pr. { + instr.) above HaAewfla (28) /. hope HafleHTbCH

(15)

I

(24) mixed Hafloemb ... { + dat.) to bore

-euib) to insist

HacTOHTb (30)

HacTOHUuiH

see

HacTpoeHne (21)

HaAOJiro (24) adv. for long Ha3afl (24) adv. ago

{h&ecTb)

adj.

(26) present, actual

(Hafle||iocb,

conj.

II pf.

(HacToj|ib,

-Hiub) to insist

-embCH) to hope HaAO (8) (it is) necessary HafloecTb

HapyuiaTb (24) I (Hapyma||io, -emb) to disturb, to disrupt nacraHBaTb (30) I (HacTaiiBa||io,

{place)

over,

popular,

national

(Ha6jnoAaj|io,

I

(Hanoji-

fill

HapoflHbiH

HaGjuoflaTb (17)

left

pf.

(10) adv.

nanpHiwep

to

floeM,

I

nanojTHHTb (27) II

H

naBepx

(Ha3biBa||io,

I

(HaneMaTa||io, -euib) to print; to type HanncaTb (19) I pf. (Hannuiy,

ball

(9) pr.

title

(Ha30B||y,

name

h||io, -Huib) to

Ha

pf.

Ha3BaTbCH (25) I pf. (Ha30Bycb, Ha30BeuibCH) to be called Ha3HaMeHne (23) n. designation, purpose

Hane^aTaTb (26)

Mbicjib (27) /. thought MH60 (10) n. meat mhm (17) m. {gen. MHMa,

name,

I

-euib) to call,

MOCKBH«[ (17) m. {gen. MOCKBHHa, pi. mockbhmh) Muscovite, inhabitant of Moscow moct (1) m. {gen. MOCTa pi. moctm) bridge motouhkji (11) m. motorcycle

MOMb

n.

n.

genuine;

mood, tem-

per HacTynaTb I (HacTynacr) (9) to begin (of seasons)

HayMHbiH (17) adj. naxoAHTb (12)

scientific

II

HaxoflHuib) to find

316

(Haxo>ik (5) m. {gen. HOHkh) knife HOCHTb (il) II (HOHiy, HOCHHIb)

HeKOTopbiH (30) pron. certain

some; somewhat HecMOTpn Ha (29) pr.

(4) /.

news

HOBbift (7) adj.

He/jaBHO (9) adv. recently HeAaJieKO (14) adv. not far HeAejia (13) /. week HeKOirja (24) adv. never, time] once, formerly

spite of;

HOBOCTb CTeii)

He (3) particle not He6o (7) n. sky, heaven Herae (24) adv. nowhere

cj.

cj.

(3)

it's

it

hobhmok (30) m. pi. hobhhkh)

trans.)

(29)

(13) pron.

nothing,

...

to carry; to wear (15) HoneBaTb (12) (HOMy||io, -emb) to spend the night HO^b (5) /. {gen. pi. Honen)

night Ho^bio (12) adv. at night Hy>KHO (8) (it is) necessary; must,

need ny>KHbiH (19)

hhhh

adj. necessary

(17)/. nurse,

nanny

o o

060) (9) pr. about, concerning (06,

{+prep.)

66a, 66e (17) num. both o6efl (12) m. dinner, lunch o6eflaTb (7) I (o6efla||io, -emb) to have dinner, lunch

o6e3bHHa (17)/. ape o6pa30BaHHe (27) n. education o6pa30BaTb (26) I imp. and pf. (o6pa3y||io, -emb) to form o6pa30BaTbCH (19) I impf. and pf. (o6pa3yeTca) to be formed o6cepBaTopHH (23) /. observa-

nowhere

tory

317

66yBb (22)

/.

footwear

onpaBflaTb

66mecTBO

(27) n. society

fla||bo,

(28) I pf. (onpaB-euib) to justify

o6t>HB JieHHe n. announcement o6l>HCHHTb (6) I (o6l>HCHH K>, -euib) to explain

opnrHHaJibHbiH

o6b'iHHO (11) adv. usually

oceHb

||

orpoMHbin

(23) adj.

o;jeBaTb (12) to dress

OAeBaTbca

huge

I (ofleBa||io,

onHTb

(9) /.

-eiub)

||

adj.

ori-

autumn

oceHbbo (12) adv. in

(oAeBa K>cb,

I

(22)

ginal

ocHOBaTb

(26)

-euib) to

(12)

again

(6) adv.

I

autumn

pf.

(ocHy||ib,

found

ocoSeHHO (13) adv. especially

-enibcn) to dress oneself o/je>Kfla (22) /. clothing

oc66bin (30) adj. special ocraBHTb (29) II pf. (oCTaBJIK),

ofleTb (27) I pf. (ofleH||y, -euib) to dress

OCTaBJIHTb

one (13) adv. once

ocTaBHmb) to leave (29) -euib) to leave

o;jhh, o/jHa, oflHO (17) OflHa>Kflbi

ocTaHaBJiHBaTb

63epo (13) n. (pi. 03epa) lake OKa3aTbCH (28) I pf. (oKa>Kycb.. OKa>neujbCH) to turn out to be OKa3biBaTb (30) I (0Ka3biBa||io, -euib)

to

to

afford,

OKa3biBaTb give help OKa3bIBaTbCH

give;

noMomb

(30)

(28)

(OKa3bI-

I

Ba||iocbj -euibcn) to turn

to

out

(2)

n.

OKHa, gen.

(pi.

(14)

n.

end, finishing; (27)

graduation

OKOHWHTb

(24) II pf. (OKOHil||y,

-nuib) to finish

onpecTHOCTb (25) surroundings oh (2) pron. he OHa (2) pron. she

/.

environs,

ocTaHOBi'iTbCH (24) II pf. (ocTaHOBjnbcb, ocTaHOBHuibcn) to stop I pf. (ocTaH||ycbj -euibcn) to stay, to remain

m.

(pi.

OCTpOBa)

ot (14) pr. (+gen.) from OTB^CHbin (30) adj. sheer, steep OTBeT (22) m. answer oTBeTHTb (22) II pf. (oTBeqy, OTBeTnmb) to answer OTBeMaTb (6) I (oTBeia||io, -euib) to answer OTfleji (18) m. department, section

-euib) to rest

it

onacHbift (29) adj. dangerous onepa (21)/. opera ormcaHHe (29) n. description (29) I (onmuy, iueiub) to describe

(26)

island

OTAeJibHbiH (23) adj. separate OTflOXHyTb (30) I pf. (OTflOXH||y3

pron. they

(2) pron.

omicaTb

(intrans.)

ocTaHOBHTb (24) II pf. (ocTahobjuo, ocTaHOBHmb) to stop

OCTpOB

OKOHMaHne yHHBepcHTeTa

oho

I (ocraHaBjmBa||iocb, -euibCH) to stop

(+gen.) about,

pr.

near OKOHMatuie (27)

ohi'i (2)

ocTaHaBJiHBaTbCH (12)

pi.

okoh) window okojio

I (11) (ocraHaBJiHBa||io, -euib) to stop

ocTaTbCH (24)

to be

okho

(0CTaBJIH||K>,

I

omi-

oTAbix (13) m. rest OTflbixaTb

(7)

I

(oT;jbixa||io,

-euib) to rest

OTeu

(2)

m.

OTUb'i) father

18

(gen.

OTua,

pi.

OTKpblBaTb (12) -euib) to

(OTKpbIBa||tO,

I

open

OTKpblBaTbCH (12) I (OTKpblBaeTCH) to open (intrans.) OTKpb'iTHe (22) n. opening; discovery OTKpb'iTbiH (24) adj. open (27) I pf. (OTKp6|JK>,

OTKpb'lTh

-emb) to open OTKpb'lTbCH

(21)

I

ocpHuep (16) m. officer odpnunaHTKa (10) /. (gen. pi. otpHUHaHTOK) waitress oxoTa (24) /. hunt, hunting OXOTHTbCH (24) II (oXOMyCb, oxoTHUibcn) to hunt oxothhk (24) m. hunter oqeHb (3) adv. very oimioKa (27) /. (gen. pi. oiiih6ok) mistake

(OT-

pf.

KpoeTCH) to open (intrans.) OTKyaa (30) adv. whence OTKyaa-TO (30) adv. from some-

n nanbTO

where OTJIHTb

(25)

(OTOJIb[|lb, pf. otjihji, otjih-

I

otjihjio;

mould) OTHecTH

(29)

-emb,

past

-h)

to

cast

(in

(oTHec||y, pf. tense OTHec) to I

carry, take away OTHOCIITb (29) II (OTHOUiy, OTHOCHiiib) to carry, take away

OTHomeHne

(indeclinable)

(28) n. attitude, re-

naMHTHHK

napjiaMeHT (29) m. parliament napoxofl (14) m. steamer napTa (1)/. school desk nacryx (20) m. (gen. nacTyxa, pi. nacTyxi'i)

OTne^aTaTb qaTa||io,

(26)

I

pf.

(orne-

-emb)

to

print,

(20)

II

pf.

monument

(23) m.

nannpoca (18)/. cigarette napamibT (15) m. parachute; napaunoTHoe ^ejio (15) parachute jumping napn (11) m. park

lation

nawKa

shepherd

(18) /.

(gen.

pi.

neBeu

off

OTnpaBHTbCH npaBJiiocb,

(20)

II

pf.

(21) m. (gen. neBUb'i) singer

(ot-

npaBJiio, orapaBmiib) to send (ot-

OTnpaBHnibCH) to

naneK)

packet

to

type

OTnpaBHTb

neBua,

pi.

nemie

(16) n. singing nepBbiii (14) num. first nepeBaJi (20) m. mountain pass

nepeBecra (27)

set off

orapaBJiHTbCH (20) I (oTnpaBjiH|JK»cb, -embcn) to set off oraycK (13) m. leave OTpa>KaTb (28) I (oTpa>Ka||io, -emb) to reflect OTCibAa (30) adv. from here, hence orroro mto (28) cj. because orry/ia

n.

(over) coat

-emb, past tense jia,

(22)

(20)

adv.

from

thence oT^ecTBO (7) n. patronymic 0Tbe3A (28) m. departure

fl||y,

I pf. (nepeBe-emb, past tense nepeBeji)

to translate; to transfer

nepeBOAHTb (27) II (nepeBOHiBa||io,

(20)

(nepe-

I

-emb) to redo, to

remake nepee3>KaTb

(28)

-euib)

>Ka||io,

(nepee3-

I

move

to

nuaTCpopiwa platform

-euib) to

move

nepenHcaTb

(nepee,zi||y,

I pf.

(intrans.) I

(20)

pf.

(nepe-

rmni||y, nepemnneiiib) to re-

rrHCbiBa||io,

nji6ma,irb (14) /.

(20)

I

-euib)

to

(neperewrite

njio-

{gen. pi.

according to; { + acc.) up to (and including)

nepe^HCjmTb

(26) II pf. (nepehhcji||k)j -miib) to enumerate

nepnofl (28) m. period nepo (2) n. {pi. nepbH, gen. nepbeB) nib, pen

neqaTaib

(26)

pi.

(newaTa||io,

I

rm#>KaK (22) m.

rmfl>KaKH) jacket, coat

peak nncaTejib (27) m. writer micaTb (6) I (muiiy, miuieinb) to write

niicbMeHHbiH ctoji writing table, desk n.

{pi.

m.

(10)

Eng-

/.

victory

fleHHbiH) to conquer no6jiaro,ijapHTb (19) II pf. (no6jiaroflap||ib, -miib) to thank (28)

BecreH)

{gen.

/.

pi.

no-

tale, story

nOBTOpHTb (28) II pf. (noBTop ib, -Hiub) to repeat nOBTOpHTb (25) I (nOBTOpH \\k>, ||

-euib) to repeat noro.ua (9)/. weather

nofl

(16)

pr.

{

+ acc. + instr.)

under rmcbMa,

gen. pi. rmceM) letter

rmTb (10) I (nb|io, -euib, past tense nan, -a, nnjio, rrajm) to

noflaBHTb (27) II pf. (noflaBJub, nofldBHUib) to crush, to suppress

no/rroTOBKa (30)

preparation,

/.

training

drink

nmuyman

(4) adv. {in)

no6eflHTb (30) II pf. {1st pers. sing, not used, no6eaHrub, past pass, participle no6e>K-

{gen. nuflHOKa,

(20) m.

(6)

no6eaa (20)

noBecTb

print

-eiiib) to

no-aHTjrMcKH lish

nep^dTKa {gen. pi. (22) /. nepwaTon) glove necHH (21)/. {gen. pi. neceH) song rxcTb (4) I (no||ib, -emb) to sing

MauiHHKa

(26)

/.

typewriter njiaBamie (23) n. swimming njiaBaTb (8) I (njiaBa||io, -euib) to

pi. njio-

njiH>K (13) m. beach no (15) pr. { dat.) along, about,

nepepb'iB (25) m. break

macbMO

bad

njiomaiTKa (23) /. {gen. maaoK) ground(s)

maaeu) square; area

nepenHCMBaTb

pi.

badly

(3) adv.

njioxoii (21) adj.

write

nHK

(railway)

to spit

nnoxo

nepeexaTb (28)

/.

njiatbe (22) n. dress, frock njieBaTb (12) I (njno||ib, -euib)

{in-

trans.)

(18)

noflHHMaTb (16)

(noflHHMa||io, lift, to pick

up noflHHMaTbCH (15)

swim

njiaH (1) m. plan njiaTHTb (18) II rauib) to pay

I

-eurb) to raise, to

I (nOflHHMa||-

jocb, -eurbcn) to rise; to

go up,

to ascend

(miany,

roia-

no«H6>KHe (25) statue)

320

n. foot (of a hill,

noAHHTb

(27)

I

hhji,

tense

noflHHJio;

-a,

raise, to

(noflHHMy,

pf.

past

no/jHi'iiweiiib,

lift,

nojx-

to

-h)

up

to pick

nonaTaTbCH (30)

-6a>; -HCb) to rise; to go up,

ascend noaoHny, noKa>Kemb) to show noKa3biBaTb (25) I (nona3bi-

noKiiflaTb

(29)

I

-euib) to leave, to

to

(noKHAa||io,

abandon

I (no(29) pf. flo>K#||y, -euib, past tense no-

noKHHyTb

AOKflaJi, _a, noflo>KflaJio; -h) to wait (for)

nonynaTejib (18) m. buyer, pur-

noflOHTH (21)

(29) I pf. (noKHH[|y, -euib) to leave, to abandon

chaser, customer

noKynaTb

pf. (no#OH,a||y, -euib, past tense noflouieji) to I

approach noanucaTb (20)

no^nHuieuib) to sign

no^yMaTb

(21) I pf. (nozryjvia 10, -euib) to think ||

(15)

(no^xoKy,

II

noflxo^uuib) to approach noe3A (14) m. {pi. noe3£a) train

noexaTb (20)

I pf. (noe,a[|y,

to go, to set off (on

3boh|!io,

II (no(30) pf. -Hiub) to ring; to

ring up, to telephone

no3AHO (25) adv. late no3HaKOMHTbCH (29) II pf. (no3HaKOMJUOCb, n03HaKOMHUIbch) to make the acquaintance of noiiTH (20) I pf. (nou,a||y, -euib, past tense nouieji) to go, to set off (on foot)

noKa

(28)

(28)

cj.

cj.

while;

until

noKa

none

...

(3) n. (pi.

noun)

field

nojie3HbiH (30) adj. (short form nojie3eH, nojie3Ha, -0; -bi) useful nojieTeTb (20) II pf. (nojiewy,

nojieTumb) to fly; to set off by plane noJiHO^b (25) /. (gen. nojiy-

homh) midnight

-euib)

some form

of transport) noKajryucTa (6) please no>KHBaTb (6) I to live; KaK Tbi (Bbi) no>KHBaeuib (-eTe) ? How are you ? no3BOHHTb

(noKyna||io,

noji (10) m. (pi. nojibi) floor

no/iniicbiBaTb (20) I (no/jni'icbiBa||io, -euib) to sign

noflxo/uiTb

I

buy

noKyrma (18) /. (gen. pi. noKynoK) purchase, packet

(noanumy,

I pf.

(18)

-euib) to

nojiHbiu (23) adj. (short form nojiOH, nojiHa, -6, -bi) full nojioBHHa (17)/. half nojio>KeHHe (26) n. position nojiOTeHue (17) n. (gen. pi. nojiOTeHeu) towel nojiynpyr (26) m. semi-circle nojiyMaTb (14) I (nojryqa||io, -euib) to receive nojiyuiiTb (26) II pf. (nojiyMy, nojiyMiimb) to receive (nojibnojib30BaTbCH I (16) 3y||iocb,

make use

-embcn)

(

+ instr.)

noMHiiTb (13) II (nOMH|jlO, to

-euib)

noMomb 321

-Hlllb)

remember

noMoraTb

He

to

of

(

(15)

+ dat.)

I

(noMora||io,

to help

(30) /. help, aid

noHe/jeJibHHK (13) m. Monday no-HeM&jKH (5) adv. (in) Ger-

nocTpoHTb

man noHHiwaTb -enn>) to

noHHTne

nocTyrmTb (21) II pf. (nocTynjnb, nocTyronnb) to act; to

(noHHjwa||io,

I

(4)

understand

enter (university, etc.)

idea,

n.

(24)

noTepHTb (27) I pf. (noTepH||io, -emb) to lose noTOM (6) adv. then noTOjwy uto (20) cj. because noTmryTb (27) I pf. (no-miry, noTHHemb) to draw, to drag

concep-

tion

noHHTb

I (noHM||y, (27) pf. past tense noHHJi, noHHJia, noHHJio, -h) to understand

-enib,

nonpocHTb

II pf. to

(22)

nonpocHHib) request, to beg

nry,

(nonpoask,

no-cbpaHiry3CKH

noxoflmnb)

no-pyccKH (2) adv. (in) Russian noceTHTenb (17) m. visitor noceraTb (19) II pf. (nocemy 5 nocexmnb) to visit nocemaTb (15) I (nocenia||io, -eurb) to visit

noMejwy

(nocmKy,

pf.

(24) I -eurb) to send

pf.

nocneAHHH

after;

after

(17) adj. last

nocjrymaTb (20) I pf. (noarryuia||io, -emb) to listen (to) nocMOTpeTb (24) II pf. (noCMOxpib, nociwoTpuuib) to look,

watch nocnaTb (19) to

nocmruib)

II

to

(for

a

pf.

sleep

(nocnjnb, (for

a

adv.

for

some

no^rra (11)/. post

noMTajrbOH (11) m. postman noMTH (25) adv. almost no6iwa (28) /.

poem

noaT (27) m. poet nok) see neTb

nOHBHTbCH

(28) II pf. (noaBjnbcb, noHBmnbCfl) to appear, to

make an appearance

nOHBJIHTbCfl (25) I (nOHBJlH||iocb, -euibca) to appear, to

make an appearance npaBHJio (6) n. rule npaBHTejibCTBO (27) n. government npaBO

(24) n. right

npaBbrii

(9)

(short

adj.

form

npaB, -a, npaBo; npaBbi) right npa3flHHK (7) m. holiday npe;iJiaraTb

while)

(30)

-emb)

ra||io,

nocTenb (15)/. bed, bedding nocrpaAaTb (30) I pf. (nocrpa-euib) to suffer; nofla||io,

why

(16)

reason

(noruJi||ib,

nocne (15) pr. (+gen.) nocne Toro KaK (28) cj.

(5) adv.

no^eMy-TO

nocHflraiit) to sit (for a while)

nocJiaTb

walk

to

ex-

while)

strike; to astonish

II

(in)

(noxo»cy,

II pf.

noxofliiTb (20)

nopa (12) ( + inf.) it is time to ... nopa3HTb (27) II pf. (nopa>Ky,

nocHfleTb (19)

adv.

noxofl (30) m. expedition, cursion; campaign

-m) popular

nopa3Hinb) to

(5)

French

to

norryjinpHOCTb (30)/. popularity norryjinpHbiH (17) adj. (short form nonyjinpeH, nonyjinpHa, -o;

(no-

II (19) pf. cTp6||io, -Hnib) to build

(npczyia-

I

to

offer,

to

suggest npeflJio»cHTb (30) II pf. (npefljio>Ky,

npewi6HKAe ^eivi (28) cj. before npeKpacHbiH (7) adj. (short form -o; npenpaceH, npenpacHa,

npHflTH

-euib) to

(npHfl||y,

pf.

npmneji) to

come

(in

some form

pf. (in

some form

of transport)

npnexaTb (20) -euib) to

I

come

(npnefl||y,

of transport)

ascend the throne npn (13) pr. (+prep.) at, by; in the presence of; during the time of (npnI npH6jiHJKaTbca (15) 6jm>Ka||iocb, -einbcn) to approach npH6jni3HTeJibHO (26) adv. approximately npHBe3Tii (20) I pf. (npHBe3[|y, -eon., past tense npnBe3) to bring (in some form of transport)

npuBecTH

(27) I pf. (npHBefl||y, past tense npHBeJi) to

K), -euib)

I

tense

come (on foot), to arrive npne3>KaTb (14) I (npne3>Ka||io,

-bi) fine, splendid, beautiful

bring (leading on foot) npHBJieKaTb (26) I (npnBJieKa

(27) m. courtier

(20)

-euib, past

npecroji (27) m. throne; BcrynHTb Ha npecTOJi (27) to

-enib,

court

adj.

(27)

(attr.)

sentative

npnKa3aTb (27)

(npmKy, to order npHKa3biBaTb (27) I (npmKeiiib)

jieuy,

(

+ dat.)

to

npHJieTi'inib)

arrive

by plane

npnmepHO

adv.

(26)

mately npHMbiKaib (26)

I

approxi-

(npHMbiKa||io,

-euib) to adjoin, to border

on

II (npn(27) HaAJie>K||y, -liuib) to belong

npHHaAJie>KaTb

npHHeciH -

(21) I pf. (npuHec||y, past tense npHHec) to bring (carrying, on foot) npiiHHMaTb (29) I (npHHHMa||io, -eras) to receive, to accept npHHHTb (29) I pf. (npniwy, npiiweuib, past tense npiiHHJL, npHHHJio; npiiHHJiH) to -a, receive, to accept -euib,

||

to attract

npHBJienb (27) I pf. (npHBJieKy, npHBJieueuib ... npiiBJieKyT, past tense npHBJieK, -Jia, jio; -jth) to attract

npHB03HTb (20) II (npHBO>Ky, npHB03Hnib) to bring (in some form of transport) npHBbraKHTb (29) I pf. (npo>KHB||y,

duce; npou3BOflHTb Bne^aTjieHue (26) to make an impression npouTii (20) I pf. (npoHA[|y, -euib; past tense npomeji) to go past, to walk past npoKOJioTb (27) I pf. (npoKOJiib, npoKOJieuib) to puncture npojio>KHTb (24) II pf. (npoJio»cy, npojio>KHUJb) to lay (of a road)

(26) m.

(12)

II pf.

nyTeuiecTBHe (20)

wake up

adj.

professional (pi.

tra-

n.

journey

(13) I (rryTeuieCTBy||io, -euib) to travel

nyuiKa (25)

/.

(gen. pi. rryuieK)

cannon nbeca (13)/. play nnTHHua (13)/. Friday

pa66Ta (2)/. work pa66TaTb (3) I (pa66Ta||io, -euib) to work; paSoTaTb Ha£ ( + instr.) (22) to

pa66THHK

work

at

(29) m. worker,

work-

npocpec-

(22) /.

woman-work-

er

paSoiHu m. worker pafliio

n. (21) radio, wireless

opposite

npocpeccop (2) m. copa) professor

m.

nyTemecTBOBaTb

pa66THHua

(21)

(29)

man

(14) pr. (+gen.) against;

npocpeccHOHanbHbiH

(nymy, ny-

let (go)

veller

(npocbi-

I

na||iocb, -euibcn) to

npoTHB

CTHUIb) to

avenue

npocToti (22) adj. simple

npocbinaTbCH

nycTHTb (20)

(npomy, npo-

cuuib) to ask, to request, to beg

npocneKT

I (rrycKa||io, -eiiib)

to let (go)

nyreuiecTBeHHHK

-euib) to live

npOH3BOAHTb (26) II (npOH3BO#Kbe (16) n. {pi. py>KbH, gen. pi. pyweii) rifle, gun pyna (2) /. {ace. pyny, pi. pynn) hand, arm pyKOBOflHTejn, (27) m. leader,

wound

paHO (12) adv. early

BaeTCJi) to

/.

uieK) shirt pySjib (17) m. {gen. py6jin, pi. pyGjin) rouble

(pa3-

pf.

+ dat.)

(paH||io, -Huib) to

pe6eHOK

(2)/. Russia

poHJib (6) m. (grand) piano

py6auiKa (23)

converse

pa3roBop (6) m. conversation pa3HOo6pa3Hbin adj. (22)

-enib)

Pocchh

{gen.

pi.

pojien)

CBoGo^HbiH (21)

adj. {short

form

CBoGofleH, cBo66flHa, -o; -bi)

poiwaH (5) m. novel

free

325

CAaua (18)/. change (money) CAenaTb (19) I pf. (cae.na||io, -ems) to do, to make ce6a (12) reflexive pron. self,

CKopo (13) adv. quickly; soon CKopbiii (22) adj. quick CKpoMHbiu (22) adj. modest CKyjibmypa (23) /. sculpture CKy^Hbiii

oneself

ceBep (9) m. north ceBepo-BocTOK (26)

m.

north-

m.

north-

ceroflHH (5) adv. today ceitaac (5) adv. now,

imme-

(short

adj.

form -bi)

cjiejryroiuHH (14) adj. following,

east

ceBepo-3anaa west

(26)

diately

cenpeTapb (16) m. (gen. ceKpeTapn, pi. ceKpeTapn) secretary cejio (27) n. (pi. cejia) village cejvibH (4) /. (pi. ceMtH, gen. pi.

ceiweH) family

next cjihuikom (13) adv. too CJiOBapb (3) m. (gen. CJiOBapn, pi. CJiOBapn) dictionary cjiobo (1) n. (pi. aioBa) word cjio>KHTb

CJiy>K6a

ceji) to sit I pf.

down

(coHtry, co>k-

co>KryTj past

tense

c>Ker, co»crjia, -6; -h) to

burn

>Keiiu>

Cn6npb

...

home

CHJieH,

(26) adj. (short CHJIbHa, CHJIbHO;

nocTyjoin

to

happen

CiryMHTbCH (30) II pf. (CJiyMHT-

happen

cjiymaTb (6)

I (cjryuia||io, -euib)

to listen (to) cjib'miaTb

(13)

II

(cjib'nn||y,

(7) adj.

-hi)

blue

CKa3aTb

I (19) pf. CKaHceuib) to say

CKa30HHbiii (29) incredible

adj.

(cKa>Ky,

fabulous;

CKajia (30) /. (pi. cKaJibi) rock ckjioh (20) m. slope, incline

CKOJibKO (18)

cnb'miHbiii (25) adj. (short form cjib'imeH, cjibmiHa, cJib'nuHo;

form

strong

many

service;

-Hmb) to hear

ch,uh (29) adv. in a sitting position CHJibHbiii

(21) /.

cjry>KHTb (16) II (cjiywy, cjry>KHinb) to serve cjryx (16) m. hearing, ear cjry^aTbCH (30) I (cjryMaeTcn)

ch) to

cHfleTb floiwa (8) to stay

sit;

at

(cjio>Ky,

pf.

Ha cny>K6y (21) to the service, to go to work

(27) /. Siberia

curapeTa (18)/. cigarette CH^eTb (6) II (cH>ny, cnflHiiib) to

II

niiTb

cecrpa (2) /. (pi. cecrpbi, gen. pi. cecrep) sister cecib (19) I pf. (cHflUy, -emb, past tense CHceus (27)

(29)

CJioHcmub) to build, to compose; to fold cjioh (17) m. (gen. cjioHa, pi. cjiohbi) elephant

cepbiii (8) adj. grey

chhhh

(13)

cKyneH, CKy*ma, CKy^Ho; dull, boring

how much, how

-bi)

audible

CMejibrii

(8)

adj.

bold,

brave,

daring CMeptcaTbCH (21) I (cMepnaeTCH) to grow dark awepTb (26) /. death

aweHTbCH (12) I (cM«b||cb, -euibch) to laugh CMOTpeTb (6) II (CMOTpiO, CMOTpuuib) to look CHanaJia (16) adv. at first CHer (9) m. (pi. cuera) snow

326

CHHJWaTb (20) I (CHHMa||lO, -enib) to take off; to photograph CH6Ba (17) adv. afresh

CHHTb (20)

I

CHHto photo-

graph co6ana (19)/. dog

coBamoi

(20)

coinme (9) n. sun coMHeBaTbca (12)

dog's,

cur-

coSupaTb

I (co6Hpa||io, (19) -euib) to gather, to collect

co6HpaTbCH (30)

I (co6Hpaj|iocbj -euibCH) to gather, to assemble

to intend, to be about to co66p (25) m. cathedral co6paTb (19) Ipf. (co6ep||y, -euib) (intrans.);

COCTaBJIHTb (25)

(co6epeMch) to gather, to assemble (inpf.

+ dat.)

to advise

coBeTCKHH (5) adj. Soviet coBpeiweHHHK (29) s. contemporary

coBpeMeHHbiu (29) adj. modern, contemporary coBceM (9) adv. quite, entirely coe/iHHHTb

(26) I (C0eflHHH||lO, -euib) to join up, to link up

cottcajieHne

(15)

n.

regret;

coHOJieHHio unfortunately C03flaTb (22) mixed conj. pf.

k (see

past tense co3flan, co3flaco3flajio; -h) to create

ffaTb, jia,

cohth (21)

I pf.

(coiifllly, -euib,

past tense comeji) to go

down

I (cOCTaBJIH||K>3

bedroom cnacnSo (6) thank you cnacra (27) I pf. (cnac|y, -emb, past tense cnac, to save

trans.)

coBepniaxb (29) I (coBepmaj|io, -euib) to complete, to perform, to accomplish coBepuiHTb (29) II pf. (coBepni||y, -Hiub) to complete, to perform, to accomplish coBeT (24) m. advice coBeTOBaTb (15) I (coBeTy||io, (

doubt

-emb) to compose, to make up cocTOHTbCH (28) II impf. and pf. (coctohtch, coctohtch) to take place, to be held cocTH3aHue (30) n. competition COXpaHHTbCH (25) II pf. (COXpaH||ibcb, -HmbCH) to be preserved, to be kept cnaJibHH (10) /. (gen. pi. cnaneH)

to gather, to collect

-euib)

(coMHeBa||-

I

iocb, -euibCfl) to

(27) I pf. (comji||ib, -euib) to exile, to banish

adj.

I

pi. cojiflaT)

cocjiatb

rish; vile, filthy

co6paTbCH (20)

m. (gen.

soldier

(CHHAiy,

pf.

to take off;

Meiin.)

cojiflaT (16)

cnaTb

(8)

II

-Jia, -jio; -Jiii)

(cniao,

crmmb)

to

sleep

cnopT (8) m. sport cnopTHBHbrii (23) adj. sporting cnopTKJiy6 (15) m. sports club cnopTCMeH (8) m. sportsman

cnopTCMeHKa (8) /. sportswoman cnpamnBaTb (6) I (cnpamHBa||io, -emb) to ask cnpociiTb (22) II pf. cnpocmiib) to ask

(cnpomy,

cnycKaTbCH (15) I (crrycKa||iocb, -embcn) to descend, to go

down cnycTHTbCH (20) II pf. (crryrrrycb, cnycTHuibCH) to descend, to go

down cpawaTbCH

(14)

I

(cpa>Ka||K>cb,

-eiubcn) to fight cpa3y (21) adv. immediately

cpe«a (13) nesday

/.

(ace.

cpe^y)

Wed-

cpeflH (20) pr. (+gen.) among, between, in the midst of

327

crpejiKa (25)/. {gen. pi. crpeJiOK)

cpeflHHH (29) adj. middle, cen-

medium

average,

tral;

hand

ccbiJiKa (28) /. exile craBHTb (10) II (cTaBJiio,

CTpOHTbCH (14) II (CTpOHTCH) tO be built cryfleHT (2) m. student CTy^eHTKa (2)/. student cryji (1) m. {pi. cryjibH, gen. pi.

cally)

craflHOH (17) m. stadium

craHOBHTbCH (16) II (craHOBJiibcb, CTaHOBHUibCH) to be-

come

cryjibeB) chair

CTaHUHfi (17) centre

cy66oTa (13) Saturday cy^HTb (29) II (cy>Ky, cyflnuib) to judge cyflbH (17) m. {pi. cy«bH, gen.

(railway) station;

/.

crapaTbCH

(29) -euibcn) to try

(crapa||iocb,

I

(11) m. {gen. crapnKa, CTapnKn) old man crapbiH (7) adj. old

pi. cyjieii)

CTapi'iK

cyMOHKa

pi.

become (5) /. {gen. pi. article (in newspaper)

craTbH

craTei*)

score

CHHTaTb (18)

(1)

cbm

CTOJia,

cbiHOBbH, gen. son cbip (10) m. {pi. Cbipbi) cheese cioAa (6) adv. hither, here cioweT (27) m. subject

pi.

crojinna (23) /. capital CTOJioBaH (10) /. dining

room

CTopoHa (23)

pi.

cropoHy, CTOpOH)

a

standing

pi.

{ace.

CTOpOHbl, gen.

(cMHTa||io, -euib)

(3)

m.

{pi.

pi. cbiHOBeii)

CTOJibi) table

/.

I

to count; to consider

poetry CTOHTb (l8) II (CTOHT, CTOHT) tO

be worth m. {gen.

cyroK)

cnacTJiHBbiH (9) adj. happy account; bill, cqeT (17) m.

creHbi) wall cthx (27) m. {gen. crnxa, pi. cthxh) verse; cthxh verses, /. {pi.

cost; to

judge; referee

(22) /. {gen. pi. cyjwo-

neK) (hand)bag cyn (10) m. soup cyTKH (27) pi. {gen. period of 24 hours

craTb (21) pf. (craHlly, -euib) to

ctoji

II (CTp6|lO, -HUTb)

to build

cra-

BHiub) to put, to place (verti-

CTeHa (10)

(of clock, watch)

CTpOHTb (14)

side

ctoh

(29)

adv.

in

Taiira

Tan (6) adv. so, thus TaKHce (3) adv. also TaK nan (28) cj. as Tanoii (21) pron. such

CTOHTb (7) II (CTOl|K>, -HUTb) tO stand crpaAaTb (9) I (cTpaaa||io, -euib) to suffer

crpaHa

(2)

(24) /. taiga, wild forest

district

position

/.

{pi.

TaKCii (14) n. {indeclinable) taxi TaJiaHT (21) m. talent TanaHTJiHBbiH (29) adj. talented

crpaHbi)

country, land

crpaHHua (25) /. page CTpauiHbiH (24) adj. {short form CTpauieH, cTpauma, cTpaumo; -w) terrible, awful

Taiw (1) adv. there TaHen (13) m. {gen.

328

TaHUfai)

dance

TaHua,

pi.

TamjeBaTb

(12)

(TaHuy||io,

I

dance

-eiiib) to

Tapejina (10)/. (gen. pi. TapejioK) plate TaflTb (9) I (TaeT) to melt, to

TpeTHH (21) num. third TpeyrojibHHK (25) m. triangle Tpy^HTbCH (26) II (ipy>Kycb, TpyflHrnbca) to TpyzrHbiii

thaw

(short

form

TpyAeH, TpyflHa, Tpy«Ho;

TBOH, TBOe; TBOH (2) pron. your TeaTp (14) m. theatre TejieBH30p (7) television set; ciwoTpexb TejieBH3op to watch TBOH,

television

TcneHOK m.

(gen.

TejieHKa, pi.

-bi)

difficult

working TpyflHiuHecH (26) people, workers Tpynna (21)/. troupe, company Tyaa (6) adv. thither, there TyT (1) adv. here rydpjiH (22) /. (gen. pi. lydpenb)

shoe, slipper

TejiHTa) calf

Tejied^OH (10) m. telephone Teiwa (19)/. theme, subject

reMHMH

toil

adj.

(29)

dark TeMnepaiypa (8)/. temperature t6hhhc (8) m. tennis Tenepb (4) adv. now

Tb'icflMa (18)/.

thousand

TK»pbMa

/.

(15)

(pi.

TlbpbMbl,

gen. pi. TibpeM) prison

(8) adj.

TaweJio (28) adv. heavily, hard, seriously TH>KejibrH (21) adj. heavy THHyTb (29) I (THHy, THHeillb) tO

TenJibiH (8) adj. warm TeppnTopHH (23)/. territory TeTpaflt. (7) /. exercise book

draw, drag

(3) /. (gen. pi. tctch) aunt THrp (16) m. tiger ran (29) m. type, kind THnorp&pHfl (29)/. printing press

tcth

thxhh (12) adj. quiet thxo (6) adv. quietly THUJHH& (24) /. quiet, silence TOBap (18) m. goods, merchan-

(+gen.) at, by; in the possession of yoeraib (24) I (yoerajio, -eun>)

y

to run away y6HBaTb (19) I (y6HBa||io, -eun>) to kill

y6HTbm

dise

TOBapHm

(3)

/.

ton

(y6b||ib,

TpareaHH (28)

/. tragedy Tpe6oBaHiie (30) n. demand Tpe6oBaTejn>Hbin (22) adj. exact-

demanding

-eiin>)

yBejiHMHBaTb

I (yBejiH(30) MHBa||io, -einb) to increase

yBHTjerb

ToproBbrii (29) adj. commercial; mercantile TpaBa (9) /. grass

Tpe6oBaTb (30) I -emb) to demand

I pf.

to kill

Tojn>KO (4) adv. only

TOHHa (25)

(16) part, killed

ySHTb (19)

m. comrade

rorfla (13) adv. then, at that time To»ce (3) adv. also, too

ing,

(8) pr.

II pf. (19) yBHfliairb) to see

m. (gen. corner yzjap (17) m. blow

yroji

(10)

(yBHHKHHaTb (9) I (y>KHHa||io, -euib) to have supper y3HaBaTb (21) I (y3Ha||ib, -euib)

ycnex (16) m. success ycTaHOBHTb (25) II pf. (ycraHOBJiib, ycraHOBHUib) to set up, to establish

ycrpOHCTBO (15) n. arrangement, system, working yTpo (12) n. morning yrpoM (12) adv. in the morning yxo (16) n. (pi. yum, gen. pi. yuieii) ear yxoflHTb (30) II (yxo>Ky, yxoflHim) to go away (on foot)

yMacrBOBaTb (30) -euib)

to find out, to learn ; to recog-

to find out, to learn; to recog-

yHTH

(yHflly, -euib, past tense yiuen) to go away (on I

(30)

educational;

yMemiKa)

(17) m. (gen.

yqeHbiu (23) m.

scientist;

scho-

lar

(26) I (yKpama||io, -euib) to adorn, to beautify

ynpauiaTb

yKpenjieHHbrii

part,

(25)

forti-

yMeHbin

yjinna (7)

yniiTejib

yMepeTb (27) I pf. (yAip||y, -euib, past tense yMep, yMepua, ymep-

yMHbiH (8) adj. yMeH, yMHa, -6; (12)

-bi)

clever,

(yMbiBa||io,

I

(12)

(yMbiBa||iocb,

ymnub)

to

yquTbCH (14)

II (y^rycb, yHuuib-

ch) to learn, to study

I pf. (ynafl||y,

past tense ynan) to

o (paMiijiHH (4)/. surname (pacoH (22) m. fashion, style (pepjwa (11)/.

physics

-euib,

farm

(attr.)

(pujibM (13) m. film

fall

(6) m. lesson; VLj\tt (6 ) a lesson is going on

(pa6pnKa (11)/. factory (paKyjibTeT (23) m. faculty

(pn3HK (2) m. physicist cpH3i'mecKHH (23) adj. physical;

wash oneself

yHMBepcHTeT (14) m. university ynacrb (28)

(y^ry,

form

(short

wash

-enibCH) to

II

(6)

learn (by heart); to teach

be

intelligent

yMbreaTbCH

ymiTb

die

yjweTb (5) I (yiweJiOj -euib) to able, to know how

-euib) to

y^HTejui)

(pi.

yMHTejibHHua (14)/. teacher

/. street

yiwbiBaTb

m.

(3)

teacher

(26) m. (gen. yiwa, pi. yiwbi) mind, intellect, intelligence

jio; -jih) to

scientific,

adj. (23) learned, scholarly

strengthened

yj«

ypoK

adj.

pupil

pf.

foot)

fied,

(23)

cational institution

yneHHK

nize

take

to

y^eGHoe 3aBe;jeHHe (23) edu-

-euib)

I pf. (y3Ha[|io,

(yMacTBy||iOj

part

yMe6Hbm

nize

y3HaTb (21)

I

participate,

to

ypoK

Ke also adv. TaK>Ke, To>Ke although cj. xoth always adv. BcerAa

nocjie, c; nocjie

KaK again adv. onHTb ago adv. (tomy) Ha3a/t all pron. Becb, bch, Bee; Bee

Toro

(npHJieTeTb)

Asia 5. A3hh ask v. cnp£iimBaTb (cnpocMTb); npociiTb (nonpociiTb) asleep:

to

fall

asleep 3acbmaTb

(3acHyTb) attract

v.

BJieMb)

333

npHBjieKaTb

(npii-

aunt

s.

Tern s. oceHb

autumn

Ha3biBaTb (Ha3BaTb); to for 3axo^HTb (3aiiTH) 3a, 3ae3>KaTb (3aexaTb) 3a; to be called Ha3biBaTbCH (Ha3BaTbcn)

call

v.

call

badly adv. nnoxo bag 5. cyiwoHKa

can

barely adv. e/jBa

bay s. SyxTa be v. 6biTb beard s. 6opo.ua beautiful adj. KpacnBbiH because of pr. H3-3a bed s. nocrejib bed: to go to bed jio>KHTbCH (jie^b) cnaTb

bedroom

s.

caviare

3a6oTHTbCH ...

s.

BaroH

KaBKa3 HKpa s.

s.

central adj. ueHTpajibHbiH, cpe/j-

HHH

cnaJibHH

centre

Hemp

s.

BeK

century

s.

chair

cryji

5.

change (money) s. c^a^a cheap adj. AeuieBbiii cheese s. cwp chemist 5. xi'imhk chess s. uiaxiwaTbi children s. fleTH choir s. xop choose v. Bbi6HpaTb (Bb'i6paTb) Christian name s. hmh cigarette s. namipoca, CHrapeTa

KHHra 6yTb'uiKa

break: lunch break nepepb'iB Ha

cinema

s.

citizen

o6eA

khho rpa>KflaHHH,

s.

rpa>K-

fl&HKa

bridge s. moct bright adj. ripKHH brilliant adj. 6.rcecTHmHH bring v. npiiHOCHTb (npuHecra), npHB03HTb (npHBe3Tn), npnBOAHTb (npHBeCTH) British adj.

6pnTaHCKHH

brother s. 6paT building 5. 3«aHHe but cj. ho, a buy v. noKynaTb (nynHTb) pr. y;

for

KOBep

s.

Caucasus

both 66a, 66e

by

care

to

carpet

black adj. MepHbiii blue adj. chhhh boat 5. Ji6,o;Ka, napoxoa

5.

KaHaJi

carriage (railway)

between pr. iwe>Kfly beyond pr. 3a

bottle

aBTOMo6njib

s.

(n03a66THTbCH) o

best adj. jiy^uirai better adj., adv. jrymue

s.

s.

car

care:

before pr. nepea, flo begin v. HaiHHaTb (Ha^aTb); HaMHHaTbCH (HaMaTbCH)

book

see able

canal

k

classroom

s.

KJiacc

climate s. KJiHiwaT clock 5. Macbi v. 3aKpbiBaTb (3aKpbiTb); (3aKpbITbCH); 3aKpbIBaTbCH Closed 3aKpbITbIH clothes s. OAe>K«a club 5. KJiy6 clue s.: not to have a clue He HMdTb nOHHTHfl cold adj. xonojuHbiH collect v. co6npaTb (co6paTb)

close

334

come

v. npHxo/jHTb (npuflra), npne3>KdTb (npnexaTb); to come back B03BpainaTbCH (BepHyTbcn) complete v, coBepmaTb (coBep-

IIIHTb)

comrade

TOBapnm

s.

door s. ABepb doubt v. coMHeBarbCH

o^eBaTb (ofleTb); o#eBaTbCH (ofleTbcn) dress 5. nuaTbe dress v.

dress designer

concert 5. KomjepT conference s. KOHdpepeHipra consider v. c^HTaTb continue v. npoflonwaTb (npoAOJIJKHTb) COOk V TOTOBHTb (npiirOTOBHTb) copeck s. KoneirKa corner s. yroji

(ycoM-

HHTbCfl)

s.

MO/jeJibep

drink v. nHTb (Bb'iimTb) drive v. exaTb (noexaTb), e3,mrrb (noe3flHTb) dull adj. CKyMHi.iii

during pr. 3a; bo BpeMH dwelling place s. >KHJiHme

COSt V. CTOHTb

COUnt V. CMHTaTb (cOCMHTaTb) counter s. npmiaBOK country s. CTpaHa, poflHHa,

each other pron. jroyr ;rpyra ,ne-

peBHH

easier adj. Jier^e

customer

eat v. ecrb (ctecTb)

eighty num. BoceMbflecai elephant s. cjioh end 5. KOHeii engineer s. HH>KeHep

notcynaTejib

s.

D TaimeBaTb

v.

boctok

east adj.

courageous adj. CMentiH cry v. nnaKaTb (3aiuiaKaTb') cupboard 5. niKaK;jbiH everybody pron. Bee everything pron. Bee

director

flnpeKTop

exercise

cjiOBapb dining-room s. CTOJiOBan dinner 5. oSefl

do

5.

exercise

v. ^ejiaTb (cjjejiaTb)

doctor

dog

5.

s.

flOKTop,

Bpan

ynpa>KHeHHe book s. Terpaflb

s.

expedition 5. OKcnenmxnfi expensive adj. pppordw

coSana

335

explain

o6T>HCHHTb

v.

four num. weTt'ipe

(o6t>hc-

French adj. (ppaHny3CKHH; in French adv. no-(ppaHuy3CKH friend s. Apyr from pr. or, c, H3

HHTb) eye s. rjia3

fact see actual

factory faculty

3aBOA

s.

cpaGpraca,

s.

(paKyju>Tex

asleep 3acbinaTb to fall (3acHyTb) family s. ceMbH far adv. AaJieKo; not far HeAa-

fall:

garden

man get

father

5.

girl

XOAHTb, HATH (nOHTH)

give

adj. iwaJio; a

fifth fifty

few HecnojibKO

gO

nojie

num. nnTbiH num. nHTbAecHT

CHanaJia

flat

num. nnTb hundred num. nHTbcoT 5. KBapTnpa of jnoSnTb

HHOcrpaHHbiH; Ministry of Foreign Affairs MHHHCTepCTBO HHOCTpaHHblX adj.

foreign

s.

fork

s.

5.

nee

BHJina

ycnexHj to get to (aohth) ro, ao-

AeBOMKa, AeByimxa AaBdTb (AaTb);

v.

up

am

I

V. XOAHTbj hath (noiiTH); e3AHTb, exaTb (noexaTb); to go away yxoAHTb (yfiTH), ye3HnaTb; to go out BbrxoAHTb

good adj. xopouiHH government s. npaBHTejibCTBO

grammar 5. rpaiwiwaTHKa gramme s. rpaMM grandmother

s. SaSyiiiKa great adj. bcjihkhh

grow forest

KaK on v.

?

noKynKaiviH gold 5. 30JIOTO

fly v. JieTaTb, jieTeTb (nojieTeTb)

fond: to be fond (nOJIK)6HTb) for pr. ajih; 3a

to get

(bbihth); to go up to noAxoAHTb (noAOHTii) k; to go to bed Jio>KHTbCH (jie^b) cnaTb; to go downstairs cnycKaTbCH (cnycTHTbcn); to go upstairs nOAHHMaTbCH (noAHHTbcn); to go shopping hath (noHTH) 3a

KOHMaTb (KOHTOTb); V. OKOHMaTb (OKOHMHTb); KOHUaTbCH (KOHMHTbCH) first num. nepBbiii; at first adv. finish

five

?

giving h A3K) glove s. nepHaTKa

find v. HaxoAiiTb (HaHTH) find out v. y3HaBaTb (y3HaTb)

five

(nojiymiTb);

you getting on

e3H